NATIONAL ADAPTATION PROGRAMME FOR ENGLAND, 2013

REGISTER OF ACTIONS
As required under Paragraph 58, Part 4 of the Climate Change Act 2008 (c.27), this document presents: (a) the objectives of Her Majesty's
Government in relation to adaptation to climate change in England; (b) the Government's proposals and policies for meeting those objectives;
and (c) the time-scales for introducing those proposals and policies addressing the risks identified in the most recent climate change risk
assessment, as at July 2013.

POLICY AREA OBJECTIVE

Built EnvironmentOBJECTIVE 1: To work with individuals, communities and organisations to reduce the threat of flooding and coastal erosion, including t

OBJECTIVE 2: To provide a clear local planning framework to enable all participants in the planning system to deliver sustainable new

OBJECTIVE 3: To help businesses and industries in the sector to access skills, training, knowledge and tools to understand and manage

OBJECTIVE 4: To ensure that investors and developers have the financial and appraisal decision tools needed to support and promote

OBJECTIVE 5: To increase the resilience of homes and buildings by helping people and communities to understand what a changing cli

OBJECTIVE 6: To explore and build understanding of the long term implications of climate change for the location and resilience of pop

Infrastructure OBJECTIVE 7: To ensure infrastructure is located, planned, designed and maintained to be resilient to climate change, including increa

OBJECTIVE 8: To develop regulatory frameworks to support and promote a resilient and adaptive infrastructure sector.
OBJECTIVE 9: To better understand the particular vulnerabilities facing local infrastructure (e.g. local highways) from extreme weathe

OBJECTIVE 10: To develop understanding and promote expertise in managing interconnected and interdependent services to minimise

Health OBJECTIVE 11: To reduce the risk of death and illness associated with severe weather events and climate change and increase prepare
Health

OBJECTIVE 12: To promote climate resilience within the NHS, public health and social care system to ensure continuity of services and

OBJECTIVE 13: To minimise the impact of climate change on vulnerable groups in society by strengthening their resilience to better pr

OBJECTIVE 14: To promote and strengthen community resilience to severe weather related events linked to climate change (preparatio

OBJECTIVE 15: To increase the resilience of agriculture by effectively managing the impact of volatility in the occurrence and severity
Agriculture & Forestry

OBJECTIVE 16: To increase the resilience of the forestry sector by increasing the level of management in Englands woodlands and the

OBJECTIVE 17: To increase resilience to pests and disease to help protect biodiversity, maintain agricultural and forestry productivity a

OBJECTIVE 18: To embed climate change adaptation into agriculture, horticulture and forestry research programmes to improve knowl

OBJECTIVE 19: To build the resilience of wildlife, habitats and ecosystems (terrestrial, freshwater, marine and coastal) to climate chang
Natural Environment

OBJECTIVE 20: To take action to help wildlife, habitats and ecosystems accommodate and smoothly transition through inevitable chan

OBJECTIVE 21: To promote and gain widespread uptake in other sectors of the use of adaptation measures that benefit and/or do not a

OBJECTIVE 22: To improve the evidence base, to enhance the knowledge and understanding of decision makers, land managers and o

Business OBJECTIVE 23: To raise awareness and understanding amongst businesses about climate change risks.
OBJECTIVE 24: To increase the extent to which businesses are actively considering climate change impacts, in their risk management

OBJECTIVE 25: To raise awareness and understanding amongst businesses about domestic and international climate change opportun
OBJECTIVE 26: To help businesses better understand and manage climate change risks to their supply chains.
OBJECTIVE 27: To undertake research to increase the understanding of climate change impacts on growth and the economy, working w

Local GovernmentOBJECTIVE 28: To raise and maintain the profile of adaptation with local authorities and promote action to embed climate resilience ac
Local Government

OBJECTIVE 29: To support local government to build a credible business case for action and take well-informed decisions both internall

OBJECTIVE 30: To ensure the policy framework for local government supports councils to increase community resilience in partnership

OBJECTIVE 31: To support sector-led activities, which allow councils to make local commitments to address their own unique challenge
 CLIMATE CHANGE RISK ASSESSMENT
(CCRA) RISKS ADDRESSED BY
OBJECTIVE
(highest order CCRA risks in bold)
OBJECTIVE 1: To FL6b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to
work with individuals, residential property due to flooding
communities and
organisations to FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to
reduce the threat of non-residential property due to flooding
flooding and coastal
FL13 Ability to obtain flood insurance for
erosion, including
that resulting from
climate change, by FL6a Residential properties at significant
understanding the
risks of flooding and
coastal erosion, FL2 Vulnerable people at significant risk of
working together to
put in place long-term
plans to manage
these risks and
making sure that
other plans take
account of them.
ACTIONS
OBJECTIVE
Defra Flood Management to evaluate the partnership funding approach for flood
management.
Defra Flood Management and the Environment Agency to fully embed property level
protection within the partnership funding approach.
residential properties
risk of flooding
flooding
Defra Flood Management to evaluate risk management authority delivery of their
roles and responsibilities established under the Flood and Water Management Act
2010.
Defra Flood Management and the Environment Agency to work towards meeting the
requirements of the European Floods Directive and embed evolving understanding of
surface water flooding in policy and delivery approaches.
Defra Flood Management to take forward potential action on new arrangements for
flood insurance, subject to the outcome of negotiations.
Defra Water, Sustainable Drainage Systems team to take forward Implementation of
Flood and Water Management Act 2010 in April 2014, subject to Parliament approval,
setting out national standards for sustainable drainage systems in new developments
and redevelopments.
Defra and the Environment Agency to implement the Flood and Coastal Erosion Risk
Management Strategy for England:
- Government expects to spend 2.3bn on flooding and coastal erosion risk
management over the 4 years to March 2015;
- Strategy will enable 165,000 households to benefit from new and improved
defences, flood forecasting and early warning systems;
- Targeted to those most at risk and living in deprived areas; and
- 148M expected from private funding and local government.
Environment Agency to maintain and enhance our capacity to respond to flood
events.
The Environment Agency to continue to develop and improve the flood warning
service for surface water flood risks. This will include:
- more accurate forecasts of flooding from all sources;
- warnings and geographically-specific flood information;
- longer lead times for flood forecasts and warnings; and
- more innovative ways of sharing locally-specific information.
IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
CCRA RISKS DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE ACTION WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
STATUS OF COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE RISKS AS DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
TACKLED BY OWNER(S) TIMING IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA RISK(S)/OTHER DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
ACTION BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED ANTICIPATED? INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
ACTION CLIMATE RISKS INFORMATION, ETC
(Y/N)
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Defra Flood By April 2015 On-track Defra commissioned an independent evaluation of Providing that GiA remains at its current level, and contributions There is no plan to change the Partnership Funding approach Partnership Funding evaluation
FL6a, FL2 Management Partnership Funding in April 2014. It found that contributions continue to be secured, then more resources overall will be at this stage. It was recommended that a full Policy
of 120m had been identified for schemes, and roughly 25% invested in capital FCERM projects than would have been the Implementation Review should be carried out in 2017 in line
more schemes were going ahead under this approach. case under the previous FCERM funding system. with Defra's procedures. This should be informed by
continued monitoring of contributions.
FL6b, FL13, FL6a Defra Flood By April 2015 Complete EA have supported Defra in embedding property-level protection in their partnership Yes Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to Schemes to install property-level protection systems in at-risk
funding approach. Property-level protection was included in Defra's Flood and Coastal hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from communities can be developed by Flood Risk Management
Management and
Erosion Resilience Partnership Funding Evaluation, Final report, April 2014. measures to manage non-CC risks, implement flexible and/or Authorities (such as county councils or the Environment
Environment Agency robust decisions). Policy (encouraging adaptation in others, Agency) for support through Flood Defence Grant in Aid or
removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure, the Local Levy.
institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints)
Systems installed to date:
2012/13 - 459 Properties, at 0.6 m (0.1 m from PF)
2013/14 - 479 Properties, at 2.0 m (0.9m from PF)
2014/15 - 498 Properties, at 3.2 m (1.8m from PF)
1) Defra is running 13 pathfinder pilots to improve the
community resilience in flood-prone areas, including through
uptake of PLP (4m over 2 years) 2) Defra is running a
project to identify the skills required for a PLP surveyor and a
training pathway.
3) Ongoing delivery of schemes by Risk Management
Authorities
FL6b, FL7b Defra Flood By April 2015 On-track The Environment Agency's annual s.18 report for Defra Ministers required under the Yes. The results of the evaluation will indicate where roles This is an evaluation so no evidence of impact (how risks are The evaluation will lead to a review to be completed by end Link to EA s.18 report published in September 2014
Management Flood and Water Management Act reports on partnership working between RMAs and on and responsibilities are being delivered and provide an being addressed) is available yet. 2015. https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
progress on delivering their roles and responsibilities under the FWMA such as on local assessment of whether Pitt's ambitions for better local flood achment_data/file/356341/S18_report_2013_14_Final_v2.p
flood risk management strategies. Defra has commissioned an independent evaluation of risk management are being realised. dfLink to evaluation on Defra RandD site:
arrangements for managing local flood risk to inform a review of relevant sections of the http://randd.defra.gov.uk/Default.aspx?
Flood and Water Management Act to assess whether Sir Michael Pitts ambitions for Menu=Menu&Module=More&Location=None&ProjectID=19
better local flood risk management are being realised. This evaluation will run until July 219&FromSearch=Y&Status=2&Publisher=1&SearchText=F
2015 and provide useful evidence in relation to roles and responsibilities and partnership lood&SortString=ProjectCode&SortOrder=Asc&Paging=10#
working between risk management authorities. It will particularly look at the role of Lead Description
Local Flood Authorities. Good progress is being made in gathering the data, with an over
65% response rate from LLFAs to phase 1 of the evaluation. Final report scheduled for
July 2015.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13 Defra Flood From December 2013 On-track In December 2013, EA published new and improved information about flood risk, Yes Surface water is now being embedded into wider flood risk Final FRMP to be published by Dec 2015 and then second Surface water maps can be viewed at:
Management and for surface water including surface water. EA also produced summary PDFs that show what is at risk of management. Only those LLFAs in identified in the 10 Flood cycle will commence. For completion in 2021. Environment http://watermaps.environment-
flooding in each River Basin District as required by the Flood Risk Regulations (2009 - Risk Areas have to be part of or produce FRMPs. However, Agency currently considering the scope for better integration agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiyby.aspx?
Environment Agency mapping; https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/river-basin-districts-flood-risk-maps). National many more LLFAs have voluntarily incorporated their sw of flood and water quality planning for the second cycle. &topic=ufmfsw#x=357683&y=355134&scale=2
December 2015 for local surface water maps have been published by the Environment Agency in Dec 2013. objectives and measures into the FRMPs. Better surface water Consultation on draft FRMPs can be found at:
strategies and flood risk LLFAs are producing Local Flood Risk Management Strategies which will further refine information and understanding is helping inform strategic https://consult.environment-
management plans our understanding of local flood risk and set out how LLFAs will mange the risk in the planning. EU commission has not yet given a view on UK agency.gov.uk/portal/ho/flood/draft_frmp/consult More
future. Development of Flood Risk Management Plans are now out for consultation (until compliance - but no issues have been raised in course of regular information on FRMPs is at:
End Jan 2015) and will be developed taking account of the consultation responses. reporting. https://www.gov.uk/flood-risk-management-plans-what-they-
are-and-whos-responsible-for-them, and the consultation is
at https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/draft-flood-
risk-management-plans
FL6b, FL13 Defra Flood 2013/2014 On-track Yes Government and the insurance industry are working together
Management to implement Flood Re; the proposed solution to ensure those
at highest risk of flooding have access to affordable insurance
by effectively limiting the amount that high risk households
would need to pay on the flood insurance element of their
household premiums.
Flood Re is on schedule to be established by July 2015. After
a period of testing and once the appropriate authorisations
are in place, households at high flood risk will then be
guaranteed access to affordable flood insurance.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Defra Water, By end of 2014 On-track Between 12 September 2014 and 24 October 2014, Defra and DCLG jointly consulted on Yes SuDS will be provided in new major development where The policy will apply from 06 April 2015 Consultation response can be found here:
FL6a Sustainable Drainage a proposal to deliver SuDS, and fulfil the Pitt Review recommendations on SuDS, through appropriate https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/sustainable-
changes to the planning regime. The consultation response was published on 18 drainage-systems-changes-to-the-planning-system
Systems team December 2014 and is available here:
https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/sustainable-drainage-systems-changes-to-
the-planning-system
WMS about the changes to planning policy
The Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government laid a Written Ministerial http://www.parliament.uk/business/publications/written-
Statement in the House of Commons on 18 December 2014 setting out changes to questions-answers-statements/written-
planning that will apply for major development from 06 April 2015. The link to that statement/Commons/2014-12-18/HCWS161/
statement is here: http://www.parliament.uk/business/publications/written-questions-
answers-statements/written-statement/Commons/2014-12-18/HCWS161/
These changes will strengthen existing planning policy to ensure that sustainable
drainage systems will be provided in new major developments where appropriate, and
that clear arrangements are in place for ongoing maintenance over the lifetime of the
development.
The Government will keep this policy under review, and consider the need to make
adjustments where necessary.
DCLG have also launched a consultation on a proposal to make Lead Local Flood
Authorities a statutory consultee in planning for surface water management; and to make
changes to the statutory consultee role of the Environment Agency to better reflect the
Agencys level of strategic expertise. The consultation is available here:
https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/planning-application-process-statutory-
consultee-arrangements
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Defra Flood Ongoing On-track EA's Corporate Plan includes our commitments to manage flood risk - Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Reporting against progress of deliver will help improve The report for 2013-14 is at:
FL6a Management and https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/environment-agency-corporate-plan-2014-to- partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong performance. Discussions are progressing with Defra to https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/managing-
2016 . Our annual report to the Minister highlights progress against elements of the leadership) agree approaches for reporting on and reviewing the national flood-and-coastal-erosion-risk-april-2013-to-march-2014
Environment Agency strategy. The 2012/13 report can be found here - Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to strategy and these will result in action planning for 2015 /
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/managing-flood-and-coastal-erosion-risk- hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from 2016.
april-2012-to-march-2013. measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
148m figure revised to up to 140m expected from external contributions (private robust adaptation decisions)
funding and local government) Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, implement flexible and/or
robust decisions). Policy (encouraging adaptation in others,
removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure,
institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints)
Monitoring and evaluating (adaptation progress)
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track Our flood schemes protected 1.4 million properties during the recent extreme weather, Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Recovery work and work to improve resilience is always
FL6a protecting not only homes and businesses but also critical infrastructure. The government partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong ongoing.
provided 270million to repair and maintain priority flood and coastal risk management leadership)
assets.
Recent re-structuring in the Environment Agency has not affected its ability to respond to
incidents including flooding. Restructuring has provided an opportunity to simplify our
internal ways of working in relation to incident management and has driven a focus on
interoperability to ensure resilience.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track The Environment Agency continues to work with the Met Office, Flood Forecasting Centre Yes Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to Plus our work to improve and maintain resilience in terms of
FL6a and the Natural Hazards Partnership to improve the national forecasting capability for hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from IM in the EA is always ongoing
surface water flooding. Lead local flood authorities take the lead on surface water flood measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
risk though and are responsible for developing local flood warning services for their robust adaptation decisions)
communities for surface water flooding. Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, implement flexible and/or
robust decisions). Policy (encouraging adaptation in others,
removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure,
institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints)
 Defra, the Environment Agency and local government to work together to help develop
a single information portal to share consistent high-level information on flooding.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Defra, Environment Ongoing Complete The Local Government Association Flood Portal is continuing to provide high-level Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Site is updated regularly and maintained through EA providing http://www.local.gov.uk/floodportal
FL6a Agency information to end users. http://www.local.gov.uk/floodportal partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong information to the LGA, who update the site.
leadership)
Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
robust adaptation decisions)
Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, implement flexible and/or
robust decisions). Policy (encouraging adaptation in others,
removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure,
institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints)
Monitoring and evaluating (adaptation progress)

Cranfield University and Adaptation and Resilience in the Context of Change (ARCC)
Network published the finding of the Community Resilience to Extreme Weather
Project (CREW). This included detailed pluvial and fluvial flood modelling for South-
East London .
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Cranfield University to 2011 Complete A suite of web-based mapping and information tools was developed to improve the As evidence from research is used to inform policy and Stakeholder-led research built capacity both in interdisciplinary Aspects of the project have been taken forward in on-going CREW website and tools: http://www.extreme-weather-
FL6a capacity of local communities to respond to the impacts of current and future extreme practice, it will contribute to the increased resilience of UK research on the local impacts of flooding and in working directly research, for example work with the Environment Agency impacts.net/twiki/bin/view/Main/WebHome
events (flooding, subsistance, heatwaves, storms and droughts). Taking a case study of 5 buildings and infrastructure with community-level end users to better understand and meet looking at SME engagement with respect to flooding and Final report: http://www.extreme-weather-
southeast-London boroughs, local-level impacts on householders, SMEs and their requirements for evidence to inform local adaptation resilience planning. impacts.net/twiki/pub/Main/WebHome/CREW_Final_Report
policymakers from a range of extreme events were considered, and guidance on strategies. .pdf
resilience measures developed.
The final project report summarises key messages and implications for local communities
and decision-makers.

OBJECTIVE 2: To FL6b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to Local planning authorities to work with their communities, the Environment Agency and FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Local planning Authorities have been On-track By the end of November 2014, 61% of local planning authorities had a Local Plan which Yes. The NPPF clearly sets out the key role that the planning Local Plans are examined by a planning inspector and in order All local planning authorities should continue to work to put a The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) can be
provide a clear local residential property due to flooding partners to put in place up to date local plans consistent with the National Planning FL6a authorities encouraged to get up to had been found sound following examination by a planning inspector and 60% of system plays in providing resilience to the impacts of climate to be considered sound, a Plan should, amongst other things, Local Plan in place and to keep Plans up to date. found here: http://planningguidance.planningportal.gov.uk/ .
Policy Framework (NPPF), including policies on tackling climate-related impacts, such authorities had adopted a Plan. Local authorities are in the process of updating local change and the policies that local planning authorities should be consistent with national policy and enable the delivery of
planning framework as flooding and coastal change.
date local plans in line development plans. Plans published since March 2012 should be consistent with the implement through their Local Plans. sustainable development in accordance with the NPPF. A
to enable all FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to with the NPPF in place NPPF, including policies on climate change. There is a statutory requirement for local sound, adopted Plan should therefore ensure new development
participants in the non-residential property due to flooding as quickly as possible planning authorities to produce and publish on their website a Statement of Community is planned, and planning decisions taken, so as to avoid
planning system to FL13 Ability to obtain flood insurance for
Involvement explaining how they will engage local communities in the preparation of the increased vulnerability to the range of impacts from climate
deliver sustainable Local Plan. change and any risks managed through suitable adaptation
residential properties measures.
new development,
including FL6a Residential properties at significant
infrastructure, that risk of flooding The Department for Communities and Local Government to update planning guidance ALL CCRA BUILT Department for Summer 2013 Complete A new, web-based, planning guidance resource was published on the Planning Portal on Yes. The guidance supports local planning authorities in This action supports the action for local planning authorities to The planning guidance can be found here:http://planningguidance.planningportal.gov.uk/
minimises to support the implementation of the National Planning Policy Frameworks policies on ENVIRONMENT Communities and Local 06/03/2014. The new resource is streamlined and more accessible, and includes implementing the National Planning Policy Framework, put in place up to date Local Plans consistent with the National
adapting to climate change, in the light of the review of Government planning practice guidance on climate change, flood risk and coastal change and water supply, wastewater including policies to mitigate and adapt to climate change. Planning Policy Framework, including the NPPF policies to avoid
vulnerability and BE3 Overheating of buildings
guidance.
RISKS Government and water quality. increased vulnerability, and adapt, to climate change - see [line
provides resilience to 17 above].
the impacts of climate FL2 Vulnerable people at significant risk of
change. flooding
Town and Country Planning Association, supported by Climate UK, has produced FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Town and Country Published in 2012 Complete Report was published and distributed it to Climate UK regional partner offices. However,
guidance: 'Planning for Climate Change, Guidance for local authorities' (2012). This FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Planning Association there was no budget for further dissemination or other promotional activities.
FL7a Non-residential properties at will continue to be promoted by Climate UK via local partnerships networks and events
significant risk of flooding with local authorities.

WA5 Public water supply-demand deficit Environment Agency Climate Ready service to provide input into the development of FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency 2013 - 2014 Complete With EA colleagues CR Built Environment theme provided input to DCLG to develop Yes Delivery of outcomes none The planning guidance can be found here:
planning guidance to support the National Planning Policy Framework regarding FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Climate Ready National Planning Policy Guidance (NPPG) to support the National Planning Policy o Timely action (reduce exposure to hazards, reduce sensitivity http://planningguidance.planningportal.gov.uk/
EN2 and BE9 Increased energy demand for adaptation to future flood risk and water resources. Framework (NPPF). The NPPG was published in March 2014. It includes general to hazards, realise co-benefits from measures to manage non-
guidance on planning and climate change as well as further climate change guidance in CC risks, implement flexible and/or robust decisions)
cooling and reduced energy demand for
the flood risk section. o Policy (encouraging adaptation in others, removing
heating adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure, institutional,
regulatory, or financial constraints)

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to make tools and advice available to FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing Complete With EA colleagues CR Built Environment theme provided input to DCLG to develop Yes Delivery of outcomes none The planning guidance can be found here:
planners and developers on future climate risk. This will continue to be promoted by FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Climate Ready National Planning Policy Guidance (NPPG) to support the National Planning Policy o Timely action (reduce exposure to hazards, reduce sensitivity http://planningguidance.planningportal.gov.uk/
Climate UK via local partnerships, networks and events with local authorities. Framework (NPPF). The NPPG was published in March 2014. It includes general to hazards, realise co-benefits from measures to manage non-
guidance on planning and climate change as well as further climate change guidance in CC risks, implement flexible and/or robust decisions)
the flood risk section. o Policy (encouraging adaptation in others, removing
adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure, institutional,
regulatory, or financial constraints)

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to provide guidance and tools to local FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track CR Built Environment theme has developed a draft online content (key messages, links to Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building see column G not yet
Environment Agency teams so they can promote climate change adaptation in their FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Climate Ready key guidance, tools and case studies) for key stakeholder groups in the built partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
advice to local authorities and developers as part of their role as a consultee to the environment. Currently working with CR digital team and external providers to identify leadership)
planning process. partners to work with to get this content on appropriate websites so the different
stakeholder groups can easily access these materials. Climate UK is hosting some of this
information. Aim to complete this work by March 2015.

The Green Infrastructure Partnership to promote greater use of Green Infrastructure to FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Defra, Green Ongoing On-track This pilot work - including research, an event with WM LEPs and LNPs and English Yes Too early to tell SWM and Black Country LEP Currently developing a cross-
achieve better resilience for the built environment in a changing climate. Climate UK FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Infrastructure Nature - has resulted in several WM LEPS using the LEED toolkit, and building in green LEP project with 6 WM LEPs to develop a green Scoping report -
partner Sustainability West Midlands will be piloting work with Local Nature infrastructure to their joint and individual investment priorities, and developing a joint infrastructure support programme for their investment sites for http://www.sustainabilitywestmidlands.org.uk/resources/wes
Partnerships and Local Enterprise Partnerships in the West Midlands to trial a joint
Partnership support programme. Main barrier has been lack of resources and funding to help SWM EU funding. 2015-16. t-midlands-community-green-infrastructure-issues-and-
investment project in green infrastructure to deliver economic, environmental and progress this any faster. As a result majority of this action has been funded through opportunities-for-local-nature-and-enterprise-partnerships/
adaptation benefits. influencing others. Dedicated enabling funding from Defra or GIP would be useful. The resulting cross WM LEP project -
http://www.sustainabilitywestmidlands.org.uk/projects/comm
unity-green-infrastructure-for-investment-sites-support-
programme/

Environment Agency Climate Ready service will support the Local Government
Associations Climate Local initiative as a means of signposting advice, tools and
examples that can help councils take action to improve the resilience of the local built
environment. This will continue to be promoted by Climate UK via local partnerships
networks and events with local authorities.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency 2013 onwards On-track BE CR theme has developed a draft online content (key messages, links to key guidance, Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Some material to be put on Climate Local knowledge hub by not yet
FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Climate Ready tools and case studies) for key stakeholder groups in the built environment sector. Some partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong March 2015
of these relate to local Govt stakeholders such as councillors working in planning and leadership)
planning officers in LAs. Working with Climate Local to see if this information can be
provided on the Climate Local Knowledge Hub. Climate UK are aware of this work and
host some of the relevant information. Aim to complete this work by March 2015.

OBJECTIVE 3: Help FL6b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to Department for Communities and Local Government commissioned and published a BE3 Department for Published in 2012 Complete Yes The work establishes the evidence base around the issue of This will inform subsequent work on overheating - including http://www.gov.uk/government/publications/investigation-into-overheating-in-homes-literature
businesses and residential property due to flooding literature review and gap analysis on overheating in homes. Communities and Local overheating and identifies where gaps exist. the work being led by the Zero Carbon Hub to examine the
scale, patterns and impacts of overheating in buildings,
industries in the Government identify priorities for action, and establish which organisations
sector to access FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to
are best placed to progress them.
skills, training, non-residential property due to flooding
knowledge and tools Zero Carbon Hub to undertake a programme of work with the house-building industry BE3 Zero Carbon Hub 2013 Complete The ZCH, with partners First Wessex, the NHBC and Defra published an accessible Housing providers and regulatory bodies have commented The ZCH, the ASC and others are increasingly raising the issue Following discussions with the CCC, DECC, DCLG, Defra, See previous boxes
FL6a Residential properties at significant to increase understanding and awareness of overheating risk in new-build homes. report on what overheating means and the main causes and risk factors, stressing some that they have found the publication to be a useful that the incidence and severity of overheating in homes is DoH and the EA, the ZCH has kicked off a major cross-
to understand and risk of flooding of the wider 'neighbourhood' related influences in March 2013. introduction to the issue. In 2014 alone, over three events we increasing. Overheating is expected to worsen as the climate industry and government project to examine how to tackle
manage climate http://www.zerocarbonhub.org/sites/default/files/resources/reports/Overheating_in_Homes gave out 500 copies of the report. warms, unless we take further action now to adapt homes most overheating in homes. This is one of the biggest studies of its
change risks. BE3 Overheating of buildings -Where_to_Start_Introduction_for_Planners_Designers_and_Property_Owners.pdf at risk and design out overheating in new homes. The ASC's kind involving over 100 organisations. It aims to advise
2014 report flagged the need for government to consider the industry and government leaders on the kinds of policies that
FL7a Non-residential properties at options for a standard on overheating. The ZCH is taking now might be needed to ensure that the potential for overheating
significant risk of flooding forward detailed analytical work related to that recommendation. becomes a core part of future risk assessment processes,
strategies and investment plans. We complete our interim
report at the end of March 2015 (and publish in June - timed
EN2 and BE9 Increased energy demand for to fit with the ASC's report to Parliament). The final report and
cooling and reduced energy demand for recommendations will follow in late 2015/early 2016. See
heating http://www.zerocarbonhub.org/current-projects/tackling-
overheating-buildings
WA5 Public water supply-demand deficit

FL2 Vulnerable people at significant risk of The Department of Energy and Climate Change to review the relevant part of the BE3 Department of Energy 2015 On-track The review of evidence in SAP will take place summer 2015 Not yet No evidence as yet SAP is not necessarily the best place for overheating to be
flooding Standard Assessment Procedure (SAP) in 2015, in relation to internal temperature of considered. The Zero Carbon Hub are working on
and Climate Change
dwellings. overheating and should have better routes for preventing
BE1 Urban Heat Island effect overheating as an outcome. DECC will review the treatment
of overheating in the Standard Assessment Procedure for
FL12a/b Hospitals and schools at housing, in the light of evidence arising from previous and
significant risk of flooding current research.

HE2 Summer morbidity due to higher National House-Building Council Foundation Guidance on Understanding BE3 National House- 2012 Complete The NHBC Foundation also published (in Nov 2012) a report called 'Overheating in new Whilst we believe the two reports will have had a beneficial We have no evidence. We have no current plans for further work in this area. We have no evidence.
temperatures Overheating published. homes - a review of the evidence' which reviews causes of overheating, examines the effect in informing and educating the industry (designers and
Building Council
definition and confirms the perceived and actual health and wellbeing and performance house builders), we have no evidence of how improved
BE5 Effectiveness of green space for cooling Federation effects on occupants. knowledge may be changing how new homes are designed
and constructed.
BU10 Loss of staff hours due to high internal
building temperatures

OPPORTUNITIES:

HE5 Decline in winter mortality due to higher

temperatures
The Technology Strategy Board have published a scoping guide to aid built- BE3 Technology Strategy 2010
environment practitioners to identify climate change information. Board
HE6 Decline in winter morbidity due to higher The Technology Strategy Board to disseminate the lessons learned from the 'Design
temperatures BE3, WA5, FL6a/b, Technology Strategy End of 2013 https://connect.innovateuk.org/web/design-for-future-climate/overview
for Future Climate Competition' in developing adaptation strategies for buildings. This FL7a/b Board
work considered issues around thermal comfort (cold and overheating), construction
(stability, weatherproofing etc.) and water cycle (flooding and water demand).

To also include publication of the +45 adaption strategy reports and a Royal Institute of
British Architects book summarising main lessons and understanding.
https://connect.innovateuk.org/web/design-for-future-climate/overview

The Green Deal Guidance is a joint Energy Saving Trust/Waterwise document which BE3, WA5 Energy Saving Trust Published in 2012 http://www.waterwise.org.uk/resources.php/55/green-deal-guidance-for-the-water-sector
was published in 2012.

Royal Institute of British Architects Guide to Sustainability Practice published. ALL CCRA BUILT Royal Institute of British Published in 2012
ENVIRONMENT Architects
RISKS
 Environment Agency Climate Ready service to collaborate with Modern Built ALL CCRA BUILT Environment Agency During 2013 Complete As part of a collaborative agreement with MBEKTN we developed business case Yes Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to none https://connect.innovateuk.org/documents/3239554/6021573/Climate%20Change%20Adapta
Environment Knowledge Transfer network to promote climate change adaptation. ENVIRONMENT Climate Ready guidance, undertook surveys of the sector to understand sector progress and needs in the hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
adaptation field and a scoping exercise to understand who the major groups were who measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
RISKS supported the sector on adaptation information to inform the resources framework project. robust adaptation decisions)

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to determine skills gaps in the built
environment sector and address skills gaps through partnership working.
Environment Agency Ongoing Complete With CUK, we have developed a set of training presentations on 6 climate change and Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building none http://climateuk.net/resource/building-resilient-environment-%E2%80%93-sector-tools-and-re
Climate Ready planning topics that can be used by staff in local authorities, the climate change partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
partnerships, EA staff or anyone else with climate change adaptation knowledge to leadership)
promote wider learning on how planning can deliver climate change adaptation among
planners, elected officials and communities working in planning. These were published in
March 2014 and promoted at launch events in March and Sept/Oct 2014 for all 9 of the
Climate Change Partnership regions.

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to make skills and training on climate FL6b, FL7b, FL6a,
change adaptation resources available to decision-makers in the built environment EN2, BE9, WA5
sector. This will continue to be promoted by Climate UK via local partnerships,
networks and events with local authorities
Environment Agency Ongoing Complete With CUK, we have developed a set of training presentations on 6 climate change and Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building none http://climateuk.net/resource/building-resilient-environment-%E2%80%93-sector-tools-and-re
Climate Ready planning topics that can be used by staff in local authorities, the climate change partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
partnerships, EA staff or anyone else with climate change adaptation knowledge to leadership)
promote wider learning on how planning can deliver climate change adaptation among
planners, elected officials and communities working in planning. These were published in
March 2014 and promoted at launch events in March and Sept/Oct 2014 for all 9 of the
Climate Change Partnership regions.

Adaptation and Resilience in the Context of Change (ARCC) Network works with
researchers and decision-makers to facilitate the co-production of creditable and
salient evidence for policymakers and practitioners working on adaptation in the built
environment. Details of recently completed and ongoing ARCC-related projects are
below.
MOST BUILT Oxford University to 2018 On-track On-going work continues to bring together researchers and stakeholders involved in Evidence from across research is being synthesised and Building capacity across stakeholders and researchers to work On-going planned programme of knowledge exchange and Knowledge hub and engagement portal:http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/
ENVIRONMENT adaptation to technological, social and environmental change in the built environment translated to inform policy and practice, thus contributing to together to drive the development, uptake and use of evidence engagement activities on adaptation to climate chnage in key
(and infrastructure) sectors. The aim is to develop and exchange knowledge and evidence the increased resilience of UK buildings and knowledge from research to inform the decision-making areas including infrastructure interdependencies (with the
CCRA RISKS from across the research community to better inform policy and practice. process. Knowledge exchange skills development in early career EA/IOAF), smart adapting cities, social and behavioural
researchers to help develop the research leaders of the future. change, and buildings and extreme events.

ARCC Project 'Community Resilience to Extreme Weather':
- assessed the effectiveness and cost of a range of adaptation measures in dwellings
to reduce overheating. A retrofit toolkit has been produced aimed at a range of users
including designers, housing professionals, local authorities and home owners;
- carried out detailed pluvial and fluvial flood modelling for South East London;
- considered effects on residential house price and recovery time as a consequence of
future flooding events; and
- used water resource management modelling tools for London region to establish
future aggregate predictions of water resource requirement.
BE3, BE9, FL2, FL6b, Cranfield University
WA5, WA4
to 2011 Complete A suite of web-based mapping and information tools was developed to improve the As evidence from research is used to inform policy and Stakeholder-led research built capacity both in interdisciplinary Aspects of the project have been taken forward in on-going CREW website and tools: http://www.extreme-weather-
capacity of local communities to respond to the impacts of current and future extreme practice, it will contribute to the increased resilience of UK research on the local impacts of flooding and in working directly research, for example work, with the Environment Agency impacts.net/twiki/bin/view/Main/WebHome
events (flooding, subsistance, heatwaves, storms and droughts). Taking a case study of 5 buildings and infrastructure with community-level end users to better understand and meet looking at SME engagement with respect to flooding and Final report: http://www.extreme-weather-
southeast-London boroughs, local-level impacts on householders, SMEs and their requirements for evidence to inform local adaptation resilience planning. impacts.net/twiki/pub/Main/WebHome/CREW_Final_Report
policymakers from a range of extreme events were considered, and guidance on strategies. .pdf
resilience measures developed.

ARCC Project: 'Low Carbon Futures' is further developing an overheating tool to
predict future indoor temperatures for a range of building types.
BE3, EN2 Heriot-Watt University to 2013 Complete The LCF project developed a tool for use by building design teams that allows the
performance of buildings to be estimated in a wide range of current and likely future
climates. Taking case studies from both domestic and non-domestic sectors, a
methodology was constructed which helps identify risks to a building in a future climate,
either due to excessive overheating or inadequate cooling systems, and assesses the
impact of possible adaptation strategies.
As evidence from research is used to inform policy and
practice, it will contribute to the increased resilience of UK
buildings and infrastructure. The tool can also be used for
future energy analyses (see ARIES project), to understand
how the wider energy network (generation, infrastructure and
demand) may respond to future climate risks
Researchers have been involved with translating the use of
probabilistic climate description for building guides, specifically
the forthcoming issue of CIBSE A: Environmental Design. The
way the LCF tool uses such climate information informed the
approach described in the guide, and adds to the variety of
methods now available for mixed users of future climate
information and associated risk.
Avenues are being explored for expanding the use of the tool
and applying it to more building projects, allowing for a more
comprehensive approach to climate-adaptive design. It is also
being implemented in the Adaptation and Resilience In
Energy Systems (ARIES) project to look at the impact that
future climate projections might have on energy demand (and
required supply) of buildings. This will be using the tool for a
different application (energy) in addition to internal
temperature based analyses of the LCF project
Final report, including case studies and academic
publications list:
http://www1.hw.ac.uk/mediaservices/pageflip/SBE/Low_Car
bon_Futures_report/index.html#p=1
http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/project-summaries/low-
carbon-futures/

ARCC Project 'Built Infrastructure for Older People in Conditions of Climate Change'
is:
- providing evidence on current and future risks to the health of older people due to
extreme weather events, including heatwaves and coldwaves;
- mapping the projected occurrence of extreme weather events, including flooding, for
the 2030s and the concentrations of potentially vulnerable older populations, to help
inform community resilience;
- demonstrating how to assess potential flood hazards to built infrastructure, including
utilities, and to indicate possible adaptation options; and
- exploring how data on National Health Service infrastructure can be used in
combination with flood risk data to inform local resilience planning.
HE1, HE2, HE3, HE5, Durham University to 2013; flood-mapping Complete A BIOPICCC toolkit was developed to provide a series of resources to assist local As evidence from research is used to inform policy and Significant contributions from several Local Authorities and the Members of the BIOPICCC team worked with Public Health Toolkit:
HE6, FL2, FL7a, published 2012 authorities, partner organisations, and neighbourhood and community groups with local practice, it will contribute to the increased resilience of UK Environment Agency in developing the toolkit illustrate their England to embed the principles of the Toolkit in a new https://www.dur.ac.uk/geography/research/researchprojects/
level resilience planning. The resources are designed to support users to develop plans to buildings and infrastructure commitment to the approach. Some Local Authorities are 'process cascade' to assist implementation of national advice biopiccc/toolkit/
FL12a/b make health and social care services for older people more resilient to the effects of seeking funds to support further work in this area independently. and guidance regarding extreme weather events, from Living with Environmental Change (LWEC) Policy and
extreme weather, including flooding events. Outputs contributed to published advice on adaptation to climate strategic management to frontline service delivery while Practice Note #6 summarising key messages for decision-
change for health and social care e.g. via NHS Sustainable remaining sensitive to local differences. This cascade will be makers: http://www.lwec.org.uk/publications/ensuring-
Development Unit guidance. operational from Spring 2015. resilience-care-older-people
The BIOPICCC project and the toolkit were referenced at
presentations made at UNFCCC meetings and side events in
Durban (2011); Doha (2012); and the particiative mapping
methods used for BIOPICCC have been cross referenced in
a major NERC funded project being conducted China on
'Earthquakes without Frontiers.
Researchers are contributing to the Climate Change Risk
Assessment 2 Report, Chapter 5: 'People and the built
environment' and contributed to the LWEC record card on
risks to health from climate change.

ARCC Project 'Suburban Neighbourhood Adaptation in a Changing Climate':
- modelled current and future overheating risk in suburban neighbourhoods and tested
a range of possible adaptation packages for their effectiveness, feasibility and
acceptability, at the building and neighbourhood levels; and
- investigated current and future flooding risks for dwellings and the public realm in
suburban areas and tested a number of potential adaptations for their effectiveness,
feasibility and acceptability.
BE3, BE5, BE9, FL6a University of the West to 2012 Complete Research identified how suburbs (homes, gardens, public spaces) can best be adapted to As evidence from research is used to inform policy and Engagement throughout the research with Local Authority Final report, including effective, feasible and acceptable
of England, Oxford reduce the impacts of climate change (flooding, overheating, wind and storm damage, practice, it will contribute to the increased resilience of UK partners in Oxford, Bristol and Stockport has helped promote the suburban adaptations
droughts and water scarcity) and considered what might motivate residents and other buildings and infrastructure research findings across councils and more broadly with their and academic publications list:
Brookes University stakeholders to adapt to ongoing changes. partners and local communities to inform pathways for change in https://snacc.files.wordpress.com/2012/10/snacc_report.pdf
suburbs.

ARCC Project: 'Adaptation and Resilience in Cities: Analysis and Decision-making FL7a/b, BE3, BE1, Oxford University to 2013 Complete Research analysed climate risks (including flooding and overheating) and assessed the As evidence from research is used to inform policy and The evidence and knowledge from research will help prioritise Aspects of the project are being taken forward in on-going Factsheets on tools and their application in cities:
using Integrated Assessment' (ARCADIA) is: BU10, HE1 performance of options for adapting to climate change across various sectors in cities, practice, it will contribute to the increased resilience of UK adaptation actions in cities. research in collaboration with a PhD student, including http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/project-summaries/arcadia/
- mapping non-residential areas under threat of surface water flooding for a given with a particular emphasis on London. buildings and infrastructure Outputs and collaborations are already helping inform climate looking at adaptation pathways for Greater London. This
industrial sector under differing future scenarios, including an estimation of damage to change risks for London, through work with the Greater London involves engagement with, amongst others, the GLA and
buildings; Authority, the London Climate Change Partnership and the LCCP. As part of the ENHANCE EUFP7 project work is
- developing a spatial weather generator to model future temperature variations in Environment Agency ongoing on the analysis of surface water flood risk to
urban areas; residential properties. Enhancing resilience through
- estimating the number of people at risk of thermal discomfort in residential buildings adaptation options, and the role of flood insurance are being
under a variety of future scenarios; assessed.
- modelling reduced labour productivity due to overheating in buildings; and
- estimating increased mortality risk due to high temperatures under future scenarios.
OBJECTIVE 4: To FL6b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to The Building Research Establishment (BRE) to Review BRE Environmental FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Building Research Ongoing On-track BREEAM new construction scheme now includes requirements for adaptation to climate Yes, Flooding, surface water, overheating, functional Early stages as yet - future evidence of performance needs to be Address all BREEAM schemes in due course breeam web sitehttp://www.bre.co.uk/resilience
ensure that investors residential property due to flooding Assessment Method (BREEAM) to ensure that it promotes the need to take account of FL6a, EN2, BE3, WA5 Establishment change. The different schemes will be revised and have adaptation issues included as adaptability, resilient structures gathered a) Complete database and develop commercial offering
climate change adaptation. they are revised. The new BREEAM infrastructure scheme will have adaptation/resilience a) In development - early to say
and developers have issues included.
the financial and FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to
a) BRE is developing (with AXA Insurance / Lexis Nexis) a property flood resilience b) Demonstrate to house builders flood resilient options b) Funding for demonstration project being gathered / sought
appraisal decision non-residential property due to flooding
database, to be used by insurers to help assess insurance premiums in flood risk areas, it
tools needed to FL13 Ability to obtain flood insurance for
will encourage the uptake of resilience measures. c) Working with industry and government to address climate
support and promote change risks to the built environment
residential properties b) Flood resilient property design and demonstration project
adaptation to climate
change. FL6a Residential properties at significant c) BRE has created the centre for resilience - focussing on research & innovation to
risk of flooding address risk to the built environment from climate change and other environmental risks.
Research funding is being made available from BRE Trust (1m over two years)
BE3 Overheating of buildings

HE1 Summer mortality due to higher
temperatures
HE2 Summer morbidity due to higher
temperatures
FL7a Non-residential properties at
significant risk of flooding
EN2 and BE9 Increased energy demand for
cooling and reduced energy demand for
heating
WA5 Public water supply-demand deficit
EN10 Energy transmission efficiency capacity
losses due to heat
HM Government to develop Government Buying Standards (GBS) for central
Government procurement of construction and construction-related products.
FL7b, FL7a, EN2, Defra; Central GBS for construction and On-track
BE9, BE3, WA5 Government bodies are GBSs for certain
held responsible for construction products
meeting commitments already in place; Initial
review to take place
Spring 2013; Potential
development of new
standards subject to
recommendations of
initial review; Summer
2013
The GBS for construction is already required for the procurement of central government
construction projects, which requires a mandatory BREEAM (or other equivalent
standards) rating "excellent" for new builds and "outstanding" for major refurbishment
projects. Through the mandatory GBS for central government and agencies, BREEAM
has been embedded into processes on construction, which Defra monitors as part of the
Greening Government commitments. In summer 2014, BRE updated their existing
BREEAM UK New Construction manual standards. A new adaptation issue (Wst 05
Adaptation to climate change) has been added to encourage a strategic appraisal of
structural and fabric resilience. It also awards an exemplary extra credit where all of the
relevant adaptation issues available under BREEAM have been implemented in order to
encourage and reward best practice and a wider holistic approach to climate change
adaptation in construction. These include addressing surface water run-off, thermal
modelling, reducing energy and carbon usage, water usage, low carbon design and
designing for durability and resilience. Although BREEAM or equivalent assessment tools
do not specifically mandate the adoption of adaptation options to achieve 'excellent' or
'outstanding' ratings, many of the CCRA risks were addressed in the previous BREEAM
criteria and have been built upon in the recent update. In addition the BREEAM UK
Refurbishment and Fit out 2014 scheme for non-domestic buildings in the UK also
encourages and rewards best practice and a wider holistic approach to climate change
adaptation in construction. It covers the same issues as in the BREEAM UK New
Construction scheme. As schemes are developed (e.g. BREEAM Infrastructure) or
updated, BREEAMs intention is to follow a similar approach to integrate and highlight
adaptation to climate change issues within the content.
Yes Defra monitors the use of the GBS for construction by central Defra will continue to monitor the central government https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-
government and agencies as part of the Greening Government department use of the GBS for construction, with further procurement-gbs-for-construction-projects
commitments. For the data we do hold on construction work reports due for the reporting years 2013/14 and 2014/15. In
commissioned by central government departments, the addition, Defra is developing guidance for 2015 to enable http://www.breeam.org/BREEAMUK2014SchemeDocument/
2012/2013 figures show that the majority of central government procurers in government departments and the wider public #10_waste/wst05.htm (requires login)
departments and agencies have met or exceeded the mandatory sector take into account sustainability (including climate
BREEAM standards set by the construction GBS for relevant change adaptation) during the procurement process when https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
projects. Central government departments such as MOD, Home considering whole life costs and wider value for money. This achment_data/file/266690/pb14107-greening-gov-
Office and DECC and NDPB such as the Environment Agency guidance will also outline the best ways in which the public commitments-2013.pdf
have already factored in climate change resilience through the sector can embed pre-market engagement with suppliers and
embedding of the GBS and therefore BREAAM or equivalent outcome-based tenders into their procurement processes to
assessment methodology into their procurement policies. For achieve these outcomes.
example, DREAM (the MOD bespoke assessment methodology)
supports climate resilience by addressing the following:
assessing and managing flood risks; supporting energy and
water efficiency and the thermal modelling of living
accommodation. Although BREEAM or equivalent criteria do not
mandate the adoption of particular adaptation options to achieve
'excellent' or 'outstanding' ratings, many of the CCRA risks were
addressed in the previous BREEAM criteria and have been built
upon in recent update undertaken in summer 2014, which
awards credit for undertaking a strategic appraisal of structural
and fabric resilience to climate change and additional exemplary
credit for implementing all of the relevant adaptation issues
under BREEAM.

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop guidance on making a ALL CCRA BUILT Environment Agency 2013 Complete As part of a collaborative agreement with MBEKTN we developed business case Yes Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to none https://connect.innovateuk.org/documents/3239554/6021573/Climate%20Change%20Adapta
business case for climate change adaptation. ENVIRONMENT Climate Ready guidance and published it on the MBEKTN website. hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
RISKS robust adaptation decisions)

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to disseminate sector-led best practice ALL CCRA BUILT Environment Agency 2013 On-track CR BE theme is working with the Green Infrastructure Partnership to ensure this group Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Further discussions to take place in 2015-16 with TCPA who
guidance and research on Green Infrastructure. This will be continued to be promoted ENVIRONMENT Climate Ready promotes the climate change adaptation benefits of GI in it work to raise awareness and partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong now host the GIP, on supporting future events
by Climate UK via local partnerships networks and events with local authorities. best practice around GI. This included a stand at Eco Build devoted to GI. Potential TCPA leadership)
RISKS led GI event that CR could support.
 Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop a resources framework that
links the research community and resources to the various decision-makers in the built
environment sector. Projects are already underway to address main gaps in resources
related to the role of green infrastructure and developing a business case tool.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency 2013 onwards On-track BE CR theme has developed a draft online content (key messages, links to key Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building see column G
FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Climate Ready guidance, tools and case studies) for key stakeholder groups in the built environment. partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
Currently working with CR digital team and external providers to identify partners to work leadership)
with to get this content on appropriate websites so the different stakeholder groups can
easily access these materials. Aim to complete this work by March 2015.
As part of a collaborative agreement with MBEKTN we
developed business case guidance and published it on the MBEKTN website.

CR BE theme is working with the Green Infrastructure Partnership to ensure this group
promotes the climate change adaptation benefits of GI in it work to raise awareness and
best practice around GI. This included a stand at Eco Build devoted to GI.

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to provide input into the Housing
Standards Review, promoting climate change adaptation in emerging new housing
standards.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency 2013 On-track Liaised with EA Demand Management team to discuss scope of the water efficiency Yes Delivery of outcomes see column G not yet
FL6a, EN2, BE9, Climate Ready measures proposed in the housing standards review (HSR) to ensure the options in the o Timely action (reduce exposure to hazards, reduce sensitivity
review went far enough to effectively and efficiently contribute water resource to hazards, realise co-benefits from measures to manage non-
WA5, BE3, HE1, HE2 management. New housing standards will come into effect in 2015 and will include a CC risks, implement flexible and/or robust decisions)
higher standard of efficiency for areas classed as water stressed. Will continue to work o Policy (encouraging adaptation in others, removing
with EA colleagues to apply the approach to applying HSR measures to water stressed adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure, institutional,
areas. regulatory, or financial constraints)
Application of HSR energy efficiency measures are being applied by ZCH.

OBJECTIVE 5: To FL6b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to The Department of Energy and Climate Change to continue circulating guidance on BE3, EN2 Department of Energy Ongoing On-track Overheating guidance has been produced but not yet circulated. We hope to publish this Not yet No evidence None
increase the residential property due to flooding how to avoid overheating in homes that are being retrofitted. and Climate Change shortly.
resilience of homes
and buildings by FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to The Department of Energy and Climate Change to take steps to better understand BE3, EN2 Department of Energy Ongoing Action We are part of the cross Whitehall Group working on Overheating with the Zero Carbon Yes No evidence None
helping people and non-residential property due to flooding overheating in existing homes, working with the Good Homes Alliance. and Climate Change revised/delayed Hub providing lead and including on existing homes.
communities to FL13 Ability to obtain flood insurance for
understand what a The Department for Communities and Local Government to appropriately consider ALL CCRA BUILT Department for Ongoing On-track The Building Regulations are subject to regular review and this provides the opportunity Not yet No evidence None Note supporting the Written Ministerial Statement on the Housing Standards Reviewhttps://ww
residential properties climate change adaptation in its review of the framework of Building Regulations and for them to be revised to address emerging issues. DCLG will continue to consider
changing climate ENVIRONMENT Communities and Local
local housing standards. whether any further changes are necessary in the light of evidence about the impacts of a
could mean for them, FL6a Residential properties at significant RISKS Government changing climate. The current Housing Standards Review has looked to rationalise the
and to take action to risk of flooding standards that are required of new housing. As part of this, the existing national water
be resilient to climate efficiency requirement will be supplemented with a new optional requirement in the
risks. BE3 Overheating of buildings Building Regulations for use in areas where there is a need for a tighter water efficiency
standard.
HE1 Summer mortality due to higher
temperatures The London Climate Change Partnership (LCCP) has produced recommendations to HE1, HE2, BE3, EN2, London Climate Second phase of project: Complete LCCP has since produced two further publications addressing climate risks including London Risk Register now includes the issue of health impacts Heat Risk in London group is ongoing; further engagement http://climatelondon.org.uk/publications/retrofitting-london/
improve policy and practice relating to hot weather planning and heat risk BE9 Change Partnership 2013 overheating, in social housing, which can be accessed here: occurring at much lower temperature thresholds than the trigger with retrofitting contractors and public sector procurement http://climatelondon.org.uk/projects/heat-risk-to-london/
HE2 Summer morbidity due to higher management. This has focused on the social housing and care home sector, with http://climatelondon.org.uk/publications/retrofitting-london/ In addition, LCCP has for heatwaves as a result of this work. Phase 3 of RE:NEW, processes is planned https://www.london.gov.uk/priorities/environment/tackling-
three target audiences:
(LCCP) convened a cross-sectoral 'Heat Risk in London' group, designed to tackle the issues London's retrofitting programme, now includes resilience climate-change/energy-efficiency/re-new-home-energy-
temperatures
- decision-makers in the social housing and care home sectors; highlighted in the Overheating Thresholds report and facilitate cross-sectoral working. The considerations as a result of the LCCP publications - this will efficiency
- decision-makers within Londons urban systems; and group has met in 2013 and 2014 and is planned to continue. LCCP has also been have a positive effect on the 175000 homes planned to be http://climatelondon.org.uk/publications/overheating-
EN2 and BE9 Increased energy demand for - national level decision-makers who are responsible for policy, legislation and collaborating with Zero Carbon Hub on their overheating in homes project. retrofitted under the programme by 2017. thresholds-report/
cooling and reduced energy demand for guidance relevant to heat risk management in the UK.
heating

WA5 Public water supply-demand deficit
BE1 Urban Heat Island effect
Environment Agency Climate Ready service to support promotion of products to FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track Working with B&Q via EA FCRM team to support them in promoting flood resilience in Yes Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to see column G Flood protection products
encourage householders to adapt to climate change by working with the DIY retail FL6a, EN2, BE9, WA5 Climate Ready their stores and on their website. Similar information has been sent to Travis Perkins. hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from (http://www.diy.com/departments/outdoor-garden/flood-
sector, to promote products and information. Planning to extend discussions with B&Q around water efficiency in the home and measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or prevention/flood-barriers/DIY820943.cat) and flood
overheating risks in early 2015. robust adaptation decisions) protection advice (http://www.diy.com/help-advice/prepare-
for-severe-wet-weather-or-
flooding/PROD_npcart_100056.art) on the B&Q website.

Defra to oversee the implementation of Commission regulation (EU) no 206/2012 of 6 BE3, EN2 Defra 2013 Complete The first and second tiers of this Regulation came into force in 2013 and 2014 both these Yes By increasing the efficiencies of products permitted to be placed EU wide review of this regulation is planned in 2016/17 https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/list_of_ecodesign_measures_0.pdf
March 2012 implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of stages increased the efficiency of air conditioners and comfort fans that could be placed on the market they are using less energy to perform the same
the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for air conditioners and comfort on the EU market function. A review of the Regulation will take place in 2016/2017
fans.

Defra to work with water companies to encourage efficiency campaigns such as
Anglian Water's 'Love Every Drop'.
WA5 Defra Ongoing On-track We made clear in the Water Resources Planning Guidelines published in 2012 that
reducing demand for water was one of the key policy priorities that we expected water
companies to address in their next round of Water Resource Management Plans (2015-
2040). Most plans have now been finalised and virtually all companies have maintained or
increased their demand management programmes. EA works with companies to identify
statutory and non-statutory measures including water efficiency measures, via input to the
national environment programme during Water Price Reviews. The Price Review 14 will
result in 370 MgL per day savings by tackling water efficiency and leakage.
Yes Water companies carry out a range of activities to reduce
household demand for water (aside from metering), this includes
water audits to help customers save water; providing water
conservation advice and devices; working in partnership with
housing providers to make new and existing homes more water
efficient; working with DIY shops to offer discounted water saving
products such as water butts, working with NGOs to deliver
water efficiency campaigns and helping customers to reduce
leaks from their own supply pipes
Water companies carry out a range of activities to reduce
household demand for water (aside from metering), this
includes water audits to help customers save water; providing
water conservation advice and devices; working in
partnership with housing providers to make new and existing
homes more water efficient; working with DIY shops to offer
discounted water saving products such as water butts,
working with NGOs to deliver water efficiency campaigns and
helping customers to reduce leaks from their own supply
pipes. Identification of water efficiency measures will be
included in WRMP and Price Review 19 work.

Defra to develop policy on voluntary labelling of water products. WA5 Defra Ongoing On-track Significant number of manufacturers, retailers and merchants agreed in July 2013 to use Yes Increased visibility of European Water Label on websites, Lobbying of Commission to recognise voluntary European http://www.europeanwaterlabel.eu/
the voluntary European Water Label on all their water using bathroom products. promotional material, in store and on packaging Water Label and not to bring forward proposals for a
mandatory label just for taps and showers. Looking to put
label onto water using garden products in 2015/16.

Defra, Environment Agency and Ofwat to develop evidence through pilots for
catchment-wide approaches, in order to inform how the water sector can become
more climate resilient.
WA5 Defra, Environment Ongoing On-track Water Companies are encouraged to consider catchment based solutions in business
Agency, Ofwat plans. There is evidence of such solutions now being adopted as a means to mitigate
surface water and sewer flooding . A programme of catchment pilots have enabled an
enhanced understanding of catchment scale opportunities which have reinforced the
value of recovering catchments to sustainable limits in order to provide for future climate
resilience.
OFWAT: Ofwat's regulatory approach used in PR14 has allowed more sustainable
approaches to service delivery to be implemented by companies. Key components to this
approach have been the development of an outcomes approach to determine
scope/activity and a totex totex approach to determine cost assessment and recovery.
Companies have freedom to deliver against committed service outcomes at a catchment
wide scale without specific incentives to deliver capital intensive hard engineering
solutions.
Yes but there is scope for wider uptake amongst water
companies
Improved management of surface water flows is a mitigating Ongoing action to support catchment partnerships and Overview of PR14 price limits:
measure to address intense events that may increase in support ecosystem service based approaches through which http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/pricereview/pr14/det_pr20141212fin
frequency. joint action across relevant organisations: EA/ LAs/ WS Plcs al.pdf
can be fostered. Some analysis on the outcomes of the
OFWAT: The final determinations for PR14 saw more than 100 approach and priorities for future action would be useful.
catchment management schemes confirmed across the 18 Review of the benefits arising from the Defra pilot catchment
companies in England and Wales. These schemes will see water programme and in time, the PR14 catchment schemes, to be
companies working with farmers and landowners to help control disseminated more widely. The evaluation of Defra's
pollution, improve drainage and prevent pollution of drinking catchment partnerships has shown an average cost benefit
sources that require treatment. South West Water plans 11 ration of 3:1. Recent evaluation of activity in FY 14/15 shows
schemes, tripling the number of farms it is working with a high degree of water company participation. The less
alongside a 60% increase in acres. Wessex Water is expanding leveraged water companies seem to be more involved and
the area covered by catchment management schemes from working with catchment partnerships more creatively. There
50,000 acres to 265,000 acres the first time it will have worked is also mixed evidence around the degree to which water
at a truly catchment scale. companies are exploiting Defra's catchment partnerships as
opposed to establishing their own catchment schemes. We
The outcomes approach also gives companies greater envisage that there would be more benefit in water
opportunity than in previous price reviews to innovate during the companies participating further with Defra's catchment
five-year period . Companies will be held accountable for partnerships and help enhance their capability to meet any
delivering service outcomes, rather than the outputs required to quality standards that water companies may require.
deliver them. This means that they can develop partnerships and
other innovative approaches to deliver outcomes where they are
considered more efficient and have greater benefit to customers
than the approaches originally envisaged.

Ofwat have also been working with Defra, Welsh Government,

Environment Agency and Natural Resources Wales as they
develop their approach to Payment for Ecosystem Services
(PES).

Environment Agency to develop capacity-building to help regional staff review and
offer feedback on water company climate change and resilience plans in the run up to
2014 water price review (PR14) implementation.
WA5 Environment Agency Ongoing to 2013 On-track Operational teams continue to internalise climate change within mode of operation and Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building
working (Ofwat/Water Companies and Defra) with water companies and others. An partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
important example is the joint working to include climate change within the water resource leadership)
management planning (wrmp) process. This has resulted in reduction of some 600 ml/d of
reduced yields being planned in response to climate change.

Scenarios for modelling the costs of greater resilience provision in the water industry have
been included at a rudimentary level in the Defra "water Bills Impact" model. More work
could be done to refine these planning scenarios to aid decisions on when to optimise
adaptation and resilience expenditure.

Defra and the Environment Agency to implement water availability actions from the WA5 Defra, Environment Ongoing Other (please See 4 rows below
Water White Paper (WWP) as outlined in the four activities, below: Agency explain)
Defra to prepare draft Water Bill for pre-legislative scrutiny. WA5 Defra Ongoing Complete Water Act received Royal Assent May 2014 Yes https://www.gov.uk/government/policies/reforming-the-water-industry-to-increase-competition

Defra to develop a new abstraction regime with the Environment Agency that takes WA5 Defra Ongoing On-track Defra has consulted on options, and is currently assisting Defra with further option Yes Consultation IA demonstrated economic benefits from reform The UK Government is committed to legislating early in the Consultation response summary
climate change adaptation into account. development and the Government has committed to be ready to legislate early in the next options. next Parliament and implementing reform in the early 2020s
Parliament.
Environment Agency and water companies to follow new planning guidelines for the WA5 Environment Agency, 2013 onwards Complete New guidance produced and followed by water companies. Almost all water companies Yes The long term plans show water companies will ensure a secure The plans are reviewed annually and updated event five Plans can are published on water company websites:http://www.water.org.uk/about/our-mem
next water resource management planning round, in order to prepare for new water water companies have published updated plans in 2015 water supply until 2040 taking account of climate change years
resources plans. projections
 Defra, Environment Agency and Ofwat to: WA5 Defra, Environment Ongoing Action Related to action above. Defra, Welsh Government, the Environment Agency and Ofwat Yes Decision making* (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to EA project (with Ofwat involvement) setting out to consider Overview of PR14 price limits:
- explore how different timelines and reporting periods need to be aligned as Agency, Ofwat revised/delayed produced joint guidance to help to ensure water resources plans and Ofwat's price hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from how best the manage the timescales of future price review http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/pricereview/pr14/det_pr20141212fin
recommended by the Water White Paper; and determinations (PR14) were better aligned. Some adjustment to timelines made to measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or (PR19), Water Resources Management Plans, Drought Plans al.pdf
- co-ordinate the price review and water resource management plan processes, to ensure better delivery, will continue to build on this further for 2019 planning round. robust adaptation decisions). and River Basic Management Plans. This is planning to
ensure that respective objectives and outcomes are joined-up and burdens are deliver in Autumn 2015 ahead of final WRMP guidance in
minimised. OFWAT: Defra has made the following changes in the Water Act 2014 in relation to the OFWAT: The introduction of totex to the price review framework 2016.
frequency of water resources management and drought plans: has enabled water companies to develop more flexible,
sustainable options, rather than receiving more favourable
The long-stop date by which revised drought plans must be prepared has been extended financial treatment for the adoption of pouring concrete
to five years after the publication of the previous drought plan. It is now equivalent to the approaches. According to the Environment Agency , the 2015
long-stop date for the preparation of revised water resources management plans (which is Water Resource Management Plans (covering the PR14 period)
five years after the publication of the previous water resources management plan). In show a 50 50 across the sector split between supply side and
addition, Ministers now have the power to amend those periods through secondary demand side measures on water; five years ago (in the Water
legislation. Resource Management Plans covering the PR09 period) there
was approximately a 90/10 split.
Under Ofwat's reformed price control framework for PR14, companies own their plans and
the risks inherent within them. Company Boards were required to give assurance that the There has been close engagement between Ofwat, Defra and
business plans would deliver all statutory commitments. Companies were responsible for EA to ensure consistency between the treatment of WRMPs and
ensuring their business plans for the price review, and their Water Resource Management the Price Review process. In summer 2013 Ofwat submitted
plans, were aligned. feedback to the Secretary of State on the draft Water Resource
Management Plans of all the water companies. In Autumn 2013
Ofwat reviewed the subsequent Statements of Response from
the companies and advised the Environment Agency and Natural
Resources Wales of its views. Ofwat submitted written evidence
to the public enquiry on United Utilities draft Water Resource
Management Plan, held in September 2014. In relation to United
Utilities Thirlmere Link scheme, the public hearing timeline
meant that the Secretary of States decision on the Planning
Inspectors report was only available a few days before final
determination. Ofwat anticipated the different possible decisions
OBJECTIVE 6: To FL6b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to Environment Agency to disseminate the National Coastal Erosion Risk Mapping best- FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track The methodology supporting National Coastal Erosion Risk Mapping (NCERM) was Yes Building capacity
the Secretary (gathering
of State could evidence, monitoring
make in the design ofrisk, building
the outcome Tendering for first high-level updates in 2014, with updates http://maps.environment-agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiybyController?x=357683.0&y=355134.0&sca
explore and build residential property due to flooding practice method for calculating erosion risk nationally, based on evidence including FL6a published under the EA-Defra R&D programme in 2008 (Technical Report FD2324). The partnerships)
delivery incentive relating the Thirlmere link scheme. undertaken in Q4 2014/15. Subject to local authority approval,
data from the latest climate change projections. data underpinning the public-facing erosion information on Gov.uk has been disseminated this should lead to publication of east coast (SMP areas 6,7
understanding of the to Risk Management Authorities and other relevant government bodies such as Natural and 8) in Q1 2015/16, and further update and development
long term FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to
England. The information has been published at (http://maps.environment- work annually from 2015/16 to 2017/18.NCERM product and
implications of non-residential property due to flooding
agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiybyController? updates process will then be evaluated before onward
climate change for FL13 Ability to obtain flood insurance for
x=357683&y=355134&scale=1&layerGroups=default&ep=map&textonly=off&lang=_e&top updates programme is arranged.
the location and ic=coastal_erosion), subject to local authority approval. Some parts of the country are not
residential properties yet published online, as the associated Shoreline Management Plans were not approved
resilience of at the time of initial NCERM publication. We have begun a rolling programme of annual
population centres. FL6a Residential properties at significant updates to NCERM this year, and as part of this we hope to achieve full publication in the
risk of flooding next two years.

FL8a Roads at significant risk of flooding

WA10 CSO spill frequency
TR1 Disruption of traffic due to flooding
WA5 Public water supply-demand deficit
Environment Agency to develop Shoreline Management Plans based on ideas and
evidence emerging from the 11M Coastal Change Pathfinder programme, providing a
large-scale assessment of the physical risks associated with coastal processes.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track A full suite of Shoreline Management Plans has already been developed with local
FL6a authorities in Coastal Groups. Most of these are now approved (three await approval
pending Welsh Government Habitats Regulations Assessments), and each contains a
large scale assessment of the physical risks associated with coastal processes. Defras
Coastal Change Pathfinders have also completed, although many have led to follow-up
work locally. Defra is conducting further research into the viability of adaptation options, in
close co-operation with the Environment Agency.
Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risk, building
partnerships); Decision making (develop robust and/or robust
adaptation decisions); Delivery of outcomes - policy; Monitoring
and evaluating (adaptation progress)
Defra review of pathfinder roll-back and re-location aspects of
pathfinders is on track, with EA on Steering Group. Further to
delivery of this, EA will undertake project investigating
practicalities of implementing 'No Active Intervention' policies
in SMPs, from January 2015. EA also currently beginning to
review coastal Strategic Overview with commencement of
new structures: this will include reviewing key areas of risk
identified in SMPs, and areas in SMPs where Hold the Line
policies may struggle to attract funding.

Environment Agency to develop Catchment Flood Management Plans with relevant
partners, to promote good adaptation .
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency Ongoing On-track Catchment flood management plans (CFMPs) contain useful information about how the
FL6a catchment works, previous flooding and the sensitivity of the river system to increased
river flows. CFMPs are being used as part of the information in Flood Risk Management
Plans (FRMPs) required under the Flood Risk Regulations (https://www.gov.uk/flood-risk-
management-plans-frmps-how-to-prepare-them). Draft FRMPs are currently being
consulted on alongside River Basin Management Plans.
We published progress on Catchment Flood Management Plan actions in April 2013 -
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/catchment-flood-management-plans-annual-
report-2012
The CFMPs continue to be a useful evidence base that supports the draft FRMPs. While
FRMPs are draft, the CFMPs are a valid plan and should be used by us and others, in
particular development planners. We will decide if CFMPs will remain valid when we
publish the final FRMPs in December 2015
Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building The future of CFMPs as the primary flood risk strategic plan is The FRMP consultation can be found here:https://consult.environment-agency.gov.uk/portal/h
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong being considered by the EA and Defra
leadership)
Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
robust adaptation decisions)
Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, implement flexible and/or
robust decisions). Policy (encouraging adaptation in others,
removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure,
institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints)
Monitoring and evaluating (adaptation progress)

Defra and the Environment Agency to build partnerships with water companies and
Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs) to produce area drainage plans.
LLFAs to produce a set of surface water flood maps by the end of 2013, in partnership
with water companies (e.g. 'Drain London', which involves Thames Water and London
Boroughs).
WA10, FL8a, TR1 Lead Local Flood 2013 onwards On-track Water and sewerage companies are responsible for producing drainage area plans. From Yes. LLFAs are working in partnership with water companies See s18 report referred to elsewhere gives a good example The FWMA evaluation will look at partnership working Link to EA s.18 report published in September 2014https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/s
Authorities and water 2015, water companies will be producing drainage strategies in partnership with others, when developing their local flood risk management strategies. (page 19). Another e.g. is Severn Trent looking to launch a including water companies. SWMP have been produced for
following the Drainage Strategy Framework This would include sharing relevant information where there series of projects jointly with LLFAs to tackle surface water all LLFAs in London which help to inform the development of
companies, (http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/future/sustainable/drainage/rpt_com201305drainagestrategy.pdf) are known issues relating to surface water flooding and flooding issues. local strategies which are currently being produced. GLA are
Environment Agency, . sewers. See s18 report for an example of how Water Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building reviewing cost and benefits of Drain London work on the back
Defra companies are now working alongside partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong of the mapping work
Lead Local Flood Authorities are responsible producing Local Flood Risk Management leadership)
Strategies. The Environment Agency is supporting these activities and are involved in the Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to
partnerships developing the plans and strategies. hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
The Environment Agency published a set of surface water maps in December 2013, using robust adaptation decisions)
LLFA information where available. The Environment Agency are working with LLFAs and Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
water companies on how to improve future surface water mapping. LLLFAs continue to hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
develop local mapping where there is a need. measures to manage non-CC risks, implement flexible and/or
robust decisions). Policy (encouraging adaptation in others,
removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market failure,
institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints)
Monitoring and evaluating (adaptation progress)

Environment Agency to lead project on 'Accounting for future uncertainties in Flood
and Coastal Erosion Management (FCRM)'.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency March 2013 Complete This project is due to report in autumn 2014 . It will help flood risk practitioners promote This project will be contributing to FL6a and by helping Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to Adaptive approaches will be further promoted as a http://evidence.environment-agency.gov.uk/FCERM/en/Default/FCRM/Project.aspx?ProjectID
FL6a adaptive solutions and account for adaptive approaches in flood and coastal erosion risk ensure flood risk management actions taken today are hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from appropriate response to uncertainty is our revision to and
management options appraisal. adaptable to future change. measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or guidance on establishing freeboard in FRM decision.
robust adaptation decisions) and Policy (encouraging adaptation
in others, removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market
failure, institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints).

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to provide input into the development of
planning guidance to support the National Planning Policy Framework regarding
adaptation to long-term future flood risk [and water resources] management.
FL6b, FL7b, FL13, Environment Agency 2013 onwards Complete With EA colleagues CR BE theme provided input to DCLG to develop National Planning
FL6a, WA5 Climate Ready Policy Guidance (NPPG) to support the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF). The
NPPG was published in March 2014. It includes general guidance on planning and
climate change as well as further climate change guidance in the flood risk section. When
the Planning Practice Guidance was published in March 2014, we published Environment
Agency guidance on GOV.UK at DCLG and Defras request. This ensured that Councils
and developers could continue to include the effects of climate change in flood risk
assessments and thereby comply with national planning policy. We are currently reviewing
this guidance in the light of the latest science.
Yes Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits from
measures to manage non-CC risks, develop flexible and/or
robust adaptation decisions) and Policy (encouraging adaptation
in others, removing adaptation barriers: behavioural, market
failure, institutional, regulatory, or financial constraints).
 CLIMATE CHANGE RISK ASSESSMENT
CCRA RISKS
(CCRA) RISKS ADDRESSED BY
OBJECTIVE ACTIONS TACKLED BY OWNER(S)
OBJECTIVE
ACTION
(highest order CCRA risks in bold)

OBJECTIVE 7: To WA3 Reduction in water available for public 1 - CROSS CUTTING

ensure infrastructure supply
is located, planned,
designed and EN1 Energy infrastructure at significant 1(a) - Policy
maintained to be risk of flooding
resilient to climate To produce infrastructure planning guidance for Environment Agency and Planning EN1, FL11a, FL11b, Environment Agency,
FL11b Sub-stations at significant risk of Inspectorate, as part of building climate resilience into infrastructure planning. FL8a, FL8b, TR1 Planning Inspectorate
change, including flooding
increasingly extreme and Applicants
weather events. FL11a Power stations at significant risk of
flooding
Defra to develop and implement the next round of the Adaptation Reporting Power, ALL CCRA Defra
inviting updated reporting from infrastructure providers/sectors. INFRASTRUCTURE
FL8a/b Roads and railways at significant
risk of flooding RISKS

WA10 Combined Sewer Overflow spill The Cabinet Office to provide guidelines that identify the Climate Change Risk ALL CCRA Cabinet Office
frequency Assessment as a source of information for sector resilience responders to draw on INFRASTRUCTURE
when considering updates to their plans, ahead of the next round of Sector Resilience
TR1 Disruption to road traffic due to Plans.
RISKS
flooding

WA5 Public water supply demand deficits 1(b) Delivery

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to share, through the Infrastructure ALL CCRA Environment Agency
EN2 Energy demand for cooling Operators Adaptation Forum, best practice on climate resilience, interdependency risk INFRASTRUCTURE Climate Ready and
management and consistent approaches amongst infrastructure organisations.
BE2 Increased subsidence risk due to rainfall RISKS Infrastructure Operators
changes Adaptation Forum

WA6 Population affected by water supply-

demand pressures

TR2 Landslide risks on the road network

TR5 Rail buckling risk

TR6 Scouring of road and rail bridges

EN4 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for

energy generation

TR4 Cost of carriageway repairs due to high

summer temperatures

EN3 Heat related damage/disruption to energy

infrastructure

EN10 Energy transmission efficiency capacity

losses due to heat - over ground

BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption

 TR5 Rail buckling risk

TR6 Scouring of road and rail bridges

EN4 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for

energy generation The Infrastructure Operators Adaptation Forum to consider reviewing barriers to ALL CCRA Infrastructure Operators
climate change in Adaptation Reporting Power reports from infrastructure INFRASTRUCTURE Adaptation Forum,
TR4 Cost of carriageway repairs due to high organisations and to find ways to overcome these barriers.
RISKS Environment Agency
summer temperatures
Climate Ready,
EN3 Heat related damage/disruption to energy Infrastructure
infrastructure organisations

EN10 Energy transmission efficiency capacity

losses due to heat - over ground

BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption

To run a competition to raise the profile of climate resilient infrastructure and to All risks Defra
encourage development of innovative products and services that facilitate climate
resilience.

2 - ENERGY
2(a) - Policy

The Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) to consider the impacts of FL11a, EN1 Department of Energy
climate change when implementing the Energy Security Strategy. FL11b, EN10 and Climate Change

The Department of Energy and Climate Change to ensure that the Capacity Market FL11a, EN1 Department of Energy
could, if initiated, help adapt the energy system to both intermittent sources of FL11b, EN10 and Climate Change
generation and future weather conditions by factoring the changing climate into
capacity market demand projections.

New energy infrastructure will take account of climate change in line with National FL11a, EN1 FL11b, Department of Energy
Policy Statements. The Department of Energy and Climate Change will review the EN10 and Climate Change,
adequacy of this policy to deal with the changing climate.
Infrastructure
applicants, Defra
2(b) Delivery
Energy network providers to: EN1, FL11b, EN3 Energy network
- update ETR138 (an influential industry policy document that governs adaptation providers; e.g.
action) through the reconvening of an ETR138 working group to address resilience
issues; e.g. surface water flooding and Dam inundation; and
transmission network,
- share best practice through the industry group to manage risks between National operators and
Grid and local network providers. distribution network
operators. Energy
Networks Association

To progress commitments to provide flood protection to assets, in line with Pitt Review FL11a/b, EN1 Energy Networks
recommendations. Association
Completion of the original flooding resilience programme to address river and sea
flood risks with an allowance for climate change effects within the next regulatory
price control period. [This is subject to agreement with the industrys regulator Ofgem
and as with all network investment, the initiatives must provide value for customers.]

To consider whether current information on surface water flooding is accurate enough

to develop meaningful risk assessments which can be used to justify expenditure.
Energy Networks Association to consider further research into energy demand for EN2 Energy Networks
cooling as part of reviewing wider network resilience. Any research will also be Association
impacted by the considerable research and development effort that is currently being
directed to understand the impact of low carbon targets, and the resulting low carbon
generation/loads, on network development including the application of smart grid
techniques.

Energy Networks Association to: EN3 Energy Networks

- build knowledge about the de-rating risks associated with transmission networks; Association
- consider further work on 'Energy Project 2 with the Met Office; and
- consider review of industry standards and specifications to build capacity to
manage climate change risk.
To take forward plans to consider barriers to adaptation capacity, alongside future EN10 Energy Networks
issues (e.g. smart metering, electric cars and heat pumps) to target adaptation action. Association, electricity
network companies
Energy generation companies to monitor future flood risks to energy generation EN1, FL11a, EN3 Energy generation
infrastructure, drawing on Defra/Environment Agency flood management policies companies
(covering flood warning, emergency, Catchment Flood Management Plans, Shoreline
Management Plans, local strategy policies).
Energy UK to continue to convene a national level working group to consider a range EN1, FL11a, EN3 Energy UK
of climate risks.

To consider future water availability through representation on Defras Abstraction WA3, WA5 Energy UK,
Reform Advisory Group. Environment Agency,
To collaborate with the Environment Agency and Department of Energy and Climate Department of Energy
Change, to model water demand in the electricity generation sector to 2050. and Climate Change,
Defra
To communicate with Defra about assessing impacts of reform options on abstractors
and the environment.

3 - TRANSPORT
3(a) - Policy

Embed climate resilience in highway, rail, aviation and maritime policies and strategies TR1, TR2, TR4, TR5, Department for
e.g.: TR6, FL8a, FL8b Transport
- the 2013 Road Strategy;
- ports (2012) National Policy Statements (NPS) and future Aviation and National
Networks NPSs;
- 2013 Aviation Policy Framework which balances the costs and benefits of aviation,
including the need for climate change adaptation; and
- project management and appraisal of major transport schemes such as HS2.
- Network Rail Strategic Business Plan for 2014-19 (published January 2013) which
includes the need to future-proof critical infrastructure against the impacts of changing
weather.
The Department for Transport to include climate change in departmental risk TR1, TR2, TR5, TR6, Department for
management, business planning, project management and appraisal processes. FL8a,FL8b, TR4 Transport

The Department for Transport to include the need to address climate resilience in TR1, TR2, TR5, TR6, Department for
departmental research and guidance. FL8a, FL8b, TR4 Transport

The Department for Transport to devise methods of sharing knowledge and best TR1, TR2, TR5, TR6, Department for
practice within and between transport sectors e.g. supporting and establishing working FL8a,FL8b, TR4 Transport
groups.

3(b) Delivery

To embed climate resilience into highway , rail, aviation and port operations (e.g. FL8a/b, TR1, TR2, Transport operators,
contingency planning). To make best use of exemplars with respect to (iconic) climate TR5 Infrastructure
change resilient infrastructure management, utilising experience from projects and
programmes already embedding adaptation.
Operator's Adaptation
Forum, Department for
Transport,
Environment Agency
Climate Ready

To lead the second phase of research on the project Tomorrows Railway and Climate FL8b, TR5, TR6 Rail Safety and
Change Adaptation (TRaCCA), a research programme delivering further assessment Standards Board,
of projected climate change risks and decision support tools (e.g. changes in
precipitation and sea level rise leading to flooding and overtopping of rail Network Rail, Transport
infrastructure, track buckling and bridge scour). for London,
Office of Rail
Regulation,
Department for
Through the Highways Agency Adaptation Strategy and Framework, to: TR1, TR2, TR4, TR6, Transport
Highways Agency
- undertake minimum actions to maintain a safe and serviceable network; FL8a.
- monitor the rate of climate change and the subsequent effects on particular assets;
- update operating procedures;
- develop futureproof designs;
- undertake contingency planning; and
- apply retro fit solutions.
Highways Agency to research the issue of bridge scour (building on their advice on TR6 Highways Agency
Assessment of Scour at Highway Structures and standard for the Design Manual for
Roads and Bridges.)

Highways Agency to: TR6 Highways Agency,

- make available to academia data on the condition of its earthworks; Academia
- maintain earthworks risk assessments; and
- monitor the most susceptible slopes and embankments to extreme weather.
[Academic research has covered this area in the recent past (e.g. the CLIFFS and
BIONICS evidence programmes)

4 - WATER
4(a) - Policy

Defra and others to develop evidence and pilots for catchment-wide approaches to WA6, WA10, EN4 Defra, Environment
water management, in order to inform how the water sector can become more climate Agency, Ofwat, water
resilient through the provision of soft and hard infrastructure.
companies

The Environment Agency to develop capacity building to help regional staff review and WA3, WA5, WA6, Environment Agency
offer feedback on water company water resource management plans in the run up to WA10
2014 water pricing review.

To implement water availability actions from the Water White Paper (WWP) as shown
below:
Defra to prepare draft Water Bill for pre-legislative scrutiny. WA3, WA5, WA6 Defra

Defra to develop a new abstraction regime with the Environment Agency that takes WA3, WA5, WA6 Defra
climate change adaptation into account.

Water companies to follow new planning guidelines for the next water resource WA3, WA5, WA6 Water companies
management planning round, in order to prepare for new water resources plans.

Defra to include measures for hot water savings in the Green Deal, starting in 2013. WA3, WA5, WA6 Defra
There is an opportunity for water companies to form partnerships with Green Deal
providers to offer joint energy/water retrofit programmes.

Defra to consider whether to amend the Water Industry Act to ensure water companies WA10 Defra
are able to build Sustainable Drainage Systems, to meet their statutory duty to
effectively drain an area.

To increase communication with water companies via partnership-working with local WA10 Water companies,
authorities over the development of area drainage plans as appropriate and Water UK
Sustainable Drainage Systems for new development, where achievable and cost
beneficial. This activity is also enabled via the Flood and Water Management Act
(2010) duty to co-operate.
(This is linked to Built Environment Theme action on management of surface water in
built-up areas.)
The Environment Agency to commission and implement a new Drainage Strategy WA10 Environment Agency ,
Framework and supporting Good Practice Guidance. This aims to help water water companies,
companies, working with others, to develop strategies to manage future drainage risks,
including those resulting from climate change. Ofwat is also working with the Water UK, Ofwat
Environment Agency and industry to embed resilience planning principles.

4(b) Delivery

Water Companies to update sewerage management plans, working with local WA3, WA5, WA6 Water companies
authorities, as part of developing and maintaining supply, sewer and drainage WA8, WA10
infrastructure networks over the long term, providing resilience to climate change.
To build partnerships with water companies and Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs) WA10, FL8a, TR1 Environment Agency,
to align Drainage Area Plans. Sewerage Management Plans and Strategic Drainage LLFAs, water
Frameworks (where appropriate, since these are non-statutory and industry
recognised documents) and to help inform Local Flood Risk Management Strategies.
companies, Defra

The Environment Agency to produce a set of Surface Water Flood Maps in partnership WA10, FL8a, TR1 Environment Agency,
with water companies and Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs). (Examples include LLFAs and water
Drain London, involving Thames Water and London Boroughs).
companies, Defra
To invest in activity that encourages customers to enhance their resilience, such as in WA10, FL8a, TR1 Lead Local Flood
maintaining and cleaning blockages from their sewer system due to customers Authorities, water
disposing fats, oils and grease items down their sinks and toilets. Examples includes
Anglian Water 'Keep it Clear' and Yorkshire Water 'Doing the Dirty' campaigns.
companies,
Environment Agency,
Defra

To test the consequences of an extreme drought, and plan for this scenario. WA3, WA5, WA6 Water UK, water
companies, Defra,
Environment Agency

Water companies to finalise their drought plans, taking into account lessons learnt WA3, WA5, WA6 Water companies,
from the recent drought. Water UK
To develop maps to show the existing raw and treated water transfers between WA3, WA5, WA6 Water companies,
companies, to be used to illustrate the 'water grid' that already exists. The tool will Water UK
inform debate on water transfers.

To undertake a lessons-learned review and Water UK policy review to consider what WA3, WA5, WA6 Water companies,
gaps exist in current Water UK policy and what needs to be done to address these Water UK
gaps. To develop a document to be published externally, setting out the industry's
vision for increased resilience.
To hold a series of workshops and seminars to share best practice and knowledge WA3, WA5, WA6, Water companies,
across the water industry, including the following topics: effluent re-use; desalination; WA10 Water UK
and flexible abstraction.
To lead a project encouraging affected business sectors to: WA3, WA5, WA6, Water companies,
- have contingency plans for times when the public water supply is under stress; WA10 Water UK
- move to the use of highly water efficient equipment across their businesses; and
- develop professional training in best practice in resilience management.

5 - ACADEMIA

To make full use of EPSRC-funded Adaptation and Resilience in the Context of See below University of Oxford
Change (ARCC) network research and specific projects that can feed into wider policy
and delivery. Projects shown below and described in greater detail here:

Delivery of Cross cutting ARCC Projects: MUSCOs - Multiple-Utility Service MOST CCRA University of Leeds
COmpanies. INFRASTRUCTURE
Delivery of Cross-cutting ARCC projects: ITRC - Infrastructure Transitions Research
RISKS
MOST CCRA University of Oxford
Consortium. INFRASTRUCTURE
RISKS
Delivery of Energy ARCC Projects: ARCoES - Adaptation and Resilience of Coastal EN1, EN2, EN3, EN4, University of Liverpool
Energy Supply. EN10, FL8. FL11
Delivery of Energy ARCC Projects: ARIES - Adaptation and Resilience In Energy EN1, EN2, EN3, EN4, University of Edinburgh
Systems. EN10
Delivery of Energy ARCC Projects: RESNET - RESilient Electricity NETworks for GB. EN1, EN2, EN3, EN4, University of
EN10 Manchester

Delivery of Transport ARCC Projects: FutureNet - Future Resilient Transport Networks. TR1, TR2,TR5, TR6, University of
FL8a, Fl8b Birmingham

Delivery of Water ARCC Projects: ARCC Water - Water System Resilience. WA3, WA5, WA6 University of Oxford

Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: Undermining infrastructure - Avoiding the MOST CCRA University of Leeds
scarcity trap. INFRASTRUCTURE
RISKS
Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: All in One - Feasibility analysis of supplying
MOST CCRA Cranfield University
all services through one utility product. INFRASTRUCTURE
Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: CLUES - Challenging Lock-in through Urban RISKS
MOST CCRA University College
Energy Systems. INFRASTRUCTURE London
Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: STEP-CHANGE - Sustainable Transport RISKS
MOST CCRA University of
Evidence and modelling Paradigms: Cohort Household Analysis to support New Goals INFRASTRUCTURE Birmingham
in Engineering design.
RISKS

Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: Retro-fit2050 - Re-engineering the city 2020- MOST CCRA University of Cardiff
2050: Urban foresight and transition management. INFRASTRUCTURE
RISKS
 Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: Infrastructure Business Models: Infrastructure MOST CCRA Newcastle University
business models, valuation and Innovation for local delivery (iBUILD) INFRASTRUCTURE
RISKS

Delivery of cross cutting ARCC Projects: Infrastructure Business Models: International MOST CCRA University College
Centre for infrastructure Futures (ICIF) INFRASTRUCTURE London
RISKS

OBJECTIVE 8: To WA3 Reduction in water available for public 1 - CROSS CUTTING

develop regulatory supply
1(a) - Policy
frameworks to EN1 Energy infrastructure at significant risk of To share knowledge on climate change adaptation amongst the cross-sector Joint ALL Ofgem, Ofwat, Office of
support and promote flooding Regulators Group on regulatory approaches to adaptation, via seminars and other Rail Regulation, Civil
a resilient and collaborations.
Aviation Authority
adaptive FL11b Sub-stations at significant risk of
infrastructure sector. flooding

FL8a/b Roads/Railways at significant risk of

flooding

FL11a Power stations at significant risk of

flooding

WA10 Combined Sewer Overflow spill

frequency

TR1 Disruption to road traffic due to flooding

WA3 Reduction on water available for public

supply

WA5 Public water supply demand deficits

WA10 Combined Sewer Overflow spill frequency

1(b) Delivery
WA6 Population affected by water supply-demand To assess risks to electricity generation related to water use (e.g. considering future EN4 Environment Agency
pressures issues such as water use in Carbon Capture and Storage); Energy UK's continued partnership project with
representation on Defras Abstraction Reform Advisory Group.
EN10 Energy transmission efficiency capacity Energy UK,
losses due to heat - over ground Department of Energy
and Climate Change
TR2 Landslide risks on the road network
2 - ENERGY
TR5 Rail buckling risk 2(a) - Policy

EN4 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for

energy generation

TR4 Cost of carriageway repairs due to high

summer temperatures

TR6 Scouring of road and rail bridges

 EN10 Energy transmission efficiency capacity
losses due to heat - over ground

TR2 Landslide risks on the road network

TR5 Rail buckling risk

EN4 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for

To develop a regulatory framework that actively supports a resilient and adaptive EN1, FL11a/b, EN10, Ofgem, Ofwat, Office of
energy infrastructure sector through: EN4, EN3 Rail Regulation, Civil
energy generation
- Ofgems Impact Assessment guidance; and
Aviation Authority
TR4 Cost of carriageway repairs due to high
- advice on the next Price Control Review.
summer temperatures
(RIIO - ED1) covering Distribution Network Operators (DNOs).
TR6 Scouring of road and rail bridges

EN3 Heat related damage/disruption to energy

infrastructure

BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption

WA6 Population affected by water supply-demand

pressures

The Department of Energy and Climate Change to consider promoting climate EN1, FL11a/b, EN10, Department of Energy
resilience through the Strategy and Policy Statement for Ofgem that will replace the EN4, EN3 and Climate Change
existing Social and Environmental Guidance, subject to passage of the second
session Energy Bill.
2(b) Delivery
To integrate climate resilience into Distribution Network Operators business planning EN1, EN10 Distribution Network
for electricity distribution price control review (RIIO - ED1) and to implement actions. Operators, Energy
Networks Association
3 - TRANSPORT
3(a) - Policy
The Department for Transport to incorporate climate change resilience into transport FL8b, TR5 Department for
regulator frameworks, to ensure action is taken via the Office of Rail Regulation and Transport
the Civil Aviation Authority.

3(b) Delivery
To work in partnership to continually develop and enhance extreme weather resilience TR5, TR6, FL8b Network Rail, Office of
management for rail infrastructure. (To be monitored at high level.) Rail Regulation,
Department for
Transport
To support 'Tomorrow's Railways and Climate Change Adaptation' research TR5, TR6 RSSB, Network Rail,
programme to: Office of Rail
- further assess risks posed by projected climate change including track buckling and
bridge scour;
Regulation,
- incorporate findings into Control Period 5 (2014/19); Department for
- monitor at the highest level; and Transport
- enhance understanding and communication of these risks to the sector.

4 - WATER
4(a) - Policy
To develop a regulatory framework that actively supports a resilient and adaptive water WA10, WA6, EN4 Defra, OFWAT
infrastructure sector.
 Defra to integrate climate resilience into Strategic Policy Statement and Social and WA3, WA5, WA6, Defra, OFWAT
Environmental Guidance for Ofwat and to implement guidance. Ofwat to consult on WA10
new approaches to regulating water efficiency and leakage.

The Environment Agency (EA) to ensure Water Resource Management Plans meet WA10, WA6, EN4 Environment Agency
EA and Ofwat guidance.
4(b) Delivery
Water companies to integrate climate resilience into business planning for the 2014 WA3, WA5, WA6, Water companies
Water Pricing Review (PR14). WA10
5 - ACADEMIA
5(a) Policy / 5(b) Delivery
To make full use of academic knowledge (e.g. through the Engineering and Physical ALL Academia
Sciences Research Council-funded ARCC network, http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/)
that can feed into wider regulatory activity; e.g. ARIES, RESNET, CLUES, ARCC
Water, Transforming Utility Conversion Points.

OBJECTIVE 9: To EN1 Energy infrastructure at significant risk of 1 - CROSS CUTTING

better understand the flooding
1(a) - Policy
particular FL11b Sub-stations at significant risk of
vulnerabilities facing flooding
local infrastructure
(e.g. local highways) FL8a/b Roads/railways at significant risk of
from extreme weather flooding
and long term climate WA10 Combined Sewer Overflow spill
change so as to frequency
determine actions to
address the risks. TR1 Disruption to road traffic due to flooding

WA6 Population affected by water supply-demand

pressures
 OBJECTIVE 9: To EN1 Energy infrastructure at significant risk of
better understand the flooding
particular FL11b Sub-stations at significant risk of To support the Local Government Associations Climate Local initiative as a means of FL8a/b, WA10, TR1, Environment Agency
vulnerabilities facing flooding signposting advice, tools and examples that can help councils take action to improve TR2, TR4, TR5, BE2, Climate Ready
local infrastructure the resilience of local transport and energy infrastructure.
TR6
(e.g. local highways) FL8a/b Roads/railways at significant risk of
from extreme weather flooding
and long term climate WA10 Combined Sewer Overflow spill
change so as to frequency
determine actions to 1(b) Delivery
address the risks. TR1 Disruption to road traffic due to flooding Climate UK, with Environment Agency Climate Ready support, to promote the use of EN1, EN3, FL8a, Climate UK and
Climate Local Transport and Energy guides. FL8b, TR1, TR2, Environment Agency
WA6 Population affected by water supply-demand
pressures TR3, TR4 Climate Ready

BE2 Increased subsidence risk due to rainfall 2 - ENERGY

changes 2(a) - Policy
TR2 Landslide risks on the road network No actions identified with this objective at present.
2(b) Delivery
TR5 Rail buckling risk
No actions identified with this objective at present.
TR4 Cost of carriageway repairs due to high 3 - TRANSPORT
summer temperatures
3(a) - Policy
To use existing local organisations and networks such as ADEPT, UK Roads Liaison FL8a, FL8b,WA10, Department for
TR6 Bridge Scour Group, Climate UK and Local Adaptation Advisory Panel to share knowledge and best TR1, TR2, TR4, TR5, Transport, local
practice with respect to local highways.
EN3 Heat related damage/disruption to energy
TR6, BE2 organisations and
infrastructure networks (e.g. ADEPT,
UKRLG, Climate UK,
BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption Local Adaptation
Advisory Panel)
[TRANSPORT RISKS CAVEAT: All the CCRA
transport risks were identified for national/strategic 3(b) Delivery
transport, not local infrastructure so these risks Transport for London to consider the feasibility of a comprehensive flood risk review EN1, FL8b, TR5 Transport for London
may not be the same for local transport.] for the London Underground network, taking into account predicted changes to rainfall
patterns.
Environment Agency, Climate UK, ADEPT and Department for Transport to build FL8a, Fl8b, WA10, Environment Agency,
capacity of local highways engineers and other relevant spatial planning and flood risk TR1, TR2, TR4, TR5, Climate UK,
practitioners on climate resilience.
BE2, TR6 Department for
Transport and ADEPT

4 - WATER
4(a) - Policy
No actions identified with this objective at time of publication.

4(b) Delivery
Water companies to share experience in managing Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO) WA10 Water companies and
surface water / flood risks, customer engagement, development of Sustainable Water UK
Drainage Systems and in the use of innovative solutions and partnership working.
To approve drainage systems in new developments and redevelopments, especially FL8a, WA10 Local Authority
where these relate to highways, before construction can begin, in accordance with Sustainable Drainage
Sustainable Drainage System National Standards. (To follow after Government
implements Schedule 3 of the Flood and Water Management Act 2010, in April 2014.)
System Approving Body
(SAB)

Local authorities and water companies to take forward pluvial flood risk management Fl8a Local Authorities and
through partnership working under the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 and water companies
the duty to cooperate.
To publish surface water flood maps by end 2013.

5 - ACADEMIA
5(a) - Policy and delivery
To complete and disseminate academic knowledge (e.g. through the Engineering and ALL ARCC network,
Physical Sciences Research Council funded Adaptation and Resilience in the Context Academia
of Change (ARCC) network, http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/) that can feed into local
policy and delivery

ARCC project: Retrofit 2050. FL8a, Fl8b, TR1, TR2, Cardiff University
Re-engineering of the city 2020-2050 - urban foresight and transition management. TR4, TR5, BE2

ARCC project: Step-change. FL8a, Fl8b, TR1, TR2, University of

Sustainable transport evidence and modelling paradigms: Cohort Household Analysis TR4, TR5, BE2 Birmingham
to support New Goals in engineering design.
 ARCC project: Futurenet. FL8a, Fl8b, TR1, University of
Research to inform future resilient transport networks. TR2, TR4, TR5, BE2 Birmingham

OBJECTIVE 10: To WA3 Reduction in water available for public 1 - CROSS CUTTING
develop supply
understanding and EN1 Energy infrastructure at significant risk of 1(a) - Policy
promote expertise in flooding Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop a more consistent approach to FL8a/b, FL11a/b, Infrastructure Operators
managing assessing climate risk and enable the Infrastructure Operators' Adaptation Forum to EN1, EN10, BU5, Adaptation Forum and
interconnected and FL11b Sub-stations at significant risk of share approaches on and discuss interdependencies between infrastructure systems;
flooding to manage a number of barriers highlighted in the reports prepared by organisations
EN3, EN4 Environment Agency
interdependent Climate Ready
through the first round of the Adaptation Reporting Power (ARP).
services to minimise FL8a/b Roads/Railways at significant risk of
the risks of cascade flooding
failures which could
be exacerbated by FL11a Power stations at significant risk of Infrastructure UK to develop knowledge on interdependencies and systems-thinking ALL CCRA Infrastructure UK
climate change; and flooding through the Interdependencies Planning and Management Framework and INFRASTRUCTURE
Infrastructure Policy Time-lines project.
identify how systems TR1 Disruption to road traffic due to flooding RISKS
thinking can support
this objective. WA5 Public water supply demand deficits

WA10 Combined Sewer Overflow spill 1(b) Delivery

frequency To support the spread of expertise and knowledge in managing cascade failure risks FL8a/b, FL11a/b, Environment Agency,
amongst organisations and umbrella groups at local and regional levels. EN1, EN10, BU5, Climate UK,
EN10 Energy transmission efficiency capacity To showcase good examples of joint-working on interdependencies through
losses due to heat - over ground information presented on the Environment Agencys Climate Ready website.
EN3, EN4 Infrastructure Operators
Adaptation Forum,
TR2 Landslide risks on the road network academia
EN4 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for To address interdependencies via regional or sub-regional analysis, knowledge WA10, WA6 Climate UK
energy generation sharing, and via capacity building activity. Infrastructure theme
EN3 Heat related damage/disruption to energy
infrastructure

BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption

The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment to update their advice ALL CCRA Institute of
WA6 Population affected by water supply-demand resources (e.g. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and climate change hub, a INFRASTRUCTURE Environmental
pressures new EIA advice note that addresses climate resilient infrastructure) and start a
targeted communications campaign to manage interdependency risks between
RISKS Management and
infrastructure and the environment. Assessment

2 - ENERGY
2(a) - Policy
No actions at this time.
2(b) Delivery
Environment Agency to improve understanding of how the energy sector's demand for WA3, WA5, WA6 Environment Agency
water may change between now and 2050, to inform both the planned reform of project in partnership
abstraction licensing and future energy policy.
with Energy UK (via
Energy Emergency
Executive Committee),
Defra, Department of
Energy and Climate
Change, electricity
generators
3 - TRANSPORT
3(a) - Policy
No actions at this time.
3(b) Delivery
To support the Rail Safety and Standards Board funded Tomorrows Railway and FL8b, TR5, TR6 Rail Safety and
Climate Change Adaptation (TRaCCA) research programme, delivering assessment of Standards Board,
system interdependencies.
Network Rail,
Office of Rail
Regulation,
Department for
4 - WATER Transport
4(a) - Policy
No actions at this time.
4(b) Delivery
To address dependency risks through current work underway between Energy WA3, WA5, WA6, Water companies,
Network Organisations and water companies. For example Northumbria Water and WA10, EN1 National Grid,
National Grid/local distributor work to address interdependencies. (Similar work is
ongoing with Anglian Water and UK Power Networks, to consider dependencies Distribution Network
between energy and water treatment.) Operators
5 - ACADEMIA
5(a) - Policy
To collaborate on interdependencies with respect to systems thinking, arising from ALL CCRA Infrastructure UK,
Engineering the Future Timelines project in conjunction with Infrastructure UK and INFRASTRUCTURE Engineering the Future,
associated evidence projects in academia such as under the Adaptation and
Resilience in the Context of Change (ARCC) network, http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/
RISKS ARCC network
(e.g. Infrastructure Transitions Research Consortium (ITRC) and development of new
infrastructure business models centres: Infrastructure business models, valuation and
Innovation for local delivery (iBUILD) and Infrastructure Business Models: International
Centre for infrastructure Futures (ICIF).

5(b) Delivery
To provide evidence to help infrastructure operators and policy makers to address ALL CCRA Infrastructure
cascading failure risks, through delivery of the Infrastructure Transitions Research INFRASTRUCTURE Transitions Research
Consortium.
RISKS Consortium
 IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
STATUS OF COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE RISKS AS
TIMING
ACTION BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED ANTICIPATED?
(Y/N)

2013 Action Draft Environment Agency guidance has been submitted internally for inclusion as an Not yet
revised/delayed annex to PINS guidance on working with statutory consultees on NSIPs. This timetable
for the completion of this work is being discussed with PINS, with a view to publication in
2015.

2013 onwards On-track Second round of voluntary reporting has commenced with reports expected up to 2016. Yes

2013 Complete Sector are now advised to consider the Climate Change Risk Assessment in their sector Not yet
resilience plans.

Ongoing On-track Quarterly IOAF meetings have been held, with TORs and an annual work-plan in place. Yes
The TORs of the group are:
1. To support and challenge national and local government policy on infrastructure and
adaptation, including the National Adaptation Programme
2. To inform weather resilience and adaptation planning, action and regulation
3. To enable a more integrated and evidence-based approach
4. To develop champions, who promote action and good practice both within and outside
the group
5. To inform and support the activities of other relevant groups from academia, industry,
regulators and government. This Online community supported by the Institution of
Engineering Technology supports the forum (see link).
2013 onwards On-track Work plan for 2015 including identification of next steps to plan for: Not yet
Barriers and how to overcome them
Approaches to assessing and managing risks
New information resources
Embedding in organisations
Interdependencies between systems
Cascade failure risks
Potential common standards

2013 - 2014 Complete All projects that received Defra funding during 2013 and 21014 completed their projects Yes
within the timelines/in accordance with the contracts. The only real issue for one of the
projects was the weather during the winter which delayed it for a few weeks.

Ongoing On-track The Energy Security Strategy directly mentions the Climate Change Risk Assessment and Yes
as such specifically responds to the risks associated with the action. The strategy is quite
broad in its definition however, so it points to policy areas to expand on the detail. As
such the NAP action is addressed by filtering through the crucial text on considering
impacts due to climate change to these policy areas and ensuring it is addressed in each.
A broad summary of these supports the status that this action is ongoing and in hand.

2013 Action The Capacity Market works by forecasting future demand and then contracting the No
revised/delayed necessary amount of supply to ensure future security. However, the forecast period is only
four years ahead, and climate change is not expected to change capacity needs on this
timescale, therefore the Capacity Market does not need to explicitly address climate
change at the present time.

Ongoing On-track Review of NPSs likely to start in Summer 2015, subject to approval by Ministers.
Ongoing On-track The ETR 138 Task Group has been reconvened and the document has been updated to
include managing risks from surface water flooding using the latest information available
fro EA and SEPA and includes an allowance for future climate impacts.

Some further changes are being made to the document to clarify flood protection Yes
responsibilities at sites shared between National Grid and DNOs. It is planned to release
the new version in February 2015.

Electricity Transmission On-track Ofgem has agreed the programmes of flooding reliance for Transmission and Distribution
2013 to 2021 companies for completion in 2021 and 2023.
Electricity Distribution These programmes also include protection from surface water flooding where this has
2015 to 2023 been identified as an additional hazard. Companies are prioritising high risk sites where Yes
possible in order to minimise the overall risk. They are also implementing contingency
plans for those sites that will receive protection later in the programme.
Ofgem monitor progress by companies against their agreed programmes.

2012 - 2018 On-track Initial contacts being made with networks companies in areas with hotter climates to
understand how they manage their networks under high ambient temperatures.

Work has been carried out by specialist electricity network consultants to consider
overhead line ratings. However, the initial results from the study have shown that further
work is necessary.

The industry has worked with DECC and Ofgem through the Smart Grid Forum to assess
the impacts of Carbon Targets on Transmission and Distribution Networks and how these
impacts can be most effectively mitigated by the combination of network reinforcement
and the deployment of smart network technology.

This has resulted in number of reports, notably from Work Streams 3 and 7, which have
provided guidance to both the industry and the regulator on the likely timing of impacts
and the most cost effective action that the industry can take to ensure reliable supplies to
customers at minimum cost. Yes

In addition, Ofgem has introduced initiatives that encourages network companies to carry
out research into innovative methods of managing the introduction of low carbon loads
and generation on a very large scale.

The largest initiative to date, The Low Carbon Network Fund had a maximum value of
500 million between 2010 and 2015 and has produced remarkable results with network
companies initiating a very wide range of projects, many carried out with partners in
manufacturing or academia. This is now superseded by the "Low Carbon Networks and
Innovation" (LCNI) initiative.

2012 to 2018 On-track Transmission and distribution companies have engaged with the RESNET Resilient
Electricity Networks project. The Engineering & Physical Sciences Research Council have
funded the Resilient Electricity Networks for Great Britain (RESNET) project to address
the challenges of resilience of the UK's electricity energy network and concurrent
challenges. RESNET will develop and demonstrate a comprehensive systems-level
approach to analysing, at the Great Britain scale, the resilience of the existing and future
electricity networks. It will develop, test and refine tools for evaluating adaptation
measures designed to enhance the resilience of the energy network.

The project will run from September 2011-August 2015 and examines the resilience of the
UK electricity network. It will specifically look at the impacts of climate change on
decarbonised grids.

In addition, ENA has worked with in a study on wind impacts on overhead distribution
networks. The report presents the results of an initial investigation into the impacts that
past wind storms have had to UK energy infrastructure and how these impacts may alter
as windstorms caused by synoptic weather systems change due to climate change. Its
purpose is to help District Network Operators to consider how they may assess their risks
2013 onwards On-track This action is covered by the comments under EN2 above.
Yes

Ongoing No update

Ongoing On-track Energy UK's Working Group on Resilience and Adaptation meets ad hoc, according to Yes
workload. It reports to the Environment Sub-Committee, Generation Committee and
ultimately to the Energy UK Board.

2013 to 2014 On-track Defra: Work continues with the Abstraction Reform Advisory Group which also assists us Yes
in assessing impacts of reform on abstractors and the environment.

A report assessing water demand in the electricity generation sector to 2050 has been
completed and presented to Energy UK and energy sector representatives. The report is
available on request from Environment Agency.

Environment Agency: 1. Working closely to support Defra on abstraction reform, integral

part of the 'one team' approach. 2. Have completed a project with DECC on future energy
demands. Main report to government but 'key facts' published (see link). 3. Have
undertaken and communicated assessments of environmental impacts of abstraction
reform.

Energy UK has maintained its membership of Defra's Abstraction Reform Advisory Group
and will continue to participate until a revised water abstraction licensing regime is
introduced. The Environment Agency's forward look at water demand in the electricity
generation sector to 2050 has been completed. A separate assessment has been made
of potential
Roads - Thewater
Roadsdemand for plant
Investment employing
Strategy Carbon Capture
for Highways England and Storage
(formerly technology.
Highways
2013 onwards Complete Energy UK continues
Yes
Agency) - the operatortoofwork with Defra
the strategic to assess
road networkthe implications
has of water
a ring-fenced 300mabstraction
reform for thermal
environment fund. power stations.
Incorporate the need to adapt its roads to cope with a changing
climate. Specific reference is given to improving resilience to flooding

Ports - Good guidance given in the 2012 ports NPS with respect to proposals for new
ports infrastructure with applicants instructed to consider the impacts of climate change
when planning the location, design, build and operation of infrastructure. Adaptation
measures must use latest UK climate projections.

Aviation - Adaptation is included in the aviation policy framework of March 2013, stating
that consideration of climate change is being embedded in business planning and risk
management.

NNNPS - Sets out how the NPS puts Government policy on climate change adaptation
into practice, and in particular how applicants and the Secretary of State should take the
effects of climate change into account when developing and consenting infrastructure.

HS2 - climate resilience well embedded into design of the new high speed rail
infrastructure. Set out in HS2 phase one environmental statement volume 5: climate
Network Rail - The commitments in Network Rail's strategic business plan has resulted in
the publication (Sep 2014) of route based weather resilience and climate change
adaptation plans which are aimed at assessing the full vulnerabilities at route level from
climate change and putting any mitigating and adaptation actions in place to a range of
identified impacts
2013 onwards On-track Climate change is included in risk management, featuring on corporate risk registers of, Yes
for example Highways England and has been an important consideration in the planning
of new major projects including HS2.

2013 onwards Complete The Government Response to the Transport Resilience Review in Nov 2014 accepted the Yes
need for consideration of resilience in guidance in departmental research and guidance.

2013 onwards Complete Transport sectors are broadly successful in sharing information. The DfT actively establish Yes
and support working groups on resilience and adaptation where there is a need to actively
promote inter and intra-modal resilience . Some are specific to modes while others are
multi-modal and include relevant stakeholders e.g. owners of utilities networks.

Ongoing Complete Highly active and effective Maritime Resilience and Security team lead by DfT improving Yes
preparedness of ports to extreme events.

Sep 2014 Network Rail's Route-based Weather Resilience and Climate Change
Adaptation plans published and actions already underway.

SRN maintains a high level of operational resilience.

McMillan report in response to issues experienced by London Gatwick Dec 2013 seen as
good practice for numerous resilience issues.

Best practice being promoted amongst LHAs to understand risks, prioritise investment
and achieve efficiencies in highways maintenance

IOAF is sharing best practice, updating members of progress with respect to climate
change infrastructure management

2012 to 2014; On-track WP1 report will be published early 2015. Yes
2nd phase -T1009 (TfL is part of Steering Group and has contributed directly to several workstreams - e.g.
systems overview, data/information.)
TRaCCA 2013 to 2015

2013 onwards On-track Risk assessment actions are monitored monthly for progress and delivery. Climate
change risk and the need for adaptation remains a Board level risk. Research is ongoing
with analysis of winter change recently completing, following summer analysis last year.
This weather generator data and economic analysis is available to inform asset owners in
their development of revised technical standards and specifications.
2012 to 2015 On-track Highways Agency is reviewing bridge scour in light of recent research and publication by
CIRIA. Scour remains a particular concern for the devolved administration's overseeing
organisations.

Ongoing On-track This work is part of geotechnical data management, with a particular focus on hazardous
and strengthened slopes.

2013 onwards On-track Catchment Partnerships in operation across all catchments in England. Some are more Yes
recently established than others and this is a factor in their effectiveness. National work
(EA/Defra and other stakeholders) ongoing to assess longer terms needs for strategic
infrastructure in response to climate change and other pressures - to report March 2015.

OFWAT: Our Thames Tideway Tunnel (TTT) work is a good example of how a catchment
wide approach has been developed in a major catchment. It has supported the
development of a long-term investment proposition which will enable the delivery of a
major infrastructure project that will bring the River Thames into compliance with the
Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive and provide necessary capacity in the sewer
network for future generations. The TTT project will significantly reduce the frequency and
volume of untreated wastewater entering the River Thames. Our work programme is
directly related to keeping costs down for customers, but the tunnel will contribute to
environmental sustainability by improving the quality of the water in the River Thames,
bringing benefits to the river ecology and the health of river users. We also intend that
lessons learned from this project are used to develop future regulation and financing
approaches for large-scale infrastructure projects.

In June 2014, the TTT project was specified under the Water Industry (Specified
Infrastructure Projects) (English Undertakers) Regulations 2013, following a consultation
by Defra in December 2013. The specification requires Thames Water to competitively
tender for an Infrastructure Provider (IP) to finance and deliver the bulk of the TTT. The IP
will be regulated by us under a separate licence and the procurement process has
commenced.

A Development Consent Order for the Thames Tideway Tunnel to be built and operated
was granted in September 2014. The project delivery mechanism was established in 2014
and we consulted on a new regulatory framework for the IP that will deliver the TTT
project.

Until 2013 Complete Changes to the way that Ofwat regulates has resulted in resilience now being measured Yes
at a water company outcome level. The EA has worked with companies to better plan to
deliver these outcomes in detail.
Ongoing Complete Water Act received Royal Assent May 2014

2013 onwards On-track Defra has consulted on options, including an option for a risk based approach based on Yes
water scarcity. Defra is currently developing options further.

2013 onwards On-track Water companies published the final version of their latest plans (covering 2015 to 2040) Yes
in 2014. The companies will begin consulting on their next plans in 2018 (note that some
companies will pre-consult earlier)

Early 2013 onwards (for Action Hot water measures currently available under the Green Deal relate to water heat Yes
Green Deal finance revised/delayed recovery devices for showers and hot water cylinders. There is an opportunity to advise
consumers about the steps they can take to improve the sustainability of their properties,
availability) such as the efficient use of hot and cold water. A number of practical issues need to be
worked through to enable companies to offer joint/energy water retrofit programmes either
under the Green Deal or other initiatives.

2013 onwards Complete Section 21 in the Water Act 2014 Evidence is not being collated by the policy team

2013 onwards Complete The increase in profile and improved communication means that SUDS are now Yes
considered a viable option within companies business plans. The full extent of the uptake
of SUDS options will not be known until after the final outcome of the price review in
December 2014.
2013 to 2025 Complete In May 2013 the Environment Agency and Ofwat published its Drainage Strategy yes
Framework
(http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/future/sustainable/drainage/rpt_com201305drainagestrategy.pdf)
. The framework is referenced in government priorities as set out in a letter in July 2013
from the then Minister, Richard Benyon, to the water companies and in the Statement of
Obligations and the Strategic Policy Statement for the 2015 to 2020 water company
investment period. A reliable sewerage network is a vital part of our national
infrastructure. We would expect companies to use the Drainage Strategy Framework to
inform their business planning and future delivery, so that they manage flood risk and
pollution incidents in a changing climate.
We expect Water and sewerage companies to develop catchment strategies starting with
high priority catchments through PR14 to full coverage by 2025. We are already seeing
the first catchment strategies coming through.
The Environment Agency were part of the steering group for the industry project UKWIR
Resilience Planning Good Practice Guide. The Environment Agency is introducing event
monitoring of CSOs through PR14, this data will be used to measure how well pressures
on sewerage are being dealt with and to trigger proactive or remedial action..

OFWAT: In the lead up to PR14 we developed frameworks relating to drainage strategy

and resilience planning.

The drainage strategy framework we published jointly with the Environment Agency in
2013 aims to encourage long-term planning, and sets out a series of principles as good
practice. It sets out how water and sewerage companies should develop and publish long-
term strategies for drainage and highlights the need to deliver outcomes for customers in
partnership with other bodies including local authorities. The framework also promotes the
full evaluation of alternatives to traditionally-engineered sewerage solutions to test
whether these offer lower whole-life cost options or better responses to uncertainty.

There is evidence that companies have considered the principles within the drainage
strategy framework and proposed innovative drainage approaches in their PR14 planning
for the period 2015 to 2020. For example, Anglian Water plans to have 25% of sewerage
capacity schemes incorporating SuDS, and Welsh Water will have 162 sustainable
drainage plans, covering 12% of its population.

Ongoing Complete Sewerage

Planning formanagement
resilience is plans have been
an important partproduced by water companies
of water company business. Ininorder
collaboration
to Yes
with local authorities.
encourage Theyofplay
the production an important
effective rolebusiness
resilience in informing thewe
cases, current Price aReview
published
process (PR14).
framework document setting out principles for resilience planning in 2012 . This included
examples of available evidence and of different resilience planning practices. The report
has raised and developed a number of key issues in resilience planning, for example the
role of standards, customer engagement, links to other planning processes and an
outcomes approach. The report also sets out and discusses nine resilience planning
principles.

Companies have sought to assess how their resilience proposals take account of the
resilience planning principles in their business plan submissions. The Severn Trent
investment case for work related to the Elan Valley Aqueduct (see section 2.1.1) is one
example of this.
2013 onwards On-track The Environment Agency, water companies and Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs) Yes
have new roles and responsibilities as risk Management Authorities (RMAs) under the
Flood and Water Management Act (2010). RMAs are working together on strategic plans.
These plans and strategies have common principles of taking risk based approaches to
future flood risk problems. Recent Environment Agency / Defra advice on how to prepare
Flood Risk Management Plans shows how these link (https://www.gov.uk/flood-risk-
management-plans-frmps-how-to-prepare-them) .

2013 onwards On-track In December 2013, we published new and improved information about flood risk, Yes
including surface water - see link. The Environment Agency are working with LLFAs and
water companies on how to improve future surface water mapping
2013 onwards On-track The issues of sewer misuse which can give rise to blockages which result in pollution Yes
incidents and flooding. The Environment Agency has been working in partnership with
Water UK National Misconnections Strategy Group on the ConnectRight partnership
campaign (see link) . The aim is to prevent misconnections and raise awareness about
drainage and water pollution amongst property owners, the public and professionals. It
brings together partners who are working to reduce water pollution - environmental
regulators, water companies, local authorities and other professional and interested
organisations.
Defra are supportive of Water Companies activities to educate householders and
businesses on correct disposal of Fats, Oils and Greases. All water companies have
schemes and provide information on their websites.

2012 to 2013 Action Cross government and multi stakeholder exercises undertaken to test response and Yes
revised/delayed processes for extreme drought scenarios.
The Environment Agency tested how it would respond to a severe drought in England in
an exercise with government departments in June 2013, from which it worked with
government to complete a cross-government drought response framework. The
framework sets out how we will shift from an Environment Agency led drought response to
a severe drought response where government are likely to take overall lead.

The Environment Agency is preparing to run a further drought exercise in 14/15 with
government and the water industry based on a severe drought scenario. Work on this is
currently tied into understanding the relationships with emergency plans and water
industry resilience to extreme events. Further work on the Government drought framework
and actions on wider stakeholders will fit in alongside and probably after this work.

The water companies current water resources plans and drought plans are available on
their websites. These include planning for dry-years and droughts.

2013 to 2016 Complete Water companies have updated their drought plans (they are legally obliged to do this Yes
every 3.5 years) and these take into account the best available information and learnings
from
Waterprevious events.this work, which is now hosted on the EA website
2012 to 2013 Complete UK completed This was not directly intended to address climate
risks

2013 Complete An industry exercise was completed, and principal conclusions shared with Unable to say.
EA/Defra/Ofwat

2012 to 2013 Complete A series of workshops were held in 2012. Yes

Ongoing Complete A revised Code of Practise for SMEs during times of water restriction is available; water Yes
companies have also funded an e-learning course for horticultural professionals on water
management

until 2018 On-track On-going work continues to bring together researchers and stakeholders involved in Evidence from across research is being
adaptation to technological, social and environmental change in the infratsructure (and synthesised and translated to inform policy and
built environment) sectors. The aim is to develop and exchange knowledge and evidence
from across the research community to better inform policy and practice.
practice

2011 to 2014 Complete As evidence from research is used to inform policy

and practice it will contribute to the increased
resilience of UK infrastructure.
2011 to 2015 On-track ITRC interim report on future infrastructure provision explains future challenges Evidence from research is being used to inform
and possible evidence-based responses http://www.itrc.org.uk/research/britains- policy and practice to increase the resilience of UK
infrastructure-for-the-21st-century/ infrastructure.
2011 to 2017 On-track 1. Open access journal article demonstrating the Physical and Economic Impacts of Sea- Evidence from research is being used to inform
Level Rise on Coastal Communities accepted and in press in PLOS One: policy and practice, and will contribute to the
http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0117030
2. Open access discussion article demonstrating decision-support increased resilience of UK coastal and coastal
2011 to 2016 On-track Working to deliver a comprehensive risk framework to assess and tool for exploring
manage UK energy As evidence from research is used to inform policy
impacts of sea-level rise andchange
extreme water levels on coastal infrastructure published in energy infrastructure.
system resilience to climate and practice it will contribute to the increased
Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences Discussion: http://www.nat-hazards-earth-
syst-sci-discuss.net/3/1615/2015/nhessd-3-1615-2015.html resilience of UK infrastructure.
2011 to 2016 On-track RESNETs work on dynamic ratings provides new evidence quantifying the benefits of
3. Reportratings
on potential impacts of sea-level
As evidence from research is used to inform policy
dynamic compared to static ratings rise and extreme
to mitigate water of
the impacts levels onclimate
future selected
on and practice it will contribute to the increased
Magnox
overheadassets published
line capacity thisasprovides
NationalnewOceanography
evidence wrtCentre Research
the CCRAs Tier and Consultancy
2 risk EN10
report.
Transmission capacity http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/login.jsp? resilience of UK infrastructure.
tp=&arnumber=6695373&url=http%3A%2F%2Fieeexplore.ieee.org
2011 to 2013 Complete Journal and conference papers being written, methodology being explained at various Evidence from research is being used to inform
%2Fiel7%2F6683934%2F6695228%2F06695373.pdf%3Farnumber%3D6695373
seminars and meetings. Future research student based development beginning. policy and practice to increase the resilience of UK
RESNET researchers
feeds intocontributed towards the infrastructure report card for LWEC,
Methodology ongoing applied projects
providing an update on evidence related to the impacts of climate change on energy transport infrastructure.
demand http://www.lwec.org.uk/resources/report-cards. The RESNET project will provide
2011 to 2013 Complete additional quantification of implications of climate change for cooling demand to the
As evidence from research is used to inform policy
CCRAs tier 2 risk EN2: Cooling Demand and contribute to understanding the emerging and practice it will contribute to the increased
2011 to 2014 Complete challenges identified in CCRA wrt changing requirements on the electricity grid and resilience
As evidenceof UK
fromwater infrastructure.
research is used to inform policy
understanding the future energy mix.
and practice it will contribute to the increased
resilience of UK infrastructure.
2011 to 2013 Complete As evidence from research is used to inform policy
and practice it will contribute to the increased
resilience of UK infrastructure.
2011 to 2012 Complete As evidence from research is used to inform policy
and practice it will contribute to the increased
Developing a better understanding of how people's transport and travel practices are resilience of UK infrastructure.
2011 to 2016 On-track Evidence from research is being used to inform
changing to enable the planning of a more resilient and sustainable urban environment policy and practice to the increased resilience of
UK infrastructure.

2011 to 2014 Complete As evidence from research is used to inform policy

and practice it will contribute to the increased
resilience of UK infrastructure.
2013 to 2017 On-track iBUILD is developing new business models to improve the delivery of infrastructure As evidence from research is used to inform policy
systems and the services they provide at the scale of neighbourhoods, towns and cities. and practice it will contribute to the increased
Potential reforms to existing, as well as a suite of alternative, infrastructure business
models will be developed to enable more effective delivery of local and urban
resilience of UK infrastructure.
infrastructure systems.

2013 to 2016 On-track ICIF is bringing together stakeholders involved in renewing the UKs infrastructure to As evidence from research is used to inform policy
exploit multidisciplinary and systemic thinking about infrastructure interdependencies and practice it will contribute to the increased
when developing business models to address future challenges. The Centre focuses on
the development and implementation of innovative business models and aims to support
resilience of UK infrastructure.
UK firms wishing to exploit them in international markets.

2013 Complete UKRN has established a Climate Change Adaptation Working Group, which brings Yes
together the UKs economic regulators to share knowledge, experience and best practice
on regulatory approaches to adaptation to climate change, and co-ordinate where
appropriate. Through this group, UKRN will seek to maximise effective and efficient
adaptation to climate change across the UK regulated sectors.

2013 to 2014 Complete Risks to energy generation have been assessed through joint working between energy Not yet
utilities, EA and Government (DECC).
2013 to 2014 Complete Action for Ofgem only. Ofgem introduced and publically published updated Impact Yes
Assessment guidance in October 2013. This includes guidance on relevant hard-to-
monetise aspects including an explicit reference to factoring in consideration of how the
energy system will need to respond and adapt to a changing climate.
The RIIO-ED1 price control will commence on 1 April 2015. Ofgem has assessed the
companys business plans and published our final determination. This includes decisions
on flood defences, tree cutting, network reliability and other relevant aspects.

2014 to 2015 On-track The SPS is currently in draft subject to write-round and Parliamentary processes. Yes

2013 to 2023 No update

2013 onwards On-track On environmental performance, the High Level Output Specification for Network Rail, Yes
overseen by the ORR states that the Secretary of State requires the industry to confirm
how decision-making processes and investment plans will take appropriate account of the
risks and opportunities from anticipated climate change.

Adaptation is included in the aviation policy framework of March 2013, and confirms that
consideration of climate change is being embedded in business planning and risk
management.

Control Period 4 and On-track Network Rail and ORR meet regularly to discuss progress on climate change adaptation Yes
Control Period 5 2014 to actions. Cemented through actions coming out of the Transport Resilience Review
2019
Control Period 5: 2014 to On-track TRaCCA is increasing awareness of other climate risks, wider than TR5, TR6. Network Yes
2019 Rail has reviewed current weather thresholds in its standards and is investigating longer
term impacts using its own resources and outputs from TRaCCA. .TRaCCA programme
T1009 entering phase of work package 2.

Complete Ofwat's regulatory system enables water and sewerage companies to adapt to climate Yes
change and provide the services that are important to their customers. Ofwat was
strengthened his framework in particular through reformed regulation of the price control
for the water companies for 2015 to 2020, and the new Ofwat corporate strategy. This is
set out in more detail in the Section 2 of the accompanying Ofwat Report to the ASC (Jan
2015).
2013 to 2014 Complete Ofwat set out their future approach to leakage and water efficiency as part of their Yes
methodology for PR14. For leakage, water companies were expected to include within
their overall set of proposed outcome commitments, a specific commitment on leakage,
with appropriate performance measures and Outcome Delivery Incentives, taking into
account customer engagement.

As part of its Strategic Policy Statement and Social and Environmental Guidance to Ofwat
published in May 2013, Defra made specific reference to climate change adaptation. It set
out the need to engage with the Climate Change Risk Assessment and National
Adaptation Programme.

2013 to 2014 Complete WRMPS have been submitted by water companies in 2014, assessed by the Environment Yes
Agency, and recommendations on the suitability of the plans have been published by
Defra.

2013 to 2014 No update

projects through to 2018 On-track Evidence from across research is being

synthesised and translated to inform policy and
practice
2013 onwards On-track EA Climate Ready are working closely with Climate Local. Fed into guides being Yes
produced and planning future capacity building activity. New thread on Climate Local
Network pages created and information/ resources related to infrastructure are being
posted. Communication channels to CL stakeholders open for all CR infrastructure
communications. So far twelve councils have committed to a total of 19 infrastructure
specific actions mostly relating to transport, waste and water. Using network to promote
other Infrastructure projects such as the SW transport group

2013 onwards Complete Complete, and aspects of the current infrastructure theme's work plan builds upon this Yes, but further work is required to build capacity
early work. locally on transport and energy resilience issues.

2013 onwards On-track Good use is being made of organisations - Climate UK has delivered a consistently high Yes
level of national outreach through its network of Climate Change Partnerships, hosting
workshops and producing reports in partnership with a range of organisations. The Local
Adaptation Advisory Panel is proving to be an effective forum through which it has raised
the profile and shared best practice of local council work on climate change adaptation.

2013 onwards Complete Transport for London considered the feasibility of a comprehensive flood risk review for Yes
the Underground network. This proposal was submitted, approved funded and began in
2013 and is due to be completed by mid 2015.

2013 On-track Local transport engineer workshops run in June and July 2013. 6 workshops with 30 Yes
stakeholders.

Work has begun to review guidance in the UK Roads Liaison Group (UKRLG) Codes of
Practice that provide advice on lighting, structures and highway maintenance for local
highway authorities. The issue of climate change and resilience will be addressed, picking
up the relevant recommendations from the Transport Resilience Review 2014. Updated
codes expected Autumn 2015.

2013 onwards No update

2014 onwards Action Interested parties raised a number of concerns around the proposal set out in schedule 3 Once the results have been analysed and a way
revised/delayed of the flood and water management act, so Defra and DCLG worked together to examine forward has been proposed, yes
options for delivering SuDS which resulted in a public consultation around a new
proposal. The consultation was launched on 12 September 2014 and closed on 24
October 2014. Government is currently analysing the responses and aim to publish a
response in December. No decision will be made until the consultation responses have
been analysed.

2013 onwards Complete Surface water flood maps have been published. These maps will be used in the future to Not fully realised yet
inform flood risk management. The timing of the publication of the new maps meant that
they were too late to materially affect water companies' PR14 business plans.

to 2018 On-track On-going work continues to bring together researchers and stakeholders involved in Evidence from across research is being
adaptation to technological, social and environmental change in the infratsructure (and synthesised and translated to inform policy and
built environment) sectors. The aim is to develop and exchange knowledge and evidence
from across the research community to better inform policy and practice. practice

2011 to 2014 Complete Evidence from research is being used to inform

policy and practice to the increased resilience of
UK infrastructure.

2012 to 2016 On-track Developing a better understanding of how people's transport and travel practices are Evidence from research is being used to inform
changing to enable the planning of a more resilient and sustainable urban environment policy and practice to the increased resilience of
UK infrastructure.
2011 to 2013 Complete Journal and conference papers being written, methodology being explained at various Evidence from research is being used to inform
seminars and meetings. Future research student based development beginning. policy and practice to increase the resilience of UK
Methodology feeds into ongoing applied projects
transport infrastructure.

2013 to 2015 On-track EA CR and John Dora Consultancy, facilitate the IOAF. Dialogue on interdependencies Yes
set up jointly between IOAF and ARC.

2013 to 2014 Action The new guidance will be released sometime between Jan and March after final review by Yes
revised/delayed HMT

2013 to 2016 On-track Climate UK facilitating the knowledge transfer & communication of national & local yes
infrastructure through its networks. And IOAF tackling interdependencies between
members at regular meetings.

2013 to 2016 On-track Climate Change Partnerships locally continue to broker and provide a platform for Yes, however the ability of local climate change
dialogue between local infrastructure and service provision, including specific activity partnerships to continue to broker discussions is
happening in Yorkshire and Humber to pilot an approach to local infrastructure
interdependencies. In addition Climate UK has activity represented the local infrastructure challenging due to funding uncertainties.
providers on the Infrastructure Operators Adaptation Forum (IOAF) and work on
Interdependencies with ARCC.

2013 to 2016 On-track EIA CC web hub has been updated and can be viewed (link supplied). This will continue Yes, although at formative stage
to be updated. Working group is in place and taking forward EIA guidance development
2013 to 2014 Complete Future demands for water from a range of energy generation scenarios have been Not yet
completed in joint work between DECC/Defra, EA and energy generators

2013 On-track TRaCCA Work Package 2 continues to develop a 'systems view' of the railway covering Yes
[ T1009 TRaCCA issues such as strategic and operational matters and external dependencies.
2013 to 17]

2012 onwards Action Some initial work was carried out between the water industry and ENA/National
revised/delayed Grid/UKPN.

However, this issue has now been picked up by the Defra sponsored Infrastructure Yes
Operators Adaptation Forum (IOAF) which is supported by ENA and network companies.

This is a significant area of work in which progress has been made. Many companies raised this issue in their
Water companies are represented at the Infrastructure Owners Adaptation Forum (IOAF) Adaptation Reporting Powers reports and ongoing
which is working to address the challenges of interdependency.
UKWIR will be running a project to consider interdependency issues.
actions will be reviewed in the next round of
reporting.
Following National Grid's report on increase risk of
rota disconnections late 2013, and the winter 2013
night of intermittent power failures across much of
the South East; we updated our knowledge of
power supply risks in 2014, including a resilience
meeting UKPN (one of our several Distribution
Network Operators (DNO's)). We provided an
overview of electricity supply risks to Annette
Dawson (for a DEFRA risk report) in September
2014. Further internal company planning is
required planning against rota disconnections and
ensuring our plant is resilient against dips and
sustained voltage reductions. Diesel and
generation plans during large scale power failures
also require improving and liaison with government
planning.

In addition to this we have carried out much flood

mitigation works on our sites, however with the
supply from DNO's potentially not being as resilient
to flooding, there is an unquantified risk to failure in
terms of flooding, which requires further
investigation.

1.Our Business Resilience Team has developed

strong processes and relationships with numerous
agencies including DNOs and the National Grid.
Together we have been involved in assessing and
mitigating contingent risks.
2.Our investment planning processes have been
supported by the DNOs and National Grid.
Together we assessed the risk of power failures
and identified who is best placed to mitigate these
risks. This has included the DNOs adding our
critical sites to the V-list and Anglian Water
promoting significant investment to improve the
resilience of our water treatment works against
power shortages and disruptions..
3.We work closely with the National Grid and the
DNOs to help them manage their peak demands.
This is mitigating the need for investment which
has a significant financial and environmental cost.
For example we are involved in Western Powers
Project Falcon which forms part of Ofgems Low
Carbon Networks Fund.
We self supply over 25% our electricity needs
though renewable energy generation which
provides us with in-built resilience.
In the period 2010-15 we have invested to provide
dual supply / uninterrupted power supply to our
largest most critical sites.
We rolled out a programme to provide connection
points to our smaller sites that allow a mobile
generator to be quickly set up.
We have contracts in place to secure mobile
generators at short notices when required.

We have a number of strategies for ensuring that

we always have power where we need it. These
include:
all our largest sites have a dual supply, so that if
one is interrupted, the site can receive power from
an alternative grid source
key monitoring and control equipment has
Uninterruptable Power Supply (a series of
batteries) to ensure we always have visibility and
control of our assets
a standing contract with a generator hire company
including the ability to deliver a generator within
four hours
increasing our self sufficiency by investing in
renewables including anaerobic digestion which
generates heat and power from digesting sewage
sludge, and a small number of wind and hydro
turbines. Our sewage treatment works at Esholt
aims to be fully self sufficient in energy by 2020.
Supplies to our largest and most important sites
are protected and prioritised in the event of national
shortages because we supply essential public
services.
Our interdependency with the power sector is two
way. At times of high demand, electricity is 2-3
times more expensive than at others. We try to
reduce our demand during these times, not just to
save costs but also on request from the National
Grid who may ask large users such as YW to
temporarily reduce their demand (e.g. by switching
equipment down or off), or we may be asked to
to 2018 On-track On-going work continues to bring together researchers and stakeholders involved in Evidence from across research is being
adaptation to technological, social and environmental change in the infratsructure (and synthesised and translated to inform policy and
built environment) sectors. The aim is to develop and exchange knowledge and evidence
from across the research community to better inform policy and practice.
practice

2011 to 2015 On-track ITRC interim report on future infrastructure provision explains future challenges Evidence from research is being used to inform
and possible evidence-based responses http://www.itrc.org.uk/research/britains- policy and practice to increase the resilience of UK
infrastructure-for-the-21st-century/ infrastructure.
DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE ACTION
IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA RISK(S)/OTHER
CLIMATE RISKS
ARP reporting has shown that key infrastructure providers are
identifying and addressing climate risks
This evidence is likely to be captured when the Sector Resilience No further action planned.
Plans are submitted.
Capacity building through partnership building, sharing
knowledge and developing leadership: 38 organisations
including operators, regulators, government and researchers
have contributed to three meetings, discussing and sharing
knowledge on long-term climate resilience and
interdependencies. One dialogue on interdependencies hosted
by ARCC.
WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
INFORMATION, ETC
The second round of reporting will be reviewed around
2017/2018 and the third strategy for the exercise of the
power will be developed around this time
IOAF 2015 workplan includes production of case studies on http://mycommunity.theiet.org/communities/home/438
adaptation planning produced by operators and group
members, in particular to showcase good examples of joint-
working on interdependencies, and signposting to relevant
new information, resources or events, internally via email and
publicly via the IET Community web page.
 Being discussed at the IOAF meeting on 10 February 2015

There are products available in the commercial market that look No further action planned following these projects http://randd.defra.gov.uk/Default.aspx?Menu=Menu&Module=More&Location=None&ProjectID=19246&FromSearch=Y&Publis
to address climate risks and make infrastructure and the built
environment, for instance flood protection barriers and pumping
systems.

Our energy systems face wide number of risks which could https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/energy-
cause disruption e.g. through severe weather conditions, security-strategy
accidents, malicious physical or cyber-attack or industrial action. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/statutory-
We therefore work in partnership with industry, regulators and security-of-supply-report-2014
other parts of government to enable resilient energy supplies
such as by supporting programmes and initiatives to improve
protective security at key energy sites and to enhance flood
protection at sites most at risk. We also work to mitigate against
disruptions, where possible, by ensuring that the regulatory
regime supports robust arrangements to maintain supplies,
underpinned by wider industry best practice and shared learning.
DECC works collaboratively with industry and other stakeholders
to maintain and update contingency plans for managing energy
emergencies, including the National Emergency Plan for
Downstream Gas and Electricity and the National Emergency
Plan for Fuel (NEP-F) and as well as maintaining emergency
response capability and have measures in place to reduce the
impact of disruptive incidents should they occur.

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-policy-statements-for-energy-infrastructure
This action will enable protection from surface water flooding
that takes account of predicted climate impacts. It will ensure
that key electricity substations and electricity supplies to
customers are protected against the all reasonable flood risks
including an appropriate allowance for climate change over the
predicted life of the assets.
This action will enable protection from surface water flooding
that takes account of predicted climate impacts. It will ensure
that key electricity substations and electricity supplies to
customers are protected against the all reasonable flood risks
including an appropriate allowance for climate change over
the predicted life of the assets.

This action will enable protection from flooding from rivers, the This document will be kept under review taking account of
sea and surface water that takes account of predicted climate the latest flood and climate change information together with
impacts. It will ensure that key electricity substations and practical experience concerning actual flood incidents..
electricity supplies to customers are protected against the all
reasonable flood risks including an appropriate allowance for
climate change over the predicted life of the assets.

A number of risks are being addressed in this work including:-. Further R& D effort is planned through the LCNI initiative.
Some initial impacts from low carbon loads are expected
Potential decreases in equipment ratings leading to network during the current price controls to 2021 and 2023 but
overloading. significant impacts are not forecast until the following price
controls, currently scheduled to 2029 and 2031
The work on Smart Grids is addressing the potential risk caused
by the impact of low carbon technologies on transmission and
distribution networks. The very wide and detailed research effort
should ensure a very full understanding these risks and a range
of cost effective initiatives that can be employed to mitigate the
risks.

The work on wind impacts is addressing the critical issue of

overhead distribution network performance.
Please refer to comments above.
Report on "A review of power station resilience over Winter
2013/14" completed January 2015.
Capacity building through partnership building and evidence
gathering and sharing.
Energy UK has provided expert input to the modelling of water
rights trading at catchment level by Defra's consultants.
By including climate change in policy documents, it firmly
embeds climate change considerations into high level decision
making
Road - Better understanding of risks impacting assets is being
developed. commitments made such as the full population of
Highways England's drainage database.
By including climate change in National Policy Statements, Ports July 2014. Response published Nov 2014. Further update on framework
and airports are increasingly prepared for extreme weather
events and the projected impacts of climate change
Full consideration of climate impacts is factored into new high
speed rail infrastructure
Assessments undertaken on risks from flooding, coastal
erosion , landslips, trees falling on lines etc. with appropriate
action put in place
Compile generation sector report for second round of
Adaptation Reporting for May 2015.
Energy UK has joined the National Water Resources Steering https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/water-use-and-electricity-generation
Group convened by the Environment Agency, to monitor
water availability and plans for drought response.
Environment Agency: Working closely to support Defra on
abstraction reform, integral part of the 'one team' approach.
Ports have benefited from a number of resilience workshops https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
in the Autumn of 2013, which will continue through 2014-15. achment_data/file/382813/dft-ris-road-investment-
strategy.pdf
A number of airports are putting in place lessons learned
from the McMillan report published by Gatwick Airport Limited https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-policy-
statement-for-ports
Government have accepted recommendations made by
Richard Brown's in his transport resilience review, published https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/aviation-policy-
progress due by April 2015. All owners and operators of
transport assets in England are due to act on https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/hs2-phase-one-
recommendations. A list of actions are included in the environmental-statement-volume-5-climate
response over the next 2 years
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/transport-
resilience-review-governments-response
Board-level consideration is ensuring appropriate action on
climate change
Consideration is being given to the funding of resilience, and
specific research is being undertaken
Sharing of best practice and effective communication amongst
cat 1 & 2 responders to both short term response and recovery
to resilience issues, contingency planning and longer term
climate change adaptation,
e.g. Ports - international ports involvement to address
dependencies, proven success in leading effective workshops
which better prepared ports for E. Coast tidal surge 05.12.14
and development of ports modelling software with academia.
WP1 has delivered a knowledge compendium available via a
website covering over 600 records of rail/ climate-related
documents, standards and research
Ongoing
Ports modelling is being undertaken to better understand https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/transport-resilience-review-governments-response
their vulnerability to coastal surge. Research is also being
commissioned to investigate whether there any specifically
vulnerable areas of the transport network that represent
'single points of failure' - due 2015
Ongoing
Ongoing http://www.gatwickairport.com/PublicationFiles/business_an
d_community/all_public_publications/2014/McMillan_report
_Feb14.pdf
http://www.networkrail.co.uk/publications/weather-and-
climate-change-resilience/
WP1 actions are being prioritised prior to publication of the http://www.tracca.org.uk (registration required)
report. WP2 (in progress) covers: Economics, Overseas
analogies, Metrics, Systems, Geographic Information
Systems, Priorities, Funding streams, Implementation. WP1,
WP2 all led by RSSB on behalf of the rail industry's Technical
Strategy Leadership Group.
Catchment partnerships adopt a multi benefit/ ecosystem Ongoing support for CaBA to develop further
approach. Projects that deal with a particular issue: flooding/
catchment restoration often deliver social or economic and
biodiversity gain too.

Capacity building through developing skills and building http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/business/sectors/32425.aspx

partnership: Climate change internalised within WRMP and PR
process with join-up between regulators and water companies.

Consultation IA demonstrated economic benefits from reform
options.
During the period 2010-15 water companies have delivered the
actions set out in their 2009 Water Resource Management
Plans. These actions aim to deliver a sustainable water supply
over the long-term, including the impacts of climate change.
Water companies provide an update of how they are progressing
against their plans in the WRMP annual review.
Difficult to say at this stage. Few partnerships created under
Green Deal but some companies have undertaken joint
energy/water retrofit programmes.
N/A
Counters Creek west London working with LA's
Dulwich Park SuDS - working with Southwark Council to deliver
scheme
Flood risk modelling through Drain London has been used to
inform Environment Agency flood risk maps. It is also being used
to inform the delivery of a number of projects to demonstrate
how surface water can be managed in a more sustainable
fashion.
We have invested in 7 partnership projects with Lead Local
Flood Authorities and the EA to resolve multiple sources of flood
risk.
We have continued to develop sewerage management plans to
help us understand the future impact of climate change on our
sewers.
We have amended our policy on SuDS adoptions to ensure that
SuDS on new developments
guidance are the
produced to aid encouraged in the absence
design, construction and of a
formal
adoptionapproval and adopting
of sustainable authority.
drainage systems
https://www.gov.uk/government/policies/reforming-the-water-industry-to-increase-competition-and-protect-the-environment/supp
The UK Government is committed to legislating early in the Consultation response summary
next Parliament and implementing reform in the early 2020s
Water companies' actions for the period 2015-20 are set out Water Resource Management Plans are publicly available
in their WRMPs. on each company's website.
Collaboration with others parties on multi-sector abstraction
plans, e.g. Water Resources East Anglia Project.
WRMP19 Technical Advisory Group has convened and is
considering requirements and updated guidelines for the next
round of WRMPs.
There is an UKWIR project to identify the most appropriate
methods for the next round of WRMPs.
Companies open to idea of joint energy/water retrofit
programmes.
http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2014/21/pdfs/ukpga_201 http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2014/21/pdfs/ukpga_20140021_en.pdf
40021_en.pdf
Counters Creek delivery phase http://www.thameswater.co.uk/Counters_Creek_-
Provision of an additional 20Hectares of sustainable drainage _Sustainable_drainage_leaflet_%282%29.pdf
http://www.environment-
agency.gov.uk/homeandleisure/floods/default.aspx
We have committed to deliver at least 21 flooding schemes in http://www.stwater.co.uk/upload/pdf/Our-2015-2020-business-plan_1.pdf
partnership with Lead Local Flood Authorities and the EA in
AMP6.
We are working in Partnership with Birmingham City Council,
the EA and UKWRIP to create an Urban Demonstrator pilot
development to quantify the benefits of water sensitive urban
design on the local community and enterprise.
Pilot SuDS project in Norwich being delivered in AMP5 SuDS Manual
YW have mapped the EA MTP against YW flood risk and are YW's policy on partnership working to manage flood risk will
working to identify where there are opportunities for resolve or be available on our website from Jan 2015.
reduce flood risk by working in partnership with LLFAs, EA and
others. This includes pluvial as well as fluvial flooding.

Delivery of outcomes through policy: The framework is http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/future/sustainable/drainage/rpt_com201305drainagestrategy.pdf

referenced in government priorities as set out in a letter in July
2013 from the then Minister, Richard Benyon, to the water
companies and in the Statement of Obligations and the Strategic
Policy Statement for the 2015 to 2020 water company
investment period. Decision making and delivery of outcomes
through timely action: We would expect companies to use the
Drainage Strategy Framework to inform their business planning
and future delivery, so that they manage flood risk and pollution
incidents in a changing climate.

We continue to invest in Sewerage Management Plans (SMPs),
which are based on established drainage planning processes
such as Common Framework for Capital Maintenance Planning
and WRC Sewerage Risk Management, both of which are
encompassed by the Drainage Strategy Framework (DSF)
published by the Environment Agency and Ofwat.
We have completed 32 SMPs so far in AMP5 and plan to have
50% of our customer base (approx. 4 million people) covered by
SMPs by 31 March 2015.
We are planning to have 100% of our area covered by
Sewerage Management Plans by 2020 and that these will be
linked to the plans of other stakeholders as per the principles
of the Drainage Strategy Framework.
We are continuing to develop our ability to use future climate
scenarios to predict flood risk that has not yet materialised
and will be taking preventative actions where required.
http://www.thameswater.co.uk/tw/common/downloads/about%20us%20-%20corporate%20responsibility/About-us-Our-long-term
Thames Water has set itself a strategy for the next
quarter of a century, to 2040.

PR14 Business Plan

40 SMPs done 2013/14. These were reviewed in 14/15.
Sewerage management plans are integral to the Integrated
Drainage Strategy being developed by AW. These take account
of climate change and involve multiple stakeholders. Pilot
catchment in place in Norwich.
Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks,
building partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building
strong leadership)
Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce
exposure to hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise
co-benefits from measures to manage non-CC risks,
develop flexible and/or robust adaptation decisions)
Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits
from measures to manage non-CC risks, implement
flexible and/or robust decisions). Policy (encouraging
adaptation in others, removing adaptation barriers:
behavioural, market failure, institutional, regulatory, or
financial constraints)
Monitoring and evaluating (adaptation progress)
Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks,
building partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building
strong leadership)
Decision making (developing strategies to: reduce
exposure to hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise
co-benefits from measures to manage non-CC risks,
develop flexible and/or robust adaptation decisions)
Delivery of outcomes: Timely action (reduce exposure to
hazards, reduce sensitivity to hazards, realise co-benefits
from measures to manage non-CC risks, implement
flexible and/or robust decisions). Policy (encouraging
adaptation in others, removing adaptation barriers:
behavioural, market failure, institutional, regulatory, or
financial constraints)
Monitoring and evaluating (adaptation progress)
Another 40 SMPs planned to be complete by end of 2014/15.
Target is for 100% SMP coverage by the end of AMP6.
Norwich pilot will report in the near future
During AMP6 we will update our existing Drainage Area Plan
models with the new rainfall data, and ensure our new DAP
models include it.
Water companies are piloting Drainage Strategies now. In the Water White Paper the Government said that it will
Water UK groups are sharing good practice. The work with Ofwat and Environment Agency to ensure a more
Environment Agency wrote to Water companies in strategic approach to drainage planning. In their
August 2013 and set Drainage Strategies as an Statement of Obligations (2012) Defra reiterate that Water
companies must understand how their networks currently
Operational Expectation for the next Asset Management
perform and how they interact with other drainage systems,
Plan (AMP) period. Water and sewerage companies will so that they can effectively manage future pressures. .See
work on drainage strategies from 2015 to 2020 in Section 18 for Local strategy progress
priority catchments. EA/Ofwat have published Drainage Strategy framework in
May 2013
http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/future/sustainable/drainage/rpt_co
m201305drainagestrategy.pdf
R&D project underway to identify ways to help LLFAs to http://watermaps.environment-agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiyby.aspx?topic=ufmfsw#x=357683&y=355134&scale=2
produce improved estimates of surface water drainage
rates for use in simple modelling.
Work underway to update the surface water mapping
using local, more representative surface water flood
mapping developed by LLFAs. Expecting to publish
updated maps in spring 2015 and Dec 2015 (subject to
resource)
Information provision (via ConnectRight campaign on how to
correct misconnections) building capacity through partnership
building, and awareness raising
Improved drought preparedness. Improved decision-making
through strategies to reduce sensitivity: Water companies'
Drought Plans and WRMPs. All water companies include plans
for extreme drought in their drought management plans.
Water companies' Drought Plans.
Part of the drought management process involves reviewing the
lessons learnt and identifying the measures that have taken
place as a result of this.
The lessons learned exercise was completed; however, a
publicly available document was not produced
http://www.connectright.org.uk/
http://www.water.org.uk/policy/environment/waste-and-
wastewater/fats-oils-and-grease
There are a variety of research projects underway to inform Water companies' websites
water company guidance on improved resilience in
companies drought and water resource management plans.
Note that legislation has been passed requiring DMPs to be Water companies' websites
updated at intervals no greater than 5 years, not 3.5 years.
The EA have informed us that they intend to look into best
practice from the 2011/12 drought which will feed into the
new guidelines which is intended to be released by October
2015.
Thames, Anglian and Southern Water have continued to work
together on FE reuse to share findings of ongoing studies
and look for further opportunities to undertake joint
research/study going forward.
Water UK provides forums for sharing better practice and
discussing issues through their networks, e.g. Demand
Network, Water Efficiency Network, Leakage Network, Water
Resources Network.
The Water Resource South East group is also looking at
regional options for the South East, e.g. regional reservoir,
desalination for the South coast etc.
 http://www.water.org.uk/managing-through-drought-code-practice-and-guidance-water-companies-water-use-restrictions-%E2%

Building capacity across stakeholders and researchers to work On-going planned programme of knowledge exchange and Knowledge hub and engagement portal:http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/
together to drive the development, uptake and use of knowledge engagement activities in key themed areas including
from academia to inform the decision-making process. infrastructure interdependencies (with EA/IOAF), smart
Knowledge exchange skills development in early career adapting cities, social and behavioural change and buildings
researchers to help develop the research leaders of the future. and extreme events.
Contributing evidence to the forthcoming Climate Change Risk http://sure-infrastructure.leeds.ac.uk/muscos/
Assesment 2 and the LWEC Infrastructure Climate Change
Impacts Report Card.
ITRC is working with national infrastructure partners to help them Strong collaborations and partnerships continue with, for http://www.itrc.org.uk/
develop specific tools to make investment decisions and prepare example, Infrastructure UK, National Grid, Network Rail, JBA
for future climate and other social and technological changes. Trust, the Committee on Climate Change.
http://www.itrc.org.uk/collaborations/impacts/
Recentaccess
Open examples include input tool
decision-support to National
is beingInfrastructure
developed to Plan
show Open-access decision-support tool currently in development http://www.liv.ac.uk/geography-and-planning/research/adaptation-and-resilience-of-coastal-energy-supply/
2014:risk
flood https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-
to energy infrastructure to support both operational will aid coastal communities and energy sector to explore the
infrastructure-plan-2014
(events, immediate term)and andinput to Institution
strategic (long termof Civil
climate projected impact of current and future storm events and sea-
Engineeers,
change State of the
and sea-level Nation:
rise) InfrastructureAccess
decision-making. 2014 report:
to an level projections upwork
to 2500AD.
On-going research http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/project-summaries/aries/
http://www.ice.org.uk/State-of-the-Nation
example online map viewer is available on request.

Evidence given to House of Lords Select Committee on Science Distribution of workshop report and interim results to other http://www.energy.manchester.ac.uk/research/climate-
and Technology, as part of its inquiry into the resilience of DNOs change/resnet/
electricity infrastructure - Dec 2014
http://www.mace.manchester.ac.uk/media/eps/schoolofmec
hanicalaerospaceandcivilengineering/research/centres/tynd
Use of methodology in applied projects - such as TRaCCA Further development of the FUTURENET methodology http://arcc-futurenet.org.uk/
all/pdf/Resilienceofelectricityinfrastructureevidence.pdf
aimed at increasing the resilience of the rail network to climate through research student work on the use of agent based
change, and in a Transport Systems Catapult project on single modelling to investigate climate resilience.
Workshop with Electricity
point failure of transport infrastructure. Methodology also used
North West and other stakeholders including
for a project to investigate climate change on Public
a NorthHealth
American http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/project-summaries/arcc-water/
England, Age UK and the British Red Cross to improve
railroad.
Distribution Network Operator (DNO) responses to older
customers in the event of power cuts as the result of extreme http://sure-infrastructure.leeds.ac.uk/doku.php?id=ui:home
weather events.

http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/project-summaries/all-in-one/

http://www.ucl.ac.uk/clues/

The project is seeking to understand more about how change in Ongoing research work. http://www.changing-mobilities.org.uk/
transport happens and therefore how future change might be
stimulated. The work is looking across different scales from
individual and household travel decisions through to city and
national level changes. The work will help to inform future policy
decisions on how transport change, to promote greater
sustainability, can best be brought about and accommodated.

http://www.retrofit2050.org.uk/
Key researchers have been investigating alternative sources of Ongoing research work. http://research.ncl.ac.uk/ibuild/
financing for resilient infrastructure, in partnership with
ClimateXchange and Adaptation Scotland, to inform Scottish
Government policy, and gathering evidence for the Department
of Transport response to the Transport Resilience Review.

Improving infrastructure provision, operation and demand On going research. Planned workshops on Infrastructure http://www.icif.ac.uk/
behaviour is central to responding to climate risk. It follows Performance Indicators (with iBUILD), Understanding the
elements of ICIF work are relevant here. The Interdependency delivery challenge and business models for the provision of
Planning and Management Framework (for Infrastructure UK) sustainable infrastructure service and on Resilience in an
puts planning for interdependence at the heart of infrastructure interdependent world (with iBUILD/ITRC/ARCC/CIRIA).
planning decisions. Modelling of Infrastructure Interdependency
will help improve understanding of, the opportunities and risk
associated with interdependencies in the infrastructure system of
systems. Business models research aims to produce concepts,
models, tools and methods that help articulate key issues
associated with delivery challenges and business models across
different infrastructure sectors. An Integrated & Adaptive
Framework for Resilient Infrastructure is being developed with
the aim of improving current approaches to infrastructure
challenges.

In March 2014, the UKs economic regulators joined together in Ongoing engagement on climate change adaptation issues
the UK Regulators Network (UKRN) to ensure effective with specialists across the UKRN.
cooperation between sectors. The UKRN builds on the work of
the cross-sector Joint Regulators Group, adding:

Commitment from CEOs in the form of the published

memorandum of understanding
A defined and publicly committed work programme
Transparency of governance, planning, and reporting on
progress
A panel of expert advisors to review and challenge our work
A permanent staff to ensure delivery

Without cutting across the independence or specific goals of

each regulator, UKRN will strengthen work across sectors. It will
explain and take account of the differences between sectors,
while maximising coherence and shared approaches in the
interests of consumers and the economy.
UKRN members are Ofgem, Ofwat, the ORR, the CAA and
Ofcom, as well as the Utility Regulator for Northern Ireland, the
Water Industry Commissioner for Scotland, Monitor, the
Financial Conduct Authority and the Payment Systems
Regulator.
Since December 2003 we have had a duty either to carry out The RIIO-ED1 price control will formally commences in April Ofgem Impact Assessment guidance -
Impact Assessments (IAs) for proposals which we consider to be 2015. In the period 2015-2023 Ofgem will be scrutinising https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/ofgem-
important within the meaning of section 5A of the Utilities Act DNO performance against a range of outputs, including publications/83550/impactassessmentguidance.pdf
2000, or to publish a statement setting out our reasons for not reliability. RIIO-ED1 final determinations -
undertaking an IA. Since the updated IA guidance was published https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications-and-updates/riio-
in 2013, adaptation and other hard-to-monetise issues have ed1-final-determinations-slow-track-electricity-distribution-
been explicitly accounted for in Ofgem IAs. companies
In November 2014 Ofgem announced its final determinations for CCC report Managing climate risks to well-being and the
the 14 Distribution Network Operators (DNOs) for the eight year economy: ASC progress report 2014 -
RIIO-ED1 price control which runs from 2015-2023. The DNOs http://www.theccc.org.uk/publication/managing-climate-
are incentivised to deliver against a range of outputs, including risks-to-well-being-and-the-economy-asc-progress-report-
reliability. We are placing particular scrutiny on the impact of 2014/
flooding on supply and will monitor and publish DNO
performance against secondary deliverables for network
resilience.
The performance on climate change adaptation of electricity
transmission and distribution was highlighted in the recent
Committee on Climate Change report Managing climate risks to
well-being and the economy: ASC progress report 2014. The
report states Electricity transmission and distribution companies
are i) assessing risks from climate change, ii) taking action to
build resilience and iii) reporting on the delivery of resilience
measures in a transparent manner.

The need to consider a changing climate is addressed by the The SPS is currently in draft subject to write-round and
inclusion of a reference to "resilience" in the Strategy and Policy Parliamentary processes.
Statement (SPS) for Ofgem. The SPS has not been designated
yet and it is not currently certain whether this will done before the
election.

By putting the requirement into frameworks, it mandates action Ongoing implementation of planning https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/3641/railways-act-2005.pdfhttps://www.gov.uk/gov
which we have evidence of e.g. route based weather resilience
and climate change plans

The meetings provided opportunity for discussion on progress to ORR and NR progress meetings are an ongoing action
deliver the Route WRCCA plans
TRaCCA's compendium of knowledge shows standards and
processes currently being used and recommends which ones
are likely to need changing to cater for future climate-induced
weather patterns.
A large evidence base has been presented by Ofwat in the
accompanying report presented to the ASC. Section 2 sets out
how its new regulatory price review framework and strategy is
helping to address climate change adaptation risks.
This work is ongoing; tactical (short term, local solutions http://www.tracca.org.uk (registration required)
during CP5) by Network Rail, strategic, systems-based
knowledge building etc. by RSSB via TRaCCA.
-Ongoing implementation of Ofwat's new strategy 'Trust in Overview of PR14 price limits:
Water'. http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/pricereview/pr14/det_pr20141212fin
-Ofwat's Water@2020 Programme. This will consider the al.pdf
regulatory framework and incentives ahead of the 2019 price -Information on Ofwat's new strategy 'Trust in Water':
review. This will include consideration of how 'upstream' http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/aboutofwat/
assets (including those relating to water resources) should be
regulated, participation in ongoing abstraction reform and a
review of abstraction incentives.
-Ofwat's resilience project within in the 'Strategy and
Planning' programme. This seeks to develop Ofwat's and the
sectors understanding of resilience issues and will inform our
new statutory duty on resilience and feed into further work in
future. This will seek to consult and publish an approach to
Ofwat's new resilience duty in 2015.
Under the draft determinations, by 2020, over 200 million litres a Companies, customer challenge groups and stakeholders Overview of PR14 price limits:http://www.ofwat.gov.uk/pricereview/pr14/det_pr20141212final.pdf
day will be saved through water efficiency, and 144 million litres have submitted representations to Ofwat on the draft
a day (4.5% fall) through reductions in leakage. determinations, and final determinations will be issued on 12
December.
OFWAT: PR14 has shown that the companies have been able to
improve their adaptive capability in a flexible way. Ofwat's new
strategy aims to embed and retain this progress ensuring that
water companies have the continuing capability to adapt to
climatic risks as and when they materialise.

Ofwat consulted on its reformed regulatory approach before

setting out our final methodology in 2013. The introduction of
totex, outcomes and the customer-focused performance
measures has enabled companies to be more ambitious in water
efficiency and leakage, which are valued by customers.

The final determinations for PR14 show that companies have

stretched themselves more than ever before on water efficiency
and leakage. More than 370 million litres a day will be saved
between 2015-20 by tackling leakage and promoting water
efficiency enough water to serve all of the homes in
Birmingham, Manchester and Leeds.

Some examples are set out below.

- According to the Environment Agency, the 2015 Water
Resource Management Plans (covering the PR14 period) show
a 50 50 across the sector split between supply side and
demand side measures on water; five years ago (in the Water
Resource Management Plans covering the PR09 period) there
was approximately a 90/10 split.
- Companies have stretched themselves more on water
efficiency in PR14 than ever before. More than 200 million litres
per day will be saved by 2020, across the sector. And metering
will increase from around 48% to around 61%. 13 of the 18
companies in England and Wales agreed performance
commitments (see section 1) with their customers on water
efficiency.
Capacity building through evidence gathering: Environment
Agency reported through advice reports to government on water
company compliance with WRMP guidance

Building capacity across stakeholders and researchers to work
together to drive the development, uptake and use of knowledge
from academia to inform the decision-making process.
Knowledge exchange skills development in early career
researchers to help develop the research leaders of the future.
On-going planned programme of knowledge exchange and http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/
engagement activities in key themed areas including
infrastructure interdependencies (with EA/IOAF), smart
adapting cities, social and behavioural change and buildings
and extreme events.
Capacity building through partnership building, sharing
knowledge and developing leadership.
Assessment of Climate Local Actions shows that transport and
energy actions by Climate Local Councils are low.
Sharing best practice and facilitating the debate on local issues
of climate resilience
The South-West Task and Finish Group has made good
progress in the development of its ' local resilient network' model
to develop simple guidance to identify vulnerable critical assets
and prioritise resilience-building works.
The Severe Weather Impacts Monitoring System is building up
knowledge on how local services are impacted by severe
weather
All types of flooding only.
Capacity building through partnership building and sharing
knowledge to develop methods to better deal with change.
Planning a Local Transport themed webinar. Also planning a
session on Local Transport at the Climate Local conference
in March.
Climate UK is also an active member of the Climate Local http://www.local.gov.uk/documents/10180/49938/Analysis+of+Climate+Local+Actions+FINAL.pdf/56d48b4f-3d2b-4759-90ce-32
Steering Group and Local Authority Adaptation Panel and will
continue to provide support to ensure that all future activity is
relevant and effectively promoted to practitioners.
Ongoing development and implementation of each http://climateuk.net/abouthttp://www.kent.gov.uk/business/Business-and-the-environment/severe-weather-impacts-monitoring-sy
workstream
The review is developing rich information (including asset
condition and geographical) about the whole London
Underground network - stations, tracks, etc.
Workshop report:
http://media.climateuk.net/sites/default/files/Overall
%20events%20summary.pdf
Scour guide update:
http://www.ukroadsliaisongroup.org/en/news/index.cfm/new-
scour-manual-to-help-engineers-manage-risk
HMEP: http://www.highwaysefficiency.org.uk/
The evidence has already been referenced in terms of how
SuDS can help reduce flood risk from preventing sewers
becoming overloaded.

A system of updating SW maps is being considered with Surface water maps can be viewed athttp://watermaps.environment-agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiyby.aspx?&topic=ufmfsw#x=357683
LLFAs timescale still to be determined for launch

Flood risk modelling through Drain London has been used to http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/homeandleisure/floods/default.aspx
inform Environment Agency flood risk maps. It is also being used
to inform the delivery of a number of projects to demonstrate
how surface water can be managed in a more sustainable
fashion.
Significant work and investment undertaken following the surface Flood Management Group re-established for 2014/15 as the
water flooding earlier in 2014. potential for groundwater flooding exists as a result of high
GW levels and above average rainfall.
21 Surface Water Management Plans in place with a further 5 in See LLFA websites for individual SWMPs
place by end March 2015
We have invested in 7 partnership projects with Lead Local We have committed to deliver at least 21 flooding schemes in http://www.stwater.co.uk/upload/pdf/Our-2015-2020-business-plan_1.pdf
Flood Authorities and the EA to resolve multiple sources of flood partnership with Lead Local Flood Authorities and the EA in
risk. We have used Flood Maps for Surface Water, Fluvial Flood AMP6. We are working in Partnership with Birmingham City
Maps and the EA's Medium Term Plan to identify opportunities Council, the EA and UKWRIP to create an Urban
where we can work in partnership in AMP6 Demonstrator pilot development to quantify the benefits of
water sensitive urban design on the local community and
enterprise.

YW have mapped the EA MTP against YW flood risk and are Ongoing
working to identify where there are opportunities for resolve or
reduce flood risk by working in partnership with LLFAs, EA and
others. This includes pluvial as well as fluvial flooding.

Building capacity across stakeholders and researchers to work
together to drive the development, uptake and use of knowledge
from academia to inform the decision-making process.
Knowledge exchange skills development in early career
researchers to help develop the research leaders of the future.
On-going planned programme of knowledge exchange and Knowledge hub and engagement portal: http://www.arcc-
engagement activities in key themed areas including network.org.uk/
infrastructure interdependencies (with EA/IOAF), smart
adapting cities, social and behavioural change and buildings
and extreme events.
http://www.retrofit2050.org.uk/

The project is seeking to understand more about how change in Ongoing research work. http://www.changing-mobilities.org.uk/
transport happens and therefore how future change might be
stimulated. The work is looking across different scales from
individual and household travel decisions through to city and
national level changes. The work will help to inform future policy
decisions on how transport change, to promote greater
sustainability, can best be brought about and accommodated.
Use of methodology in applied projects - such as TRaCCA Further development of the FUTURENET methodology http://arcc-futurenet.org.uk/
aimed at increasing the resilience of the rail network to climate through research student work on the use of agent based
change, and in a Transport Systems Catapult project on single modelling to investigate climate resilience.
point failure of transport infrastructure. Methodology also used
for a project to investigate climate change on a North American
railroad.

Capacity building through partnership building, sharing Barriers topic at next meeting in January http://mycommunity.theiet.org/communities/home/438
knowledge and developing leadership: 38 organisations
including operators, regulators, government and researchers
have contributed to three meetings, discussing and sharing
knowledge on long-term climate resilience and
interdependencies. One dialogue on interdependencies hosted
by ARCC.

By taking a structure approach to the assessment of risk and Ongoing discussions and active engagement with specific http://dx.doi.org/10.14324/20141455020
opportunities it provides project sponsors with a greater projects such as Ebbsfleet, 9 Elms over the coming months
understanding of their infrastructure project in the locality e.g.
embankments that could exacerbate or mitigate flood water
effects. More discussions are now occurring across the
infrastructure sectors.

Capacity building through partnership building, sharing Quarterly IOAF planned.

knowledge and developing leadership:

No specific assessment of the impact of this activity, however an Climate UK will continue to support a local platform to
indicator of success is the almost universal take-up for the discuss interdependencies, and will seek to share best
reporting powers by local infrastructure providers, who remain practice from the Y&H work in 2015.
engaged in this process often due to CCP activity.

Not yet available Working group is progressing the guidance development (this http://www.iema.net/eia-climate-change
will be completed in the timeline)
 Environment Agency is working closely to support Defra on
abstraction reform, as an integral part of the 'one team'
approach.

WP2 Task 4 and Task 5 cover 'systems of systems' and GIS This work is ongoing; tactical (short term, local solutions http://www.tracca.org.uk (registration required)
respectively and are a 'work in progress'. Among outputs will be during CP5) by Network Rail, strategic, systems-based
methods for use by rail practitioners and policy-makers with case knowledge building etc. by RSSB via TRaCCA.
studies to demonstrate their application

Investigating the wider interdependency risks should provide a This is an ongoing project at the (IOAF) with timescales to be
more robust model for ensuring that national infrastructure is agreed.
protected at minimum cost.

The Adaptation Reporting Powers reports are available via

Defra's website.
 To gain a view of higher level interdependencies, we are ITRC UKWRIP ERP Energy and Water
attending the first "Energy & Water Infrastructure Interdependencies Workshop
Interdependencies Workshop" facilitated by the Energy #UKEW
Research Partnership (ERP) and the UK Water Research and
Innovation Partnership (UKWRIP) who joined forces with the
Infrastructure Transitions Research Consortium (ITRC) ( a
collaborative project focussed on developing tools and modelling
capabilities in interdependent infrastructure).

1. Page 33 of AW Business plan http://www.anglianwater.co.uk/

http://www.anglianwater.co.uk/_assets/media/ICT_Final.pdf
2. Western Power's Project Falcon
http://www.westernpowerinnovation.co.uk/Falcon.aspx
3. Page 57 of AW Annual Report
http://www.anglianwater.co.uk/_assets/media/FINAL_ARA_20
14_140714.pdf
 http://www.stwater.co.uk/

YW together with YorClimate is working to establish a regional http://www.anglianwater.co.uk/

infrastructure operators forum to share best practice, identify
areas of shared risk and potential for co-funding solutions.
YW also plays an active role in our Local Resilience Forums and
regional Lifeline Services Group which bring together Cat 1 and
2 responders to plan and respond to emergencies.
Building capacity across stakeholders and researchers to work
together to drive the development, uptake and use of knowledge
from academia to inform the decision-making process.
Knowledge exchange skills development in early career
researchers to help develop the research leaders of the future.
On-going planned programme of knowledge exchange and Knowledge hub and engagement portal: http://www.arcc-network.org.uk/
engagement activities in key themed areas including
infrastructure interdependencies (with EA/IOAF), smart
adapting cities, social and behavioural change and buildings
and extreme events.

ITRC is working with national infrastructure partners to help them Strong collaborations and partnerships continue with, for http://www.itrc.org.uk/
develop specific tools to make investment decisions and prepare example, Infrastructure UK, National Grid, Network Rail, JBA
for future climate and other social and technological changes. Trust, the Committee on Climate Change.
http://www.itrc.org.uk/collaborations/impacts/
Recent examples include input to National Infrastructure Plan
2014: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-
infrastructure-plan-2014 and input to Institution of Civil
Engineeers, State of the Nation: Infrastructure 2014 report:
http://www.ice.org.uk/State-of-the-Nation
 CLIMATE CHANGE RISK ASSESSMENT
CCRA RISKS
(CCRA) RISKS ADDRESSED BY
OBJECTIVE ACTIONS TACKLED BY OWNER(S)
OBJECTIVE
ACTION
(highest order CCRA risks in bold)

OBJECTIVE 11: To HE1 Summer mortality due to higher Department of Health, Public Health England (PHE) Heatwave Plan for England HE1, HE2, BE3, Department of Health,
reduce the risk of temperatures (reviewed annually): By 2014 the Plan will improve its reach to local authorities and HE4a/b, BE1, HE9 Public Health England,
include advice on action beyond the health sector, for example on the role of blue and
death and illness green infrastructure, housing design and transport in helping reduce health risks
Government with Local
associated with BE3 Overheating of Buildings Authorities,
associated with overheating and air pollution during heatwaves.
severe weather communities, civil
HE2 Summer morbidity due to higher
events and climate temperatures
Individuals, groups and communities most susceptible to heat impacts will also be society and others
change and increase actively targeted. PHE will explore the relevance of these plans to other extreme involved
weather events using an all hazards approach.
preparedness and MA2a Decline in marine water quality due
resilience to the to sewer overflows The Heatwave Plan will also include advice on avoiding over-exposure to UV.
impacts on public
health. HE9 Sunlight/UV Exposure

HE10 Effects of floods/storms on mental

health

FL2 Vulnerable people at significant risk of

flooding

FL12a Hospitals at significant risk of

flooding

BE1 Urban Heat Island effect

HE3 Extreme weather event (flooding and

storms) mortality

HE7 Extreme weather event (flooding and

storms) injuries

HE4a Mortality due to summer air pollution

(ozone)

HE4b Morbidity due to summer air pollution

(ozone)

BD12 Wildfires due to warmer and drier

conditions

MA2b Risks of human illness due to marine

pathogens

MA1 Risk of Harmful Algal Blooms due to

changes in ocean stratification

Risks additional to CCRA Tier 2

- health impacts of all severe weather events
associated with climate change including cold
weather snaps
- aeroallergens
- water and food-borne diseases
- vector-borne diseases
- indoor environment
 HE3 Extreme weather event (flooding and
storms) mortality

HE7 Extreme weather event (flooding and

storms) injuries

HE4a Mortality due to summer air pollution

(ozone) To promote and implement the Cold Weather Plan for England. Non-CCRA risks: cold Department of Health,
snaps Public Health England,
HE4b Morbidity due to summer air pollution
(ozone)
Government with Local
Authorities,
BD12 Wildfires due to warmer and drier communities, civil
conditions society and others
involved
MA2b Risks of human illness due to marine
pathogens

MA1 Risk of Harmful Algal Blooms due to

changes in ocean stratification

Risks additional to CCRA Tier 2

- health impacts of all severe weather events
associated with climate change including cold
weather snaps
- aeroallergens
- water and food-borne diseases
- vector-borne diseases
- indoor environment

The Sustainable Development Unit for the National Health Service (NHS), public ALL CCRA HEALTH National Health Service
health and social care system to: RISKS Sustainable
a) continue to promote adaptation action across the NHS as part of Board level
Sustainable Development Management Plans (SDMPs), further underpinned by the
Development Unit,
requirement to develop SDMPs under the Department of Health Public Health National Health Service
Outcomes Framework; and England, Department
b) report to Government on progress for the climate change component of SDMPs of Health, Public Health
under the Adaptation Reporting Power of the Climate Change Act 2008. England
To implement local, evidence-based actions to address health risks from climate ALL CCRA HEALTH Directors of Public
change and to prepare, respond and recover to severe weather events associated RISKS Health, health &
with climate change, for example through Joint Strategic Needs Assessments, Joint
Health and Wellbeing Strategy and Local Health Resilience Partnerships.
wellbeing boards,
Clinical Commissioning
Groups

To continue to use NHS Emergency Planning Guidance 2005, Department of Health HE3, HE10, FL2 and Department of Health,
NHS Emergency Planning Guidance 2009: planning for the psychological and mental HE1, HE2 National Health Service
health care of people affected by major incidents and disasters; Public Health
England advice and evidence on mental health impacts of flooding.
England, Public Health
England

The Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop, pilot and test a health ALL CCRA HEALTH Environment Agency
adaptation tool, specifically geared to the needs of the health sector. RISKS Climate Ready
To support community resilience through promotion and implementation of: HE3, HE10, FL2 a) HMG, Defra,
a) The National Flood Emergency Framework for England (health impacts integrated) Department of Health,
and Local Multi-Agency Flood Plans;
b) National Recovery Guidance, Strategic Co-ordinating Groups, local Recovery
Public Health England
Coordination Groups; and Local Resilience
c) Local Health Resilience Partnerships; and Forums
d) Public Health England for evidence base, technical support, guidance and materials b) Local Authorities,
and public health intelligence. Local Resilience
Forums, Cabinet Office,
Department for
Communities and Local
Government
c) Local Authority
Directors of Public
Health, Department of
Health, National Health
Service England
d) Public Health
England

The Environment Agency Climate Ready team to support the Local Government ALL CCRA HEALTH Environment Agency
Associations Climate Local initiative, signposting advice, tools and examples that can RISKS Climate Ready, Public
help councils to address health risks.
Health England

To continue to use the Strategic Health Asset Planning & Evaluation toolkit (SHAPE): HE3, HE10, FL2 Department of Health,
mapping flood risk to health and social care infrastructure and developing its potential. National Health
Service, Environment
Agency, Public Health
England
To tackle emissions of ground level ozone precursors: Defra to continue to work with HE4a/b Defra, Department of
international and UK partners to reduce emissions of pollutants leading to Health, Public Health
transboundary air pollution through, for example, the Gothenburg Protocol.
Defra, Department of Health and Public Health England will work with councils to
England
encourage action to support co-benefits between climate change and air quality, and
encourage it to be taken into account when taking local action to improve air quality.

Defra to produce better-targeted air pollution information and advice that reaches HE4a/b Defra with interest from
people most susceptible to the associated health impacts. Department of Health,
Local Authorities, Public
Health England, civil
society groups

Defra to support further research into how climate change might impact the formation HE4a/b Defra, with interest from
of ground level ozone in the UK. Public Health England

Public Health England, with the Met Office and partners, to produce targeted advice Non CCRA: Public Health England,
and research on aeroallergens such as pollen, and their effects on health; work led by aeroallergens Met Office and other
Public Health England for evidence base, technical support, guidance, materials and
public health intelligence.
partners
The Environment Agency, Public Health England, Centre for Environment, Fisheries MA1, MA2a&b Environment Agency,
and Aquaculture Science (CEFAS), Food Standards Agency (FSA) and the Marine Public Health England,
Climate Change Impacts Partnership (MCCIP) to work together to:
- improve understanding of the climate change impacts on marine and freshwater
Centre for Environment,
pathogens (such as Vibrios and norovirus); Fisheries and
- improve understanding of the potential for increases in blooms and changes in Aquaculture Science,
patterns/frequency of harmful marine algae; and Food Standards
- develop strategies to reduce the associated risks. Agency, Marine Climate
Change Partnership

Within high risk catchments, to reduce pathogen loads within rivers, lakes and coasts MA1, MA2a&b Environment Agency,
under policies set out in the Defra 'Water for Life' White Paper and the EU Water Defra and partners
Framework and Bathing Water Directives.
Defra to support targeted early warnings of marine/freshwater pathogens to MA1, MA2a&b Defra, water
recreational and shellfisheries users, warnings from water companies for Combined companies,
Sewer Overflow discharges.
Environment Agency,
Food Standards
Agency, Centre for
Environment, Fisheries
and Aquaculture
Science, Public Health
England

To implement environmental and public health surveillance that has the capability to MA1, MA2b Defra, Food Standards
detect and monitor exposure and health risks from freshwater/marine pathogens and Agency, Centre for
Harmful Algal Blooms, in addition to algal toxins associated with climate change.
Environment, Fisheries
and Aquaculture
Science, Public Health
England, Department of
Health, Environment
Agency, water
companies, Drinking
Water Inspectorate,
Local Authorities
 To implement early warning and scanning surveillance systems for endemic and Non CCRA: Vector- Public Health England,
invasive vector species and vector borne diseases which will help monitor how climate borne diseases Animal Health and
change is affecting abundance and distribution of endemic vectors (including human
exposure), and whether non-native species are becoming established.
Veterinary Laboratories
Agency, Environment
Agency and partners

To provide surveillance and epidemiology of food borne illness, examine trends and Non CCRA: food- Public Health England,
new risks including climate change and to identify and manage outbreaks. borne diseases working with Food
Standards Agency

The Food Standards Agency, Defra, Public Health England and the food industry to Non CCRA: food- Public Health England,
work in partnership to reduce food borne illness through the promotion of good borne diseases Food Standards
practice both in the food industry and in the home through initiatives such as the Food
Standard Agency's Food Hygiene Campaign and Food-borne Disease Strategy.
Agency, Defra and
To also research how climate change may influence the risk from food borne illness. partners such as food
industry

Maintain and, where possible, expand real-time UV monitoring that is available to the HE9 Public Health England,
public for their own protection. with partners

OBJECTIVE 12: To HE1 Summer mortality due to higher To support community resilience through: HE10, FL2, HE3, HE7 a) National Health
promote climate temperatures a) Civil Contingencies Act 2004; continued promotion and implementation of National and HE1, HE2 and Service England,
Health Service Emergency Planning Guidance 2005; Department of Health to promote
resilience within the BE3 Overheating of buildings and implement National Health Service Emergency Planning Guidance 2009: planning
cold snaps Department of Health
NHS, public health for the psychological and mental health care of people affected by major incidents and b) Department of
and social care HE2 Summer morbidity due to higher disasters: interim national strategic guidance; Health, Public Health
system to ensure temperatures b) Continued promotion and implementation of Department of Health, Public Health England
continuity of services England Heatwave Plan and Cold Weather Plans; and c) cross-Government,
HE10 Effects of floods/storms on mental health c) Get Ready for Winter initiative
and resilient multi-agency, civil
assets/estates FL2 Vulnerable people at significant risk of society, communities
including the ability to flooding
deal with the
increased demand for FL12a Hospitals at significant risk of flooding
services associated BE1 Urban Heat Island effect
with severe weather
related events. EN2 and BE9 Increased energy demand for
cooling

HE3 Extreme weather event (flooding and storms)

mortality

HE7 Extreme weather event (flooding and storms)

injuries

HE4a Mortality due to summer air pollution (ozone)

HE4b Morbidity due to summer air pollution (ozone)

BD12 Wildfires due to warmer and drier conditions

Risks additional to CCRA Tier 2

- health impacts of all severe weather events
services associated BE1 Urban Heat Island effect
with severe weather
related events. EN2 and BE9 Increased energy demand for
cooling

HE3 Extreme weather event (flooding and storms)

mortality
To support community resilience through: HE3, HE7, HE10, a) HMG, Defra,
HE7 Extreme weather event (flooding and storms) a) National Flood Emergency Framework for England (Health impacts integrated) and
injuries FL2, FL12a Department of Health,
Local Multi-Agency Flood Plans;
b) National Recovery Guidance; and
Public Health England,
HE4a Mortality due to summer air pollution (ozone) c) Local Health Resilience Partnerships. Environment Agency
and Local Resilience
HE4b Morbidity due to summer air pollution (ozone) Forums
BD12 Wildfires due to warmer and drier conditions b) Cabinet Office,
Department for
Risks additional to CCRA Tier 2 Communities and Local
- health impacts of all severe weather events Government
associated with climate change including cold c) Local Authority
weather snaps
- water and food-borne diseases Directors of Public
Public Health England (PHE) to promote and disseminate PHE information and HE10, FL2 Public
-vector-borne diseases guidance notes on health impacts of flooding, evidence, technical support and related Health,Health England
Department of
with involvement
Health, of
National Health
public health intelligence.
Department of Health,
Service England
Environment Agency,
Local Authorities,
Directors of Public
Health, National Health
Service England
Strategic Health Asset Planning & Evaluation toolkit (SHAPE) development, including FL12a, HE3, HE7, National Health
mapping of flood risk to health and social care infrastructure. HE10, FL2 Service, Department of
Health, Environment
Agency, Public Health
England

National Health Service Premises Assurance Model (PAM) to strengthen climate FL12a, BE3 Department of Health,
resilience matters. National Health Service

Climate resilience reporting in National Health Service estates and business continuity FL12a, BE3 Department of Health,
information frameworks development, including Estates Returns Information Collection National Health Service
and Resilience of Estates and Facilities Services data collections.
Information Centre,
National Health Service

ARCC Project 'Design and Delivery of Robust Hospital Environments in a Changing EN2 Cambridge University
Climate' research project is:
- assessing the potential increase in energy demand for mechanical cooling in
hospitals unless low-energy refurbishment strategies are deployed;
- investigating the increased demand for mechanical cooling in hospitals and the need
to exploit low energy cooling techniques;
- studying current and future overheating risk in representative 'type' hospital buildings
and assessing costed refurbishment options; and
- analysing the use of intermediate green spaces to help cool hospital buildings.
 To keep climate resilience issues under review within national best practice guidance FL12a, BE3 Department of Health,
for the design, engineering and operation of healthcare facilities. National Health Service

OBJECTIVE 13: To ALL RISKS IDENTIFIED IN CCRA HEALTH AND Environment Agency Climate Ready team to support the Local Government MANY CCRA RISKS Environment Agency
minimise the impact WELLBEING CHAPTER. Associations Climate Local initiative, signposting advice, tools and examples that help Climate Ready
councils address risks to vulnerable groups.
of climate change on
vulnerable groups in
society by
strengthening their
resilience to better
prepare for, respond
to and recover from
future climate risk.

Environment Agency Climate Ready team to continue to share information and MANY CCRA RISKS Environment Agency
promote understanding of the risks to different vulnerable groups, specifically Climate Ready,
including:
- supporting local councils through the dissemination of tools and guidance on how to
National Council for
map vulnerable groups and best communicate with communities; and Voluntary Organisations
- supporting and disseminating learning about the gaps and barriers which exist for
effective engagement with voluntary organisations on climate resilience work, using
networks through the National Council for Voluntary Organisations.
 National Council for Voluntary Organisations to explore how to build its vulnerable MANY CCRA RISKS National Council for
people and climate change programme to: Voluntary Organisations
- provide information for voluntary and community organisations about the likely
impacts of climate change on their work and beneficiaries;
- support voluntary organisations to incorporate climate change into strategic and
operational planning; and
- enable voluntary organisations to help shape and contribute to wider responses.

OBJECTIVE 14: To ALL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SEVERE To support community resilience through: the Strategic National Framework on MANY CCRA RISKS Cabinet Office, HMG
promote and WEATHER EVENTS WHERE LOCAL Community Resilience; and the Government Community Emergency Plan Toolkit. and partners
RESPONDERS, EMERGENCY SERVICES AND Government promotion of community resilience to current and future severe weather
strengthen COMMUNITY RESILIENCE CAN PLAY A ROLE events working through Cabinet Office Community Resilience Programme, including
community resilience cross-Whitehall coordination.
to severe weather
related events linked
to climate change
(preparation, Environment Agency Climate Ready service to support the Local Government MANY CCRA RISKS Environment Agency
response and Associations Climate Local initiative to signpost advice, tools and examples that help Climate Ready
councils build community resilience to the impacts of climate change.
recovery), and the
climate resilience of
the emergency
services and other
Category 1&2
Responders of the
Local Resilience
Forums.
related events linked
to climate change
(preparation,
response and
recovery), and the
climate resilience of
the emergency
services and other Local responders and Local Resilience Forums to promote and build community MANY CCRA RISKS Local Resilience
resilience to the impacts of extreme weather events and climate change. Forums, local
Category 1&2
Responders of the responders,
Local Resilience communities and
Forums. partners (e.g. Public
Health England for
evidence base,
technical support on
health impacts)

Communities and civil society groups to take action to build resilience to extreme MANY CCRA RISKS Communities, civil
weather events and impacts of climate change. society and voluntary
groups
To maintain the Community Resilience Knowledge Hub on the Emergency Planning MANY CCRA RISKS Cabinet Office, HMG
College web portal, to allow sharing of best practice, case studies and tools. and partners

Fire & Rescue and Ambulance services to report on a voluntary basis to Government MANY CCRA RISKS Chief Fire Officers'
on progress to increase resilience to the impacts of climate change and respond to an Association,
increase in severe weather events.
Association of
Ambulance Chief
Executives

Having published the Vegetation Fire Risk Management and Control Measures, the BD12 Forestry Commission
Forestry Commission to continue to help landowners reduce the likelihood and
severity of vegetation fires in the UK.

Forestry Commission to develop new guidance ('Building Wildfire Resilience into BD12 Forestry Commission
Forest Management Planning') to support the UK Forestry Standard and assist
landowners to build resilience to wildfires.

Fire & Rescue Service to review local risks and the service's capability to deal with a BD12 Chief Fire Officers'
severe wildfire, through their Integrated Risk Management Plan process. Association, Fire and
Rescue Service
England and Wales Wildfire Forum (EWWF) to continue to provide a focus for public, BD12 Members of EWWF
private and third sector organisations to work together to reduce the effect of wildfire
occurrences.
EWWF are already:
- issuing guidance to land managers to reduce the risk of wildfire occurrence; and
promoting preparation of an effective response and recovery when they do occur; and
- addressing the main gaps in wildfire knowledge and research.

Get Ready for Winter Campaign to raise awareness of ways to reduce impacts of HE 10, FL2, FL12a, Cabinet Office, HMG
severe winter weather. HE3, HE7 and partners
 IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
STATUS OF COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR
TIMING RISK(S)/CLIMATE RISKS AS ANTICIPATED?
ACTION BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED
(Y/N)

By 2014 On-track DH set up and chairs the bimonthly NAP Steering Group (with PHE, NHS England, SDU, Yes
Defra, EA as core members, with others invited as necessary) which leads on fulfilling the
NAP objectives 11 and 12; PHE has an internal NAP working group to co-ordinate their
wide-ranging responsibilities. DH attends the annual heatwave seminar and continues to
be involved in the production, promotion and implementation of the National Heatwave
Plan. PHE and NHS England are operational leads for the Heatwave Plan, with its
production led by PHE, in collaboration with DH, the LGA and the Met Office. DH and
PHE are members of the Cabinet Office-led Summer Resilience Network, which meets
with OGD representatives over the summer months. DH and PHE are on the Steering
Group for the Zero Carbon Hub Overheating project and DH attends a cross-Whitehall
Officials Overheating Group.

* Annual Heatwave Plan seminar - PHE, LGA, DH, NHS, Met

Office, voluntary and community sector and partners
* Heatwave Plan 2014. Includes a section on impact of heat on other sectors and advice
on avoiding exposure to UV.
* Heatwave Plan: Making the Case - evidence for recommendations.
* A joint cover letter to improve reach of the plan

* Communications raising awareness of health impacts, encourage implementation of

actions
* Summer Health Watch publishing routine surveillance data
* A number of engagement events have been attended by PHE to promote the plan
Reviewed annually On-track DH attended Cold Weather Plan seminar and involved in the production, promotion and Yes
implementation of Cold Weather Plan; plan led by PHE in collaboration with DH, NHS
England, LGA and Met Office. DH and PHE part of Cabinet Office Winter Resilience
Network and contributed to Get Ready for Winter website. PHE produces Keep Warm
Keep Well information leaflet. DH runs Health & Social Care Sector Winter Working
Group. NICE guidance on excess winter deaths due 2015.

* Cold Weather Plan seminar 2014 - PHE, LGA, DH, NHS, Met Office, voluntary and
community sector
* Cold Weather Plan 2014
* Minimum Indoor temperature thresholds for health in winter: systematic literature review
* Communications - to increase awareness and encourage implementation

* A number of engagement events have been attended by PHE to promote the plan
* A joint cover letter to improve reach of the plan
* Fuel poverty strategy - PHE supporting DECC through development of the strategy
* PHE Conference 2014 session on excess winter mortality focused on action being
taken locally

On-track a) DH Contribution to development, promotion and implementation of SDU's Sustainable, Yes

Resilient, Healthy People & Places. B) DH input to ARP report for Health & Social Care
Sector (2015)
a) Ongoing
a) PHE report on sustainability within their annual report with the aim of driving change by
embedding it into management and government processes
b) June - July 2015
b)Adaptation Report for the Health and Care System 2015 being drafted. PHE have co-
authored 2 chapters
April 2013 onwards On-track DH was on the Technical Advisory Group involved in the production, launch and Yes
promotion of "Under the Weather", an Adaptation Toolkit for Health and Wellbeing
Boards. The toolkit draws together web-based resources to assess adaptation needs and
actions to address them.

* PHE worked beside partners to produce the Climate Ready 'Under the Weather toolkit.
'The aim is o assist Health and Wellbeing Boards (HWBs) in integrating climate change
adaptation into the local health economy and highlight how Joint Strategic Needs
Assessments (JSNA) and Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategies (JHWS) can be used to
achieve this aim, for the benefit of communities

* PHE led a series of three workshops at the Carbon Action Network conferences. The
aim was to increase awareness in local frontline staff around how JSNAs can better
inform commissioning on extreme events and climate change.

* PHE contribution (in collaboration with DH and NHS England) Section 9 The health
consequences of flooding and Annex E Communications Guide (in collaboration with
EA). NFEF revision undertaken in November 2014.

* PHE has 4 regional leads for sustainability and climate change adaptation who work in
partnership with NHS England colleagues. A series of local engagement events are
underway/under consideration (depending on region)

Ongoing On-track DH contributed to publication of NHS Commissioning Board Emergency Preparedness Yes
Framework 2013 which supersedes previous planning guidance. Flooding and mental
health leaflets for public and frontline responders published in February 2014. Presently
undergoing re-evaluation.

Action revised to "To continue to use NHS England's NHS Emergency Preparedness
Framework (published in 2013), which now supersedes DH's NHS Emergency Planning
Guidance 2009: planning for the psychological and mental health care of people affected
by major incidents and disasters; Public Health England advice and evidence on mental
health impacts of flooding. "

2013 to 2014 Complete Completion of a successful project, bringing together experts from the health and care Yes
system and Government to produce a quality, well-informed adaptation toolkit for the
health and care sector. This enables users to factor adaptation into existing strategies and
assessments at the local level, as opposed to starting a new workstream. The product
was endorsed by the Deputy Chief Medical officer at DH, and launched at two events in
Manchester and York in 2014. 1000 copies have been distributed to health and wellbeing
boards and local practitioners, and the resource has been downloaded over 2000 times
from the SDU website where it is held.
a) by end of 2013 for On-track DH contributed to the 2014 revision of the National Flood Emergency Framework, along Yes
national framework with PHE and NHS England, and continues to fulfil its responsibilities under the
Framework.
b) ongoing
c) from April 2013 a) PHE contribution (in collaboration with DH and NHS England) Section 9 The health
onwards consequences of flooding and Annex E Communications Guide (in collaboration with
d) ongoing EA). NFEF revision undertaken in November 2014. Amendments completed and
submitted to Defra .
b) PHE is a partner in EA Flood Risk Communications Public Dialogue Project which aims
to work with members of the public to create new and practical tools to help specialist
agencies communicate flood risk as effectively as possible.
The results from the National Capabilities Survey 2014 showed that of the 39 LRFs who
completed the recovery question, 100% said that the National Recovery Guidance had
been the main influence or had some influence on their recovery planning.
c) completed - see below.
d) PHE produced a series of evidence-based public and professional facing flooding and
health guidance and surveillance in winter 2013-14, and as part of the Public Health
Adaptation Strategies in Europe (PHASE) project

2013 onwards Complete The Healthy and Resilient Communities has worked alongside the LGA to start a new Yes
discussion group (under the knowledgehub) for climate change adaptation across the
health and social care system. This resulted in some excellent discussions and shared
value. The hub was later used to advertise events such as the 8 regional health
adaptation workshops which were run with Climate UK. In 2013/14 the hub was used to
stimulate discussion on the new heatwave and cold weather alert system, the new SDU
sustainability strategy for the health system, and various events/knowledge exchange. In
2014/15 we have worked with the LGA and CAG, providing strategic advice into their
councillor-briefing packs, a project designed to inform councillors at LA level on
adaptation issues.

PHE have had a number of projects and collaborations with the Climate Ready Team and
Ongoing On-track Responsibility
contribution to for
theSHAPE's development
Climate Ready toolkit has passed from DH to PHE. The Environment Yes
Agencys National Flood Risk Assessment (NaFRA) data layer has been successfully
transposed onto SHAPE via an OpenData agreement. PHE and Climate Ready are
developing communications around this update and working to incorporate the
importance of assessing flood risk into SHAPE training, including how to correctly
interpret the data to inform decision-making. This will help raise awareness of the impacts
of flooding on health and social care infrastructure, services and supply chains,
encouraging the design of climate resilient models of health and care.
a) A case study has been developed in relation to flooding entitled "Using the SHAPE tool
to increase climate change resilience within health and social care" with Kent County
Council, demonstrating the benefits of this approach to other SHAPE users.
b) PHE workshop and report "Reducing the health impacts of flooding through GIS:
opportunities for collaboration". EEHP representation on SHAPE and HIM working
groups
EEHP support of Specialist Registrar based within SHAPE team
Ongoing On-track Transboundary pollution: the Government is currently negotiating the new National Yes
Emissions Ceilings Directive which will implement ceilings for key air pollutants (SO2,
NH3, VOCs, NOx and PM2.5) set in the Gothenburg Protocol for 2020 and introduce EU
ceilings for 2030 including for methane. The Directive is expected to take around 2 years
to be agreed by the Council and the European Parliament.
Local authorities: we are working closely with LAs to enable them to take action to
improve air quality and reduce associated health risks, including through our 1m Air
quality grant fund; DfT's 2bn of transport funding; proposals to streamline local air quality
management arrangements; and developing resources for Directors Public Health and
local councillors to promote engagement and action.

DH input into Defra negotiations on the EU Air Quality Package including the National
Emissions Ceiling Directive. DH input into Defra project "Developing communication
methods for localised air quality and health impact information".

PHE advisory group on air pollution and public health established. The group will advise
on co-benefits of local actions to reduce the health burden of air pollution.

Ongoing On-track The Government introduced five day air pollution forecasts in 2014 and postcode search Yes
ability to help people to plan and take appropriate action to reduce the impacts of
pollution on their health. Alongside the forecast specific health advice is available for
vulnerable groups. Defra has also developed an evidence and communication toolkit for
Directors Public Health and local councillors to promote engagement and action on air
quality including on the health risks. We are currently developing plans for to ensure we
meet EU targets for NO2.

DH input into Defra project "Developing communication methods for localised air quality
and health impact information"
PHE has recently established an Air Pollution Advisory Group with participation from
Defra to support the delivery of PHEs air pollution objective to develop a discussion
document on options for reducing air pollution exposures and promoting health co-
benefits associated with climate change mitigation and improved physical activity.

Commissioning from Action Defra has undertaken work to assess the impacts of different emissions reduction N/A
2013 revised/delayed scenarios on future ozone levels, though this did not involve assessing specific climate
change scenarios. In general, results indicate that ozone will increase in future years,
particularly in urban locations. Defra's Air Quality Expert Group has previously (in 2009)
produced a report on ozone in the UK, including assessing the likely impact of climate
change on ozone levels in Europe. We will now review the requirement for further
evidence in this area in the context of broader Air Quality policy.

PHE involved in research on climate change and ozone. Ozone statement being prepared
by COMEAP

Ongoing Action PHE involved in research on pollen with Met Office and Exeter University as part of the Yes
revised/delayed HPRU in Environmental Change and Health. Key PHE staff seconded to work on Ebola
response
Ongoing On-track Cefas are developing an evidence base on the role of extreme climatic events (in Yes
particular heat waves, droughts, precipitation events and storms) in driving waterborne
pathogen risk in the UK as well as internationally. This has been achieved via a desk-
based study on extreme climatic events and disease risk, in particular with regards to
pathogenic Vibrios and norovirus. In addition, Cefas are currently engaged in an
internally-funded research project (also supported by the Defra IFMA project ME5216) to
ascertain the use of remote-sensing derived risk modelling for a subset of pathogens
such as vibrios. An early warning as well as forecasting tool based on this work has
already been initiated and is undergoing validation and characterisation (see below).

Cefas has been actively engaged in a range of projects concerned with the role of climate
on norovirus (NoV) in the environment. These include quantifying NoV inputs from
sewage discharges (storm tank overflows and UV-disinfected effluent) to rivers to oyster
fisheries, evaluating the environmental dispersion of NoV in shellfish waters and
characterisation of the environmental factors driving NoV contamination in shellfish.

The 2013 MCCIP report card included separate MCCIP Science Review papers on
climate change and HABs as well as climate change and human health impacts.

Generally work is proceeding well although it should be noted that marine vibrios are
currently not 'notifiable' pathogens and so there is no statutory duty to monitor the
prevalence of these species. Consequently surveillance for some marine pathogens
remain ad hoc and piecemeal so is difficult to identify trends linked to climate change
based on UK data.

PHE is involved in research and recognise the importance of maintaining robust

surveillance procedures in this area.

Marine climate change and human health workshop with PHE, Environment Agency,
Cefas and others held on 27th March 2013. Several ongoing actions, including continued
work by EA under Bathing Waters Directive to reduce pathogen exposure. This is an
ongoing research-led objective to better understand these risks in a changing climate.
Both the Natural Environment and Health themes within Climate Ready have been
involved in this work, also including the EA's internal functions. CEFAS have been
providing us with regular updates on emerging knowledge of these risks which we have
shared with the wider NAP delivery partners, and interested public health professionals.
Ongoing On-track Ongoing partnership initiative Yes
Ongoing On-track Work on real time warning of CSO spills at bathing waters is progressing well with Yes
voluntary schemes in all water company areas with coastal bathing waters. Defra has also
funded the Surfers Against Sewage Safer Seas App in 2013 and 2014 to provide
warnings to recreational water users. However work on shellfish waters has stalled after
trial schemes due to funding issues in sector organisation leading this voluntary scheme.
Seafish have published Good Manufacturing Practice Guidelines related to CSO spill
information.

PHE is involved in research and recognise the importance of maintaining robust

surveillance procedures in this area. PHE microbiology service provides a focus for
widespread UK based agencies and international collaborations. Helping to characterise
the response of HABs, vibrios and norovirus to changes in temperature and / or
precipitation in the future (see column C). Risk assessment and screening techniques are
being developed.

In 2013 Defra, Cefas and EA commissioned the UK Marine Climate Change Impacts
Partnership (MCCIP) to produce documents on climate change and human health,
climate change and harmful algal blooms, climate change and microbial pollution (bathing
and shellfish waters).

Ongoing On-track A key area of current work has been the monthly surveillance of a representative number Yes
of UK shellfish harvesting areas for pathogenic vibrios, norovirus and a select number of
exotic (e.g. warm water) HABs toxins. The data generated from this surveillance and
monitoring study has been invaluable in developing a baseline to ascertain potential risks
in a UK context. This surveillance will provide the empirical evidence required to optimise
statutory monitoring programmes to represent high risk sewage discharges (CSOs) and
enhance public health protection.
EC Regulation 854/2004 prescribes the legal controls to ensure that contaminated
shellfish are not placed on the market. In the UK, the Food Standards Agency (FSA) is
the competent authority implementing and enforcing this legislation. The FSA has
contracted Cefas to co-ordinate and deliver the national biotoxin monitoring programmes
for England, Wales and Scotland. Shellfish from all currently classified shellfish
production and re-laying areas are monitored for toxins in shellfish flesh and water for the
presence of harmful algae. This work provides up-to-date information on the toxin status
of over 230 classified areas across Great Britain, assisting the FSA and local food
enforcement authorities in safeguarding public health.

Defra has also let a research contract (ME 2208) to further investigate the impact of
Harmful Algae, Nuisance Blooms and Anthropogenic Nutrient Enrichment . Current
indications from the project are that: " the role of anthropogenic nutrients in promoting
HABs is site-specific, with hydrodynamic processes often determining whether blooms
occur. We also find a lack of evidence of widespread significant adverse health impacts
from anthropogenic nutrient-generated HABs, although this may be partly due to a lack of
human/animal health and HAB monitoring".
Generally work is proceeding well although it should be noted that marine vibrios are
currently not 'notifiable' pathogens and so there is no statutory duty to monitor the
prevalence of these species. Consequently surveillance for some marine pathogens
remain ad hoc and piecemeal so is difficult to identify trends linked to climate change
based on UK data.
PHE: Maintenance of robust systems of laboratory diagnosis, surveillance, outbreak
detection and response.

Investigation of sporadic disease epidemiology and public health action to detect, control
and prevent infections.

PHE microbiology service provides a focus for widespread UK based agencies and
international collaborations.
Ongoing On-track PHE are involved in a range of activities including endemic vector surveillance, and Yes
specific targeted surveillance for invasive mosquitoes and imported ticks, with colleagues
at University of Greenwich and Heathrow Airport. Initial research has also been completed
and published on the impact on mosquitoes of flooding and wetland creation (in coastal,
urban and arable reversion to wetland sites) and some initial work on urban greenspace
and ticks/Lyme risk. EA are working with PHE's Health Protection and medical Directorate
to better-understand these risks in light of climate change.

Ongoing On-track PHE is developing analytical and modelling approaches to understand and predict the Yes
expected future changes of infections related to climate change through collaboration with
key Universities and institutions. PHEs Medical Entomology and Zoonoses Ecology
group undertake worldwide Horizon Scanning to develop an understanding of global
emerging infectious disease issues to enable an assessment of their likely threat to the
UK, and to identify current knowledge and information gaps to help direct and inform
qualitative and quantitative approaches to microbial risk assessments.

Ongoing On-track PHE is developing analytical and modelling approaches to understand and predict the Yes
expected future changes of infections related to climate change through collaboration with
key Universities and institutions. PHEs Medical Entomology and Zoonoses Ecology
group undertake worldwide Horizon Scanning to develop an understanding of global
emerging infectious disease issues to enable an assessment of their likely threat to the
UK, and to identify current knowledge and information gaps to help direct and inform
qualitative and quantitative approaches to microbial risk assessments.

Ongoing On-track Through an arrangement with Defra, the PHE solar radiation data from the 9 UK Yes
measurement sites is now available to the public. The web-site software is being updated
to allow data from other PHE sites to be displayed - a site in Eire, data from the two
portable units and the two planned sites in Gibraltar and Cyprus.

Ongoing On-track a) DH contribution to publication of NHS Commissioning Board Emergency Preparedness Yes
Framework 2013 which supersedes previous planning guidance referred to in the original
NAP action. DH continues to fulfil its roles under this Framework and the Civil
Contingencies Act 2004. DH will continue to support the production and implementation of
the Cold Weather and Heatwave Plans and the Get Ready for Winter/Summer
Campaigns.

b) Activities to promote and enhance implementation of the cold weather and heatwave
plans for England continue year-round. These activities are led by PHE in partnership
with NHS England, LGA, DH and the Met Office (As detailed in objective 11).

c) Get Ready for Winter: campaign is in its fourth year (the third year it has been hosted
by the Met Office). Web Pages have been revised for this year and viewing figures are
good (235,868 unique visitors since launch at the end of Oct and 17 December 2014).
The campaign also allows Local Authorities to use GR4W branding etc. for local winter
preparedness events and awareness raising campaigns. For the last two years, the Met
office has also run a similar web-based 'Get Ready for Summer' campaign to raise
awareness about issues associated with warmer weather. PHE collaboration on the Get
Ready for Winter initiative with input of advice, blogs and website updates. pro-active
communications including social media activity and promoting GRfW in press releases
a) by end of 2013 for On-track RECOVERY: Lessons learned exercises being undertaken and incorporated into revised Yes
national framework practice following extensive flooding across England in 2013/14. This includes
establishment of community flood groups etc. in many of the areas affected.
b) ongoing
c) from April 2013 DH involved in revision and implementation of National Flood Framework. DH will
onwards continue to fulfil its roles under the National Recovery Guidance. DH works with partners
in LHRPs.

a) PHE contribution (in collaboration with DH and NHS England) Section 9 The health
consequences of flooding and Annex E Communications Guide (in collaboration with
EA). NFEF revision undertaken in November 2014.

b) PHE and CCS have been closely involved in EA Flood Risk Communications Public
Dialogue Project which aims to work with members of the public to create new and
Ongoing On-track The cross-Government
practical NAP health
tools to help specialist groupcommunicate
agencies has a longstanding interest
flood risk in emerging
as effectively as Yes
evidence
possible. on health and flooding to better-understand the secondary impacts on the
health system and the economy. DH involvement and support in developing flooding
guidance and public information leaflets.

a) PHE Evidence-based public facing advice leaflet (written in collaboration with EA),
mental health advice, health FAQs and collaborative cross directorate guidance on
recovery from flooding for frontline responders. Ongoing revision and improvement based
on evaluation and feedback.

b) Flooding and health e-learning module under development (for PHE, NHS and MoD
clinical staff). Publication due in early 2015

c) PHE cohort study on the mental health effects of flooding launched Jan 2015 - to
inform the delivery of services to areas affected by flooding in future and reduce the
impact of flooding on peoples health. Study planned for up to 10 years. Representatives
from DH, Defra, EA and National Flood Forum on the stakeholder group

d) Public Health Adaptation Strategies to Extreme weather events (PHASE) project

completed in August 2014: European Research collaboration to strengthen the evidence
base on the health effects associated with extreme weather events. Outputs:
- Findings of a study of the usefulness of HPA/PHE Flood Factsheets
- Evaluation of the joint PHE/EA flooding leaflet following the winter floods of 2013/14
- Protocol for establishing a health register after a flood
- Using routine health data for surveillance of the health effects of floods

e) PHE has undertaken 2 substantial literature reviews of the impacts of floods on health
- Floods in the WHO European region: Health effects and their prevention
- Examining the relationship between infectious diseases and flooding in Europe: A
systematic literature review and summary of possible public health interventions

f) Published Public Health intelligence: PHE Syndromic Surveillance reports in response

to winter 2013/14 flooding.
Ongoing On-track Responsibility for SHAPE's development has passed from DH to PHE. The Environment Yes
Agencys National Flood Risk Assessment (NaFRA) data layer has been successfully
transposed onto SHAPE via an OpenData agreement. PHE and Climate Ready are
developing communications around this update and working to incorporate the
importance of assessing flood risk into SHAPE training, including how to correctly
interpret the data to inform decision-making. This will help raise awareness of the impacts
of flooding on health and social care infrastructure, services and supply chains,
encouraging the design of climate resilient models of health and care.
a) A case study has been developed in relation to flooding entitled "Using the SHAPE tool
to increase climate change resilience within health and social care" with Kent County
Council, demonstrating the benefits of this approach to other SHAPE users.
b) PHE workshop and report "Reducing the health impacts of flooding through GIS:
opportunities for collaboration". EEHP representation on SHAPE and HIM working
groups
EEHP support of Specialist Registrar based within SHAPE team

Ongoing (2013 to 2015) On-track The Premises Assurance Model has been updated and relaunched in 2014 and includes Yes
requirements relevant to climate change, for example, that trusts:
have a well-managed annually-updated board-approved Sustainable Development
Management Plan; and are
safe and compliant with well-managed systems in relation to Resilience, Emergency
and Contingency Planning

The PAM also sets out the sources of evidence that should be used in rating the
requirements such as use of the Good Corporate Citizen approach and the
compliance needed with relevant legislation and Health Building Note and Health
Technical Memoranda guidance which DH has up-dated to address climate change
matters.

The results of the self-assessment are reported in a dashboard for trust boards to review.
Additionally, a benchmarked dashboard of nationally collected metrics - relevant to the
Efficiency, Safety, Effectiveness and Patient Experience Domains - is produced. This
enables trusts in their peer group such as, acute trusts with a similar activity profile to
benchmark their performance; for instance, benchmarking their carbon dioxide emissions
per occupied floor area. The development of a metric for overheating and flooding is
being considered.

Ongoing (2013 to 2015) On-track ERIC and REFS data collections have been reviewed and proposals for the future have Yes
been made. For ERIC, the addition of questions about Flooding and Overheating have
been accepted by the ERIC Working Group, but would ned to add them in 2015-16 as the
NHS would need sufficient notice to start their measurement. Additionally, a proposal in
principle change the current yes/no question regarding the SDMP to a tiered rating of its
quality and extent is proposed. For the REFS data collection, this will be discontinued
given its limited availability and usefulness in the past, and the NHS arrangements and
responsibilities now in place. The proposals are subject to further work to define the
requirements and securing funding to make the changes.

2009-2013 Complete Results highlight economical and practical strategies for the adaptation of hospitals to Yes
increase their resilience to climate change whilst meeting the strict emissions targets.
Detailed refurbishment strategies have been devised and costed, potential barriers to
implementation are considered.
Outputs have been summarised in a short film which examines how existing NHS hospital
architecture can be refurbished to become more resilient to extreme summer heatwaves.
Case studies capture work looking at Nightingale ward layouts and neo-natal unit
refurbishment. These outputs are of relevance to decision-makers at the local and
national levels.
Ongoing On-track Key documents in DH's national series of guidance for the design, engineering and Yes
operation of NHS healthcare facilities have been updated to address climate change
matters; in particular: Health Building Note 00-07: Resilience Planning for the healthcare
estate (DH,2014); Health Technical Memoranda 00-00: Policy and principles of
healthcare engineering (DH,2014); Health Building Note 00-01: General design principles
(DH, 2014) and Health Building Note 00-08 Part A: Strategic framework for the efficient
management of healthcare estates and facilities. National Health Service input is via the
Sustainable Development Unit.

2013 onwards Complete The Healthy and Resilient Communities has worked alongside the LGA to start a new Yes
discussion group (under the knowledgehub) for climate change adaptation across the
health and social care system. This resulted in some excellent discussions and shared
value. The hub was later used to advertise events such as the 8 regional health
adaptation workshops which were run with Climate UK. In 2013/14 the hub was used to
stimulate discussion on the new heatwave and cold weather alert system, the new SDU
sustainability strategy for the health system, and various events/knowledge exchange. In
2014/15 we have worked with the LGA and CAG, providing strategic advice into their
councillor-briefing packs, a project designed to inform councillors at LA level on
adaptation issues.

2013 onwards Complete Social vulnerability forms a core part of our work and focus: we have worked with the Yes
NCVO supporting their 'vulnerable people and climate change' project which culminated
in 2012. We also expanded on this and invited them to be part of a steering group as part
of the under the weather toolkit project. This enabled us to gain valuable insight into
increasing the resilience of vulnerable groups at the local level, and for providing
guidance to Health and Wellbeing Boards on how to understand and engage with
vulnerability through the third sector and beyond.
2013 to 2014 On-track During 2013/14 NCVO has used grant funding provided by the City Bridge Trust to Yes in a modest way, by raising awareness of the risks and
continue to deliver work on the Vulnerable People and Climate Change programme. From facilitating conversations among VCOs working with
February 2015 NCVO will have more limited capacity and so will ensure information and vulnerable groups about how to develop effective responses.
support and advice will be available on line.

NCVO has continued to directly engage with voluntary sector organisations

(VCOs)through the delivery of awareness raising and capacity building workshops. With
reduced funding and capacity we are working in collaboration with voluntary sector
support organisations who are then able to provide support and advice to local front line
voluntary and community organisations. NCVO designs the content (with input from the
support organisations) and the support organisations recruit local front line VCOs to
participate in the workshops. In addition to this, we are running online Q&A workshop
sessions for VCOs. This helps enable VCOs to think through how a changing climate
could impact on their service delivery, staff and beneficiaries.

We have been invited to speak on NCVOs climate change work at a number of events
including; Age UK, London Minority Ethnic Elders project/Greater London Forum for
Older People on : Building Resilience to Severe Weather and a Changing Climate, West
Midlands Sustainable Development Officers Network Resilient Communities Workshop
on: Reaching vulnerable communities role of the voluntary Sector and the London
Environmental Coordinators Forum on Health and Wellbeing in a changing climate the
role of the voluntary sector. NCVO has used these opportunities to share experiences of
working to support VCOs as well as setting out the important potential role VCOs can play
alongside other sectors.

NCVOs growing experience of working has been recognised leading to invitations to

participate in national events and national adaptation planning processes, giving NCVO
the opportunity to share learning and the role of the VCS more widely. NCVOs work has
also focused on working with other sectors and supporting better awareness and
understanding of the VCS as essential to building joined up resilience to a changing
climate. This has meant developing relationships with a number of key players
influencing policy development e.g. Defra, Climate Ready, Climate UK, Adaptation Sub
Committee, as well as the Sustainable Development Unit of NHS, Public Health England,
London Resilience Forum. This enables NCVO to explain to the other sectors the
potential of the voluntary and community sector but also the low levels of awareness
amongst VCOs and the challenge for VCOs in find the resource and capacity to
Ongoing On-track undertake
Work the changes
continues needed
to inspire in their community
and develop own organisations andprojects
resilience the vulnerable people they Y
and campaigns
appropriate for specific local contexts through LRFs and Local Authorities. Launch of the
Communities Prepared Hub - a web-based resource for local partners - has been crucial
in this. Work will be undertaken in 2015 to identify appropriate programmes already being
delivered through other Govt depts. and agencies and the voluntary sector, to incorporate
community resilience messages and objectives into existing, related programmes.

2013 onwards On-track This is an ongoing action as part of our work programme. Highlights include signposting Yes
knowedgehub/climate local members to a community resilience video which we produced,
and also inviting the Cabinet Office and DCLG to comment on the LGA/Climate Local
councillor briefing pack project, which aims to better-inform councillors on adaptation.
Ongoing On-track * PHE contributed evidence on extreme events and health impacts to the Communities Yes
Prepared website (Cabinet Office and Emergency Planning College initiative)

* PHE evaluation of public health messaging and public facing guidance (with public and
front line responders)

* PHE have attended local level workshops to support local activities and inform

* PHE has 4 regional leads for sustainability and climate change adaptation who work in
partnership with NHS England colleagues. A series of local engagement events are
underway/under consideration (depending on region)

Ongoing

2013 onwards On-track Communities Prepared Hub delivered February 2014 - see above. The Hub incorporates Yes
advice, case studies and ready-to-use resources relating to a range of emergencies and
preparedness issues from contributing departments, agencies and other stakeholders.

By April 2014 Complete Ambulance service ARP approved by the AACE and published on its website (March
2014). The ambulance service is continuing to action the steps contained in its ARP e.g..
use of the Environment Agency flood risk mapping system and work with local resilience
forums to identify risk areas; offering all staff the flu jab on an annual basis; operation of
cold weather plans as required.
UK Fire & Rescue Service sector ARP report has been completed and submitted in July
2014.
Enhanced partnership working and a maintained focus on
climate change risk assessment areas is having a beneficial
effect.
Main aim of the FRS report was to raise awareness of the
issues across the sector and give individual FRSs some
evidence and support to take into account Climate Change in
their individual Integrated Risk Management Planning
processes.

Ongoing Dropped Superseded by Practice Guide on Building Wildfire Resilience into Forest Management
Planning.

2013 onwards On-track Practice Guide published in April 2014 and included as part of the rolling out of the UK Yes - directly addresses practical measures to increase
Forestry Standard and UKFS compliant management plans FC have commissioned a woodland resilience to wildfire through forest planning
scoping study to establish an appropriate approach to assessing wildfire risk and
monitoring across the UK

Ongoing On-track This is dependent on individual FRS's assessing and prioritising this risk as part of their Individual FRS's will determine over time if their specific
own Integrated Risk Management Planning processes, as highlighted in CFOA's Climate actions relating to responding to wildfires in their areas has a
Change Adaptation Report beneficial impact on other climate related risks
Ongoing On-track The EWWF continues to meet at least two times per year. The current membership
includes representation from 23 Stakeholder organisations. The EWWF also maintains a
close working relationship with the Scottish Wildfire Forum, and one representative from
the EWWF attends all meetings of the SWF (and vice versa). The EWWF also maintains
a close working relationship with CFOA Wildfire Group and the facility exists for EWWF
members to attend CFOA Wildfire Group meetings (and vice versa). The EWWF, SWF
and CFOA Wildfire Group look to work together at any opportunity where there is mutual
benefit.
Ongoing Complete Get Ready for Winter: campaign is in its fourth year (the third year it has been hosted by Yes
the Met Office). Web Pages have been revised for this year and viewing figures are good
(235,868 unique visitors since launch at the end of Oct and end of Jan 2015). The
campaign also allows Local Authorities to use GR4W branding etc. for local winter
preparedness events and awareness raising campaigns. For the last two years, the Met
office has also run a similar web-based 'Get Ready for Summer' campaign to raise
awareness about issues associated with warmer weather.
PHE collaboration on the Get Ready for Winter initiative with input of advice, blogs and
website updates. pro-active communications including social media activity and promoting
GRfW in press releases.
No - Not directly. However, the work of the EWWF is of
fundamental importance for ensuring close cooperation and
collaboration throughout England and Wales and with
colleagues working in Scotland. The EWWF performs a vital
function of signposting individuals and organisations to good
practice information concerning wildfire prevention,
preparedness, response and recovery. The EWWF also acts
to provide a link between the UK and international wildfire
community and brings together multiple stakeholders from
around the UK to work on innovative wildfire projects and
research. The EWWF is truly a multisectoral forum which
provides the facility for discussion, debate and joint working
by stakeholders working within the Fire and Rescue sector
(through the CFOA Wildfire Group), environmental and
conservation sectors, the land management sector and the
private sector. The collaboration and research which is
facilitated by the EWWF is providing and will continue to
provide an important contribution towards achieving CCRA
Risks associated with wildfires.
DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE ACTION
IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
RISK(S)/CLIMATE RISKS
No new evidence from ASC report
WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
INFORMATION, ETC
PHE Internal Annual Review of Heatwave Plan (HWP). Heatwave Plan for England, associated documents and
Research on overheating and outcome evaluation of action cards -
heatwave plan by DH-funded Health Protection Research https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/heatwave-plan-
Units led by London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine for-england
in collaboration with PHE. DH and PHE representatives on
Steering Group of Zero Carbon Hub. Applying for DH funding Summer Health Watch -
for independent evaluation of HWP. DH on steering group for https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/summer-health-
NERC Valuing Nature Network (including developing watch-2014
research call on extreme weather events)
* Annual review of the HWP at stakeholder engagement
event Mar 2015
* Publication on PHE website of routine surveillance
throughout summer via Summer Health Watch (1 June - 15
Sept 2015). Mortality, morbidity and UV data to be available
* Ongoing research between PHE, Met Office and Reading
University to explore a redesigned alerts system based on
epidemiology and user feedback; a prototype has been
developed that now needs extensive testing before it can be
introduced.
* Heatwave evaluation - publication of the findings on impact
and response from the heatwave 2013 led by PHE;
publication spring 2015
* LGA conference - PHE will run a session at the LGA
conference in Feb 2015 aiming to increase awareness of
heat and health and the role of local authorities.
* Allied Health Professionals - PHE to engage with the
programmes board of older people group (AHP) to increase
awareness and encourage action. The aim being to reduce
health impacts of exposure to heat and to make every contact
count.
PHE Cold Weather Plan evaluation - PHE Internal Annual Review of Cold Weather Plan (CWP). Cold Weather Plan, associated documents, literature
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S003335061400 Research on Cold by DH-funded HPRU; led by LSHTM in review (indoor temps), seminar report, supporting cover
1188 collaboration with PHE. DH funded independent evaluation of letter and action cards -
Cold Weather plan report due in 2015. Ongoing DH/PHE https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cold-weather-
No new evidence from ASC report involvement with Winter Resilience Network and DH Winter plan-for-england-2014
Working Group Keep Warm Keep Well -
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/keep-warm-
* Annual review of the CWP at the CWP seminar keep-well-leaflet-gives-advice-on-staying-healthy-in-cold-
* Publication of 4 page CWP summary document 2015 weather
* Publication of CWP evaluation (London School of Hygiene Winter Health Watch -
and Tropical Medicine) 2015 https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/winter-health-
* Publication on PHE website of routine surveillance outputs watch
via Winter Health Watch Cold Weather Plan evaluation - in house evaluation
* Ongoing communications (ongoing throughout winter and published
particularly if a cold weather alert level 2 or above is issued). http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S00333506
Activities synchronised with partners (NHS England, LGA, 14001188
DH, Met Office) NICE guidance on excess winter deaths and illness -
* Ongoing research between PHE, Met Office and Reading http://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/gid-
University to explore a redesigned alerts system based on phg70/documents/excess-winter-deaths-and-illnesses-
epidemiology and user feedback; prototype developed, needs guideline-consultatation-draft-guideline-2
extensive user testing before implementation. Partnership survey -
* PHE feedback for NICE guidance on excess winter deaths https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cold-weather-
and illness; publication due 2015. plan-for-england-2014
* LGA conference - PHE will run a session in Feb 2015 Minimum indoor temperature thresholds for health in
aiming to increase awareness of cold and health and the role winter: A systematic literature review -
of local authorities. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cold-weather-
* Allied Health Professionals - PHE to engage with the plan-for-england-2014
programmes board of older people group (AHP) to increase
awareness and encourage action to reduce health impacts of
exposure to cold .

a) PHE has developed a SDMP and annual sustainability report, a) DH to continue to support implementation of SDU strategy
published in Jan 2015 b) DH involvement in producing ARP report for the Health &
Social Care Sector
a) The SDMP is a 3 year strategy for
implementing sustainable development within PHE.

b) The ARP is due for submission in May 2015 and is being

coordinated by the SDU with the support of PHE, NHS
England and organisations relevant to the health & care
system.
Messages in the HWP and CWP state long-term, year-round PHE are advising the JRF regarding their research call on JRF callhttp://www.jrf.org.uk/funding/calls-for-proposal/public-health-and-climate-change-assessment-current-practice
planning and commissioning to reduce harm should be included 'Public Health and Climate Change: Assessment of Current
in JSNAs. Practice'. The project starts in Jan 15 and completes Jul 15
with findings fed into CCRA2 and further ASC reporting.

DH will continue to fulfil role as outlined in the NHS Flooding: health guidance and advicehttps://www.gov.uk/government/collections/flooding-health-guidance-and-advice
Commissioning Board Emergency Preparedness Framework
2013
Forthcoming PHE up to 10 year cohort study to assess
medium to long term impacts of flooding to inform the delivery
of services to areas affected by flooding in future and reduce
the impact of flooding on peoples health.

HPRU projects:
*Environmental Change and Health HPRU: Qualitative study
of the determinants of population resilience to flooding,
mechanisms by which flooding affects psychological well-
being and stress at the individual and household levels,
including an assessment of secondary stressors
*Emergency Response and Preparedness HPRU is
undertaking a number of projects to better understand the
likely reactions, information needs and appropriate
communication strategies for groups who may be particularly
vulnerable during an emergency, focusing on the needs of an
ageing population.

Building capacity; Decision making; delivery of outcomes (policy) Continues to form the basis of our engagement with health http://www.sduhealth.org.uk/documents/publications/Adaptation_Under_the_weather_24_02_14.pdf
and wellbeing boards and other professionals across the new
health and care system. Planned reprint for another 500
copies in Q4, alongside refreshing the content.
(a) Establishes the roles and responsibilities of different partners Public facing leaflets being refreshed and improved as a a) National Flood Emergency Framework
in response to flood emergencies result of evaluation and feedback. https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/254292/pb14033-national-flood-
emrgency-framework.pdf

b) EA Flood Risk Dialogue Project

http://floodriskdialogue.org/

Building capacity We will continue to provide strategic support (and Shape Case study: http://www.sduhealth.org.uk/resources/case-studies.aspx
communications support when complete) to the CAG/LGA
councillor briefing project from a health angle.

Promotion of SHAPE as a tool to promote resilience across the
health & social care sector
Workshop and workshop report led to greater collaboration
between SHAPE team and others (e.g. met office) and greater
data-sharing
a) Retrospective flood exposure analysis of winter 2013/14 a) Shape Case study:
flooding to aid the usefulness of the tool for emergency http://www.sduhealth.org.uk/resources/case-studies.aspx
managers. [PHE, 2015] b) http://www.wskep.net/assets/documents/Flooding-GIS-
Workshop-Report-FINAL.pdf
Defra assesses air quality in the UK through a combination of
monitoring and modelling, as well as through the development
and upkeep of a national emissions inventory. Metrics on the air
quality improvements from specific grants schemes should be
available in due course. The overall contribution of actions is
expected to improve air quality and reduce associated health
risks.
DH input into launch and promotion of "Developing
communication methods for localised air quality and health
impact information"
Stakeholder event organised by PHE (Feb 2015)
All evidence and monitoring reports are available on
http://uk-air.defra.gov.uk/ Commission proposal for a
revised National Emission Ceilings Directive can be found
at: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/air/clean_air_policy.htm

Advice to health professionals and the public can help reduce

exposure to summer air pollution (ozone) and maximise co-
benefits

Action is aimed at raising awareness and encouraging action to We will be exploring further in 2015 how we can develop Air quality forecasts and advice are available at http://uk-
improve air quality and so reduce associated health risks closer relationships with representative organisations for air.defra.gov.uk/
vulnerable groups for example to disseminate forecasting
information and health advice

DH input into launch and promotion of "Developing

communication methods for localised air quality and health
impact information".

A Stakeholder meeting held on 2 February 2015 to inform

PHEs framework on air pollution and public health.

Defra air: N/A
PHE: Improved understanding of the short- and long-term health
effects associated with exposure to ozone
Need for further work in this area will be reviewed as part of
the evidence prioritisation exercises going forward.
Ozone statement by COMEAP (March 2015)
COMEAP:
https://www.gov.uk/government/groups/committee-on-the-
medical-effects-of-air-pollutants-comeap
Air Quality Expert Group report on ozone in the UK -
http://uk-
air.defra.gov.uk/assets/documents/reports/aqeg/aqeg-
ozone-report.pdf

Improved understanding of the health effects of pollen and its Ongoing research (HPRU Environmental Change and Health)
interactions with climate and land use change involving PHE, Met Office and Exeter University
Helping to characterise the response of HABs, vibrios and
norovirus to changes in temperature and / or precipitation in the
future (see column C). Risk assessment and screening
techniques are being developed. Building capacity: evidence;
Delivery of outcomes. Bathing Water compliance has been
increasing, despite probable increase in rainfall intensity.
Compliance (against new EU standard) currently at 95%.
PHE is developing appropriate analytical and modelling
approaches to understand and predict the expected future
changes of infections related to climate change through
collaboration with key Universities and institutions. Cefas are
working with FSA for next two years. EA work on bathing
waters ongoing.
www.mccip.org.uk (for separate review documents on HABs
and human health),
http://www.food.gov.uk/scotland/researchscot/scotlandresea
rch/ScotlandProjectList/fs513005

Building capacity Planning for the next rounds of the water company https://www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-water-quality
investment period 2015 2020 underway. Draft River Basin
Management plans for 2016 2021 out for consultation until
Spring 2015.
Cefas, alongside collaborators (University of Bath, NOAA, https://www.southwestwater.co.uk/index.cfm?articleid=9325
ECDC) has developed a free, open access web tool for http://www.seafish.org/about-seafish/news-and-
assessing Vibrio risk (see Grimes et al. 2014, Microbial events/news/seafish-publishes-risk-assessment-best-
Ecology). The approach offers global coverage, and is currently practice-guidelines-for-shellfish-harvesters
being improved with the use of higher quality sea surface http://www.sas.org.uk/safer-seas-service/
temperature and salinity datasets to increase resolution and
granularity in coastal regions (as part of the Defra projects
ME5422 and ME5216). This risk portal provides an early warning
for pathogen risk, and is also currently being expanded to
ascertain its utility for other pathogen groups (e.g. norovirus,
HABs).
Cefas is engaged in an initiative coordinated by Cornwall
Council concerned with the use of GIS, remote sensing and
predictive models for near real-time estimates and forecast of
bacterial contaminants from CSOs in commercial shellfisheries
on the south west coast of England
Generally work is proceeding well although it should be noted
that marine vibrios are currently not 'notifiable' pathogens and
so there is no statutory duty to monitor the prevalence of these
species. Consequently surveillance for some marine pathogens
remain ad hoc and piecemeal so is difficult to identify trends
linked to climate change based on UK data.
PHE is involved in research
and recognise the importance of maintaining robust surveillance
procedures in this area. PHE microbiology service provides a
focus fortowidespread
Helping characterise UKthe
based agencies
response and international
of HABs, vibrios and Ongoing work
collaborations.
norovirus to changes in temperature and / or precipitation in the
future (see column C). Risk assessment and screening
techniques are being developed.
A recent request (April 2014) by DH and deputy CMO on
impacts of climate change on VBD led to delivery of a report to
DH/ACDP (Sep 2014) and presentation (Oct 2014) to dCMO.
This work builds on existing PHER surveillance and research on
VBD risk, and also links in with the HPRU on environmental
change and health.
Defra funds research at The Pirbright Institute and APHA on
vectors and VBDs. This includes research to develop
mathematical models of disease spread, such as vector
dispersal models and models to understand the epidemiology
and control of VBDs.
Trends in data for erythemally-weighted UV, UV-A and visible
optical radiation can be analysed.
Uptake of web-based resource by public
This is an ongoing research initiative. PHE recently made
contact with the Environment Agency's international waste
shipments team to explore future collaboration on testing
waste management sites which store tyres (known for
harbouring certain vector borne species) to improve records.
Meetings are to be held with Environment Agency, Natural
England and NAP Natural Environment theme leads to
discuss these PHE identified cross-over issues of VBD in the
NAP.
Qualitative and quantitative risk assessments are being
conducted on new, emerging and re-emerging infectious
diseases threats to the UK ahead-of-time, through
collaboration and consultation with both academic and cross-
governmental groups
Qualitative and quantitative risk assessments are being
conducted on new, emerging and re-emerging infectious
diseases threats to the UK ahead-of-time, through
collaboration and consultation with both academic and cross-
governmental groups
Equipment has been purchased and site approvals agreed http://uk-air.defra.gov.uk/data/uv-index-graphs
for the installation of equipment in Gibraltar and Cyprus.
These sites will provide important information for UK
residents going to Mediterranean areas on holiday. In
particular, putting the UV exposure levels in context with the
levels at home.
DH will continue to fulfil roles as outlined in the NHS
Commissioning Board Emergency Preparedness Framework
2013a and the Civil Contingencies Act 2004. DH will continue
to support production and implementation of the Cold
Weather and Heatwave Plans and Get Ready for
Winter/Summer Campaigns.
Establishment / development of community flood groups across DH will continue to fulfil its roles regarding community a) National Flood Emergency Framework
the country - particularly in areas affected by floods in 2013/14 resilience. https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
(e.g. Somerset) achment_data/file/254292/pb14033-national-flood-
(a) Establishes the roles and responsibilities of different partners emrgency-framework.pdf
in response to flood emergencies
b) EA Flood Risk Dialogue Project
http://floodriskdialogue.org/

(a+b) Raising awareness of the health consequences of extreme 10 year cohort study due to commence in 2015 a) Flooding: health guidance and advice
events DH continued involvement and support https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/flooding-health-
guidance-and-advice

d) PHASE: http://www.phaseclimatehealth.eu/
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/378345/PRE_Flood_factsheets_AB.pdf
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/378414/Post_flood_leaflet_evaluation..pd
f

e) PHE Syndromic Surveillance

www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/EmergencyResponse/ExtremeWeat
herEventsAndNaturalDisasters/EffectsOfFlooding/
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/378377/2014249_Use_of_routine_health
_measurements_to_predict_impact_of_floods_C_.pdf
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/378420/health_register_v2_CT.pdf

Literature reviews:
http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0020/189020
/e96853.pdf
http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.4161/dish.25216
Promotion of SHAPE as a tool to promote resilience across the
health & social care sector
Workshop and workshop report led to greater collaboration
between SHAPE team and others (e.g. met office) and greater
data-sharing
The PAM is becoming an established tool for the NHS in
assuring the estate and achieving compliance with best practice.
It also underpins a trust's response to regulatory requirements
for the safety and suitability of the estate and facilities services.
Local networks of Estates and facilities providers are developing
the tool's use and the potential to refine its use in relation to
climate change is evident.
The ERIC Working Group's recognition that Flooding and
Overheating should be measured and that the SDMP question
should have more depth, evidences the NHS's commitment to
address climate change risks.
The strong involvement of the Deaprtment of Health, specific
NHS Trusts and the NHS Sustainable Development Unit
throughout the research supports the overall approach to
tackling climate change adaptation, particularly with respect to
overheating in hospitals and the implications for patients and
staff.
Inclusion of evidence from the project to inform broader policy
initiatives, for example the Heatwave Plan for England,
illustrates the on-going value of research findings.
a) Retrospective flood exposure analysis of winter 2013/14
flooding to aid the usefulness of the tool for emergency
managers. [PHE, 2015]
The development of metrics for overheating and flooding in
the PAM is being considered as part of the Department's
review of the national data collection for estates and facilities.
As the NHS will require one year's notice of changes to the
national data set in order to prepare itself for making the
submission, a formal collection may be possible from
2015/2016 onward.
The proposals are subject to further work to define
requirements and to secure funding to make the changes.
Following-up international interest in the work
a) Shape Case study:
http://www.sduhealth.org.uk/resources/case-studies.aspx
b) http://www.wskep.net/assets/documents/Flooding-GIS-
Workshop-Report-FINAL.pdf
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/nhs-premises-assurance-model-launch
http://www-edc.eng.cam.ac.uk/robusthospitals/
Film summarising key research outputs and their
implications: http://sms.cam.ac.uk/media/1446036
Living with Environmental Change (LWEC) Policy and
Practice Note #7 summarising messages for decision-
makers: http://www.lwec.org.uk/publications/avoiding-
summer-overheating-while-saving-energy-acute-hospitals
The Department's updating of its guidance to address climate
change risks underpins national standards for the design,
engineering and operation of the healthcare estate against
which the NHS provides assurance and achieves compliance
with best practice.
The Department's guidance on healthcare energy usage is
planned for update by March 2015. This guidance will
incorporate lessons learnt from the Department's recently
concluded 50m NHS Energy Efficiency Fund, including
mitigation impacts and adaptive measures. Cambridge
University monitored the fund and will produce the guidance.
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/resilience-
planning-for-nhs-facilities
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-
policies-and-principles-of-healthcare-engineering
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/general-design-
principles-for-health-and-community-care-buildings
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-efficient-
management-of-healthcare-estates-and-facilities-health-
building-note-00-08

Building capacity We will continue to provide strategic support (and n/a for this action
communications support when complete) to the CAG/LGA
councillor briefing project from a health angle.

Building capacity, evidence We have recently made contact with 'regional voices' - a n/a for this action
consortium of voluntary organisations with an interest in
health and social care, to seek opportunities to develop
climate change/health/social vulnerability messages and
communicate these through their newsletters and digital
networks, these reach up to 25'000 voluntary organisations
UK-wide
Many of the activities undertaken by NCVO have focused on
raising awareness of the issues and helping voluntary
organisations plan responses to make their organisation, their
staff and their beneficiaries better able to cope with a changing
climate. However, NCVO has only been able to work at a
relatively small scale with limited or attributable influence on the
CCRA risks of interest directly e.g. in reducing the increase in
mortality due to heat.
Development / establishment of community flood groups across
the country; uptake of Communities Prepared Hub by local
partners
Building capacity, evidence
NCVO is preparing on line web content, on NCVOs website A link to resources on the Know How Non Profit site will be
as well as creating more dynamic on line learning made available through the NCVO web pages early in
opportunities through the StudyZone on NCVOs 2015..
KnowHowNonProfit website. We will include content in
NCVOs e bulletins as well as using social media to inform
VCOs and guide them to the on line content and StudyZone.
http://www.epcollege.com/community-hub
Also linking with the Schumacher institute on community n/a for this action
resilience/climate change, which will support wider awareness
of the importance of considering social vulnerability as part of
adaptation responses.
*PHE's Heatwave Plan, Cold Weather Plan, and the NFEF Findings of a study of the usefulness of HPA/PHE Flood
comms annex promote and strengthen community resilience Factsheets
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
* PHE is a partner in EA Flood Risk Communications Public achment_data/file/378345/PRE_Flood_factsheets_AB.pdf
Dialogue Project which aims to work with members of the public
to create new and practical tools to help specialist agencies Evaluation of the joint PHE/EA flooding leaflet following the
communicate flood risk as effectively as possible. winter floods of 2013/14
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
* Insight gained via stakeholder engagement has informed achment_data/file/378414/Post_flood_leaflet_evaluation..pd
public health messaging about flooding f

National Flood Emergency Framework

https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/254292/pb14033-national-flood-
emrgency-framework.pdf

EA Flood Risk Dialogue Project

http://floodriskdialogue.org/

uptake of Communities Prepared Hub by local partners

Enhanced awareness of the risks facing ambulance services Ongoing implementation of the actions outlined in the www.aace.org.uk
and their respective populations; production of plan and ambulance service plan with discussion and continued focus https://www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/cms/content/community-risk-
continued operation of the Green Environment Ambulance via the GrEAN. management-plan-2013-2018
Network (GrEAN) is maintaining the profile of climate change Further actions will be spelled out in those individual IRMPs
issues. all of which should be accessible from individual FRS
Evidence in individual Service Integrated Risk Management websites. Example of Oxfordshire provided.
Plans (IRMPs), which have been a statutory requirement for
FRSs to undertake for the last decade and are the main
planning vehicle for FRSs to assess and respond to all fire &
rescue related risks in their areas (as well as regionally and
nationally). However, this process has the potential to be
changed going forward with devolution.

http://www.forestry.gov.uk/fr/INFD-7WKJDJ

Evidence not yet available FC have commissioned a scoping study to establish an http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/FCPG022.pdf/$FILE/FCPG022.pdf
appropriate approach to assessing wildfire risk and
monitoring across the UK; due for completion in early 2015

Effective emergency response and prevention work in relation to Further actions and timescales are dependent on individual http://www.cfoa.org.uk/14972
wildfires has the potential to have a beneficial impact on FRS's and their respective IRMP priorities
agriculture & forestry, business associated with or located close
to forestry & heathland, health & wellbeing of communities living
close to such areas, as well as the surrounding natural
environment and buildings & infrastructure - as highlighted in the
CFOA Climate Change Adaptation Report
The EWWF participated in the consultation process for the
Scottish Government's (2013) Operational Guidance for
Wildfires. The document was published in 2013 and is now
available as an important reference document for UK Fire and
Rescue Services -
http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2013/10/6118. The
EWWF will participate in any future consultations regarding
reviews of this document.
Uptake of GR4W web pages by public
Improved dissemination of information and guidance to local
communities
The EWWF is currently working with and supporting a http://ewwf.northumberland.gov.uk http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/FCPG022.pdf/$FILE/FCPG022.pdf http://www.kfwf.org.uk/http://www.heathertrust
number of academic research Institutions in the UK in the
development of a wildfire research programme which will
generate important findings to help assist practitioners in
preventing, preparing for and responding to wildfire incidents.
The EWWF will also be supporting the development and
delivery of a UK Wildfire Conference in 2015 which will bring
together multiple stakeholder groups to share and discuss
good practice.
http://www.metoffice.gov.uk/learning/get-ready-for-winter
 CLIMATE CHANGE RISK ASSESSMENT
CCRA RISKS
(CCRA) RISKS ADDRESSED BY
OBJECTIVE ACTIONS TACKLED BY OWNER(S)
OBJECTIVE
ACTION
(highest order CCRA risks in bold)

OBJECTIVE 15: To AG5 Increases in water demand for irrigation of Defra to complete research projects forming phase 1 of the evidence for future AG11, AG5, AG2a, Defra
increase the crops agriculture water demand and costs/benefits of adaptation actions to increase the WA8a, AG4, FL4b
resilience of the sector to changing water availability; and to identify and prioritise
resilience of FL4b Agricultural land at risk of regular flooding critical areas for further investigation and development.
agriculture by
effectively managing AG4 Drier soils (due to warmer and drier summer Defra to consult on the reform of abstraction licensing to encourage abstractors such
Defra
the impact of volatility conditions) as farmers to use water more efficiently and share water, increasing resilience to
in the occurrence and climate change; and to look to introduce legislation to enact the new approach in the
AG2a Flood risk to high quality agricultural land
severity of rainfall next Parliament. Implementation would then start as soon as possible once the new
events on water system has been piloted.
WA8a Number of unsustainable water abstractions
availability, flooding, (agriculture)
Defra, through the Water Bill, to introduce reforms that will enable farmers and other Defra
soil erosion and potential suppliers to enter the competitive water supply market. The Bill will also
pollution due to AG11 Increased soil erosion due to heavy rainfall
provide ministers with powers to introduce regulations to make it easier for farmers
runoff. AG7a Reduction in milk production due to heat
and landowners to sell excess water from on-farm reservoirs and other water storage
facilities direct to water companies.
stress

AG7b Reduction in dairy herd fertility due to heat

stress

AG8a Increased duration of heat stress in dairy

cows

AG8b Dairy livestock deaths due to heat stress Defra to complete a research project to establish the costs and benefits of Internal Defra
Drainage Boards taking an increased role in managing water availability risks (e.g.
facilitation role in the uptake on-farm storage) to help define their wider role in water
management moving forwards.

Following decisions on the direction of reform for the abstraction regulation system, AG5, AG2a, WA8a, Defra
Defra to review the available guidance and support for farmers to manage their water FL4b
availability, considering whether there is a case for change in the light of reform and
the need to adapt to climate change prior to introducing new legislation in the next
Parliament.

Defra to embed adaptation in the design and implementation for the next Rural AG11, AG5, AG2a, Defra
Development Programme for England (2014 to 2020), focussing action where the WA8a, AG4, FL4b
risks are greatest, supporting skills development and knowledge exchange and
ensuring RDPE investments continue to offer good value for money.

Natural England to test Farm Resilience Plans to provide farmers with a way of AG11, AG5, AG2a, Natural England
identifying the potential impacts of climate change on their farm. The results of the WA8a, AG4, FL4b
pilot will be used to inform development of agri-environment and advice programmes
in the next Rural Development Programme for England.

Defra to complete a review into the status of the UKs aging drainage infrastructure to AG2a, AG11 Defra
inform future action. The review includes farmers perceptions of drainage quality, the
need for maintenance and the ecosystem services delivered by drainage or the lack
thereof.
Defra to complete a review of the Soil protection Review (under pillar 1 of the CAP) by AG4, AG11 Defra
the end of 2013 to provide baseline protection for agricultural soils, ensuring soils are
as resilient as possible.

Defra, the Environment Agency and Natural England to ensure measures championed AG11 Defra, Environment
by Catchment Sensitive Farming account for future climate change, making farming Agency, Natural
businesses more resilient.
England
Environment Agency Climate Ready service to liaise with agriculture and forestry ALL AGRICULTURE Environment Agency
practitioners to develop, promote and embed adaptation good practice, common AND FORESTRY Climate Ready
messages, tools and guidance within the industry.
RISKS IN CCRA

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to work with forestry partners to support ALL FORESTRY Environment Agency
adaptation skills provision within the sector. RISKS IN CCRA Climate Ready

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to work with agriculture and business ALL AGRICULTURE Environment Agency
sector partners to test and promote guidance to increase resilience of supply chains to RISKS IN CCRA Climate Ready
climate change.
Environment Agency Climate Ready service to work with agriculture industry partners ALL AGRICULTURE Environment Agency
to develop and promote adaptation activity as part of a network of demonstration farm RISKS IN CCRA Climate Ready
activity.

Through the next phase of the agriculture industrys Campaign for the Farmed ALL AGRICULTURE National Farmers
Environment (CFE), the National Farmers Union, working with Agriculture and RISKS IN CCRA Union, Agriculture and
Horticulture Development Boards and other interested parties, to build national
awareness of the priorities for climate change adaptation and disseminate locally
Horticulture
those customised practices considered to be most relevant to the circumstances of Development Board
farming enterprises in each.

Defra to encourage development of climate change resilient livestock production AG7a/b, AG8a/b Defra
systems (particularly for dairying) through support funding under successor
arrangements to the Rural Development Programme for England scheme. Also to
work with Cattle Health and Welfare Group (CHAWG) to encourage appropriate good
practice amongst dairy farmers.

Defra to develop plausible scenarios and establish a methodology for estimating the AG11, AG5, AG2a, Defra
economic impact of extreme weather on agriculture and assess the robustness of WA8a, AG4, FL4b
adaptation actions taken by farmers.
 OBJECTIVE 16: To ALL FORESTRY-RELATED RISKS Government and the Forestry Commission to implement main actions from ALL FORESTRY Defra, Forestry
increase the HIGHLIGHTED BY THE CCRA, BUT MOST Government's Forestry and Woodlands Policy Statement: RISKS IN CCRA Commission
NOTABLY: - aiming to increase the area of woodland in active management to 66% by 2018
resilience of the - exchanging knowledge with advisors from across the sector on how to take a low
forestry sector by FO1a Forest extent affected by Red Band burden, risk-based approach to implementing the UK Forestry Standard;
increasing the level of Needle Blight - working with businesses and civil society to increase the total capacity and capability
management in available to provide targeted advice about woodland management;
Englands woodlands FO4a Decline in potential yield of beech trees in - publishing research on the potential impact of different ways of incentivising
England landowners to manage and create woodland; and
and the uptake of - working with businesses on industry-led actions which increase the amount of timber
adaptation good FO1b Forest extent affected by green spruce being sold and help woodland owners manage their woodlands.
practice in woodland aphid
creation and
restocking. FO2 Loss of forest productivity due to drought
Defra and the Forestry Commission to work with businesses on industry-led actions, ALL FORESTRY Defra, Forestry
through 'Grown in Britain', to increase the amount of British timber being sold and to RISKS IN CCRA Commission England
AG11 Increased soil erosion due to heavy rainfall
help owners manage their woodlands.
AG4 Drier soils (due to warmer and drier summer
conditions

BD12 Wildfires due to warmer and drier conditions

The Forestry Commission to review the woodland management position in 2018, in ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
conjunction with the sector, and to decide whether further joint action is necessary to RISKS IN CCRA England
bring more woodland under management.

The Forestry Commission to support the Royal Forestry Society to include an Urban ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
Forestry category in their 'Excellence in Forestry' Awards. RISKS IN CCRA England

The Forestry Commission to: ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission

- continue to implement the Natural Environment White Paper and Biodiversity 2020, RISKS IN CCRA England
including by encouraging woodland management and creation that helps conserve
and enhance wildlife; and
- work with the sector to find new ways of encouraging landowners to plant more trees
where it best suits them and their local conditions.

The Forestry Commission to pilot an approach that would reduce the regulatory ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
burden on landowners wishing to plant woodland, by clarifying where a full RISKS IN CCRA England
Environmental Statement is unlikely to be required.

The Forestry Commission to: ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission

- introduce a carbon registry and a group scheme for the Woodland Carbon Code, to RISKS IN CCRA England
support further work on carbon accounting in wood products and underpin new
woodland planting in guidance to businesses on reporting greenhouse gas emissions
and reductions;
- work with other organisations and initiatives to support the further development of
markets in forest carbon and other ecosystem services such as water and biodiversity;
- publish new guidance on Building Wildfire Resilience into Forest Management
Planning, to support implementation of the UK Forestry Standard; and
- develop contingency plans for major fire and windstorm events.
The Forestry Commission to continue to implement the Climate Change Action Plan ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
for the Public Forest Estate, including a focus on: RISKS IN CCRA England
- increased diversification to reduce risk;
- managing carbon within the forest; and
- planning for the unexpected.

Defra, the Forestry Commission and Natural England to ensure that adaptation and ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
resilience are supported by the design and implementation of forestry measures in the RISKS IN CCRA England, Defra, Natural
next Rural Development Programme for England (2014 to 2020).
England

Members of the England Woodland Timber Partnership (EWTP) to develop an action FO1a, AG11, AG4, England Woodland
plan and implement the actions accordingly, covering: FO4a, BD12, FO1b, Timber Partnership
- outreach and guidance - embedding messages and disseminating useful
information;
FO2
- promotion of best practice, standards and guidelines;
- identification of species to support diversification and adaptation;
- knowledge transfer;
- enabling inter-departmental coherence regarding the forestry sector; and
- ensuring education and training frameworks are appropriate.

Forestry Commission England to implement voluntary Adaptation Reporting Power ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
Report 'Climate Change Risk Assessment - Forestry Commission England Invited RISKS IN CCRA England
Report' under the terms of the Reporting Powers of the Climate Change Act (2008).

Defra and Forestry Commission England to promote UK Forestry Standard Forests ALL FORESTRY Defra, Forestry
and Climate Change Guidelines. RISKS IN CCRA Commission England
 OBJECTIVE 17: To FO1a Forest extent affected by Red Band Defra and the Forestry Commission to implement main actions from Government's ALL FORESTRY Defra, Forestry
increase resilience to Needle Blight Forestry and Woodlands Policy Statement, including: RISKS IN CCRA Commission England,
- giving greater priority to tree and plant health than ever before;
pests and disease to FO1b Forest extent affected by green spruce - reviewing the arrangements and resources needed for tree health in light of the final
Food and Environment
help protect aphid report of the Tree Health and Plant Biosecurity Expert Taskforce; and Research Agency
biodiversity, maintain - implementing the Chalara Management Plan with the Food and Environment
agricultural and AG3 Risk of crop pests and diseases Research Agency and others.
forestry productivity
BD3 Risk of pests to biodiversity
and protect the UK's
ability to export BD4 Risk of disease to biodiversity
products.

The Food and Environment Research Agency, working with Defra and the Chemicals AG3 Food and Environment
Regulation Directorate to review the extent to which current plant health protection Research Agency
programmes integrate climate risk, to establish where further evidence is required.
Findings will be presented to the UK Plant Strategy Board, and the UK Plant Health
and Varieties and Seeds Advisory Boards, to agree necessary follow-on work.

Defra to implement the research and evidence theme of the Tree Health and Plant FO1a, FO1b, AG3 Defra
Biosecurity Action Plan.
Independent Tree Health and Plant Biosecurity Expert taskforce, convened by Defras FO1a, FO1b, AG3 Defra
Chief Scientific Adviser, to look at ways to prevent pests and diseases from entering
the country in the future and to better manage those already present.

The Food and Environment Research Agency to embed impact of future FO1a, FO1b, AG3 Food and Environment
environmental change in all pest risk assessments carried out on new pest and Research Agency
disease threats to UK plants.

Defra, with other funders in the Living With Environmental Change partnership, to FO1a, FO1b Defra,
initiate a Tree Health and Plant Biosecurity Research Initiative. The initiative will Living With
provide interdisciplinary research to support the health and resilience of UK trees,
woodlands and their associated biodiversity and ecosystem services in a changing
Environmental Change
environment. partnership
The Living With Environmental Change partnership, through the development of a FO1a, FO1b Living With
Tree Health Programme, to invest in research that will further our understanding of the Environmental Change
influence and impact of climate change on pests and disease and of the development
of adaptive control strategies.
partnership

Defra to fill gaps in the evidence base of the direct effects of climate change on No risk metric in Defra
endemic livestock pests and disease to better inform future monitoring, surveillance CCRA
and adaptation action.

Defra to lobby the European Commission to increase its capacity to anticipate and No risk metric in Defra
monitor new and emerging exotic livestock diseases across Europe through regular CCRA
research funding into future threats and increased surveillance activity.

Defra, working with the Animal Health and Veterinary Laboratories Agency, the Food BD3, BD4 Defra
and Environment Research Agency, Natural England's wildlife and wild bird
specialists, to identify and assess emerging threats to biodiversity as a result of
climate change.

Defra to review the Invasive Non-native Species Framework Strategy for Great Britain ALL AGRICULTURE Defra
(2008). AND FORESTRY
RISKS IN CCRA
 Defra to continue to consider where the threats from plant pests and pathogens might ALL AGRICULTURE Defra
relate to poorly managed adaptation of invasive non-native species and identify the AND FORESTRY
appropriate action.
RISKS IN CCRA

OBJECTIVE 18: To ALL AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY RISKS The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills and Defra to overcome barriers to ALL AGRICULTURE Department for
embed climate AND OPPORTUNITIES IDENTIFIED IN THE innovation and development of new technology and to its uptake, to drive sustained AND FORESTRY Business, Innovation
CCRA BUT MOST NOTABLY: growth through the Agri-Technology Strategy.
change adaptation RISKS IN CCRA and Skills & Defra
into agriculture,
horticulture and AG5 Increases in water demand for
irrigation of crops
forestry research
programmes to AG2a Flood risk to high quality agricultural
improve knowledge of land The industry-led 'Feeding the Future' report's Joint Commissioning Group to use the AG2a, AG3, AG4, Agriculture and
likely climate impacts report's recommendations as a basis for dialogue with both government and industry AG5, AG11 Horticulture
and ensure timely AG3 Risk of crop pests and diseases funders of research and knowledge transfer, including divisions of Agriculture and
Development Board,
development and Horticulture Development Board and future Technology Strategy Board funding.
Technology Strategy
uptake of relevant AG4 Drier soils (due to warmer and drier
summer conditions) Board, National
technology alongside
Farmers Union,
well adapted crops,
AG11 Increased soil erosion due to heavy Agricultural Industries
tree and livestock
rainfall Confederation, Royal
species.
Agricultural Society of
BD8 Changes in soil organic carbon England
WA9b Potential decline in water quality due to
diffuse pollution

WA8a Number of unsustainable water

abstractions (agriculture) All soils to be managed sustainably and degradation threats to be tackled successfully AG4, AG11, BD8, Defra
by 2030, as outlined in the Governments statement of intention in the Natural WA9b
Environment White Paper. Within this, there is a commitment for a four year research
programme to look at the effects of soil degradation on soil function.

The Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research Council to contribute 3m to a AG4, AG11, BD8, Biotechnology and
18m+ ERANET+ EU research programme which brings together researchers from WA9b Biological Sciences
sixteen countries to develop resilience around crops and livestock systems. Areas the
programme will focus on include preserving soil, water and genetic sources, emerging
Research Council
and re-emerging pests and diseases, and socio-economic aspects of adaptation.
New technologies which aid adaptive water and soil management will be investigated,
including those that:
- improve water harvesting;
- increase efficiency of water and fertilisation practices;
- monitor and reduce greenhouse gas; and
- increase and verify soil and biomass carbon stocks.
In parallel with the Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research Council, the AG4, AG11, BD8, Natural Environment
Natural Environment Research Council to lead a 5 year programme to better predict WA9b Research Council
how soils function under changes in climate and land use. Outputs would be used to
inform future decisions on local and regional management of soils for food security
and climate mitigation.

The Forestry Commission to publish the revised Science and Innovation Strategy for ALL FORESTRY Forestry Commission
British forestry. The strategy will develop robust evidence to inform climate change RISKS IN CCRA
adaptation strategies for forestry and support actions to increase the resilience of
British woodland and the ecosystem services it provides to society.

Defra to develop plausible scenarios and establish a methodology to estimate the ALL AGRICULTURE Defra
economic impact of extreme weather on agriculture and assess the robustness of RISKS IN CCRA
adaptation actions taken by farmers to these. The findings of this work will inform
Defras new Sustainable Intensification Research Platform which will develop
integrated approaches to land management that sustainably provide food and
environmental outcomes.

Defra to investigate the resilience of UK agriculture to climate change and other ALL AGRICULTURE Defra
external factors through the new Sustainable Intensification Research Platform. RISKS IN CCRA

Defra to fund a project looking at water use efficiency traits in crops at different carbon AG4, AG5, WA8a Defra
dioxide levels, to inform breeding programmes and make more efficient use of water
in a changing climate.
 IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
STATUS OF COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE RISKS AS
TIMING
ACTION BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED ANTICIPATED?
(Y/N)

By September 2013 Complete Project WU0131 completed and published in Dec 13.

By December 2013 On-track Defra consulted on proposals in December 2013. Work currently continuing to develop Not yet
proposals further.

Summer 2013 Complete The Water Act 2014 received Royal Assent on 14 May 2014. Not yet

Initial study complete Complete Study undertaken looking at potential roles that IDBs could play in water level
April 2013 (further work management in face of climate change. Study completed in June 2013. Main messages
of the research was that IDBs were already taking a wide range of action to increase
subject to findings) resilience to climate change, particularly in terms of more effective management of water.
No significant legislative barriers were identified to these activities.

By 2015 Other (please explaiThis action will now be taking place in 2018 as this will coincide with transition to a Not yet
reformed abstraction management system.

By end 2013 Complete Written into Rural Development Programme Document. Commitments are also made for Not yet: the new Programme is due to begin in early 2015
forestry measures, livestock production systems and agri-environment schemes to
support adaptation and resilience.

By end 2013 Complete The concept of Farm Resilience Plans was tested and reported on in NECR120. Yes

Review complete July Complete The project (WQ0214) has completed and the final report is currently being reviewed by
2013 the Defra project officer.
End 2013 Complete The review of the Soil Protection Review was completed. A new set of outcome based Yes
rules for soil protection will be introduced under the new Common Agricultural Policy
Cross Compliance scheme from 1 Jan 2015. The new rules will require claimants to take
action to protect soil by providing minimum soil cover, taking measures to prevent erosion
and maintaining soil organic matter levels.

Ongoing On-track Catchment Sensitive Farming (CSF) continues to help farming businesses increase their Yes
resilience to climate change through the advice and capital grants it provides to help
reduce diffuse water pollution due to agriculture, which help tackle a number of CCRA
risks.

From 2015, the capital grants scheme will be integrated into Countryside Stewardship, the
Governments new environmental land management scheme. Design of the advice and
delivery arrangements for the new scheme is ongoing.
Until March 2015 On-track For Agriculture - Previously developed common messages on adaptation with Yes
stakeholders to aid communication on climate change. Comments on Farmers Weekly
articles about climate change adaptation actions. Working with NFU and Farmers Weekly
journalist to develop materials, articles and web content on adaptation that support the
FAS workshops (see below). Both parties have actively promoted our FAS farm resilience
workshops/walks, NFU have actively advised on these events. Also engaging with Met
Office to explore the need and format to provide tailored weather warnings for farmers.

For Forestry - Previously developed common messages on adaptation with stakeholders

to aid communication on climate change. Sponsored Royal Forestry Society climate
change award in 2013/14 to recognise and share resilient forestry approaches to pests
and diseases as case studies on RFS website. Arranged and delivered a workshop in
June for the private forestry sector to explore the parameters of adaptation for them and
whether/how to develop an adaptation action plan. Currently supporting the follow-up
action to this work with a sub-set of private forest sector (proposed accord and inventory
of adaptation actions/initiatives). But progress is hampered by lack of resource within the
sector to push it forward and a need for Defra family not to lead this work.

Until March 2014 Complete CR facilitated an event to explore the skills required to do this in 2013 and are supporting No
FC and CLA to align this work to key climate change messages for foresters and the
forestry sector adaptation plan in June. The action proposed is completed - March 2014
end date

There were some views following the event that the attendees were not the right people to
lead this action. LH and FC determined that this action would usefully follow on from a
review of the actions already in place to identify where gaps/needs lie.

Until March 2014 On-track Was engaged in the trial of CRSS supply-chain guidance for ASDA from an farm producer Yes
perspective and promoted this guidance to agriculture and forestry key partners via Defra
work on the resilience of food supply chains to extreme weather (Cranfield work). Helped
facilitate an ASDA supplier event for their ag suppliers in which they considered potential
impacts of climate change on a notional and their own business.

Some discussion with RDPE Skills training providers for climate change events on the
usefulness of the S-C guidance for individual farmers. We determined that the Business
Resilience Health Check may be more appropriate to their needs. Some discussion over
the usefulness of an agriculture-specific BRHC but no budget to pursue further at this
time.

Informal discussion with CONFOR revealed a lack of awareness of the wider implications
of climate change on the timber supply chain (aside from pests and diseases) but started
to identify key points in the supply chain that could be affected.
Until March 2015 Action Demonstration activity did not go ahead as planned so found another way to progress this Yes
revised/delayed work in collaboration with Farming Advice Service. Currently sponsoring FAS to deliver a
series of workshop and farm walks for farmers and farm advisors on the impacts and
potential actions they can take to increase their resilience that we will also record
(webinar) and make shareable via FAS website. Some issues with farmers uptake that
has been addressed by incorporating advice on CAP greening (FAS initiative) and
decision to hold back half the events until early 2015 to incorporate feedback from first
sessions. Also some issues with event replication as Defra RDPE team have now
commissioned similar set of events in Feb 2015 and Midlands EA/CUK are planning soil
resilience events of their own in Feb. Worked closely with NFU to plan and promote these
and Farmers Weekly to promote them.

Ongoing Dropped The NFU and AHDB agreed with Defra that they would examine the possibility of
integrating adaptation into the work of the new Campaign for the Farmed Environment.
Both organisations were clear that this was solely a commitment to possible discussion
with other CFE partners. A number of factors including timescale and reduced budget
meant that the opportunity did not fully materialise. However adaptation and resilience
are implicit in much of the CFEs work e.g. in its work on resource protection.

However there are many aspects of the NFUs and AHDBs work which aim to improve
the resilience of farm businesses and supply chains. Examples include NFUs flooding
manifesto, its response to the Governments consultation on abstraction reform and the
Healthy Harvest report (in collaboration with AIC and CPA). In addition, the NFU recently
launched its own weather pages to signpost farmers to information on the weather and in
particular, extreme weather risk management tools. AHDB examples include the
development and promotion of industry roadmaps for the pig, dairy, beef & lamb and
cereals & oilseeds sectors.

2014 Action revised The details of the RDPE successor regime are still being finalised, however, financial The action is expected to address risks but it is currently too
support to increase farm business resilience to the challenges of climate change and early for a definitive answer.
improve sustainability and standards of animal health and welfare, will be specific
priorities. CHAWG has already identified the critical importance of suitable industry
planning to mitigate the impacts of climate change on both dairy and beef cattle and we
will continue to explore with them how best to encourage appropriate adaptation,
including through the use of the new rural development funding streams. This action is
ongoing into 2015.

Initial study complete Complete Research published in 2013. Yes

April 2013 (further work
subject to findings)
Ongoing On-track Progress reported in Forestry & Woodland Policy Statement 'one year on' report, Yes
published January 2014. In summary: Good progress is being made against all 36
commitments in the FWPS. For example: the area of woodland under management has
increased to 55% (up 7 percentage points since 2008). We have also built on the quick
start summary and guidelines on the UK Forestry Standard and supported numerous
training events for landowners, businesses and others to improve their understanding and
capacity to manage their woodlands to best effect. In addition, we have commissioned
and supported the landowner incentivisation research (which will be published shortly),
and worked closely with the sector, for example through the Grown in Britain initiative, to
make it more economically attractive to manage woodlands and plant new trees.

Ongoing On-track Grown in Britain' (industry action plan) was launched in November 2013 and has received Yes - bringing woodland into management increases
significant media interest and commitments from industry - Grown in Britain Corporate resilience
Responsibility Reporting Framework launched at the same time, which allows businesses
investing in woodland creation and management to gain recognition for the range of
economic, environmental and social benefits provided by that investment. Government
continues to support the sector-led Grown in Britain (GiB) initiative, which is working to
increase market pull for British wood products and stimulate future investment into the
industry, thereby supporting its growth. Since its formal launch in October 2013, GiB has
made solid progress building upon its core objectives of: increasing demand; increasing
investment; and better engaging society in our woodlands and wood products. It is still
early days and achieving GiB objectives will take a long-term effort, but encouraging
progress has been made. Uncertainty over future funding resources presents the most
significant risk to delivery.
2018 On-track Forestry Commission implementing an active 'woodlands into management programme' Yes - more woodlands in management will mean that
as part of its business plan; A UKFS management plan now a requirement for receiving adaptation actions can be implemented, other pressures are
Rural Development Programme grant-aid, for which a planning grant is available. reduced and evolutionary adaptation can occur.

2013 Complete Awards event held on 9th July 2014 with first prize awarded to Santon Downham, Specialist media coverage has helped to communicate the
Thetford Forest (Forest enterprise). Funding provided by EA Climate Ready team need to adapt forest planning and give an indication of
practical measures

Ongoing On-track Targeting and scoring of Countryside Stewardship forestry grants (both creation and Yes - creating and maintaining a more resilient woodland
management) supports the key biodiversity and water management objectives of the resource, helping biodiversity to adapt
Natural Environment White Paper; Soon to be published commissioned research will also
identify key land and woodland owner groups to engage with - and how to engage - to
further aspirations for increased levels of woodland creation and management.

2014 Action revised/dela Project starting in January 2015 (project team meeting in December 2014), with revised Yes - if the projects concludes positively and the
timeframe concluding in December 2015 recommendations are implemented, the action will increase
the rate of woodland creation, increasing the size and
resilience of the resource and provide new opportunities for
adaptation measures to be implemented.

2013 Ongoing implementation of the Woodland Carbon Code, including launch on Market Yes - a larger woodland resource is likely to be more resilient
Environmental Registry in July 2013; development of UK Corporate Reporting Framework and woodland creation provides the opportunity to implement
for woodland creation projects in partnership with Grown in Britain; completion of research adaptation measures
report on quantifying the social and environmental benefits of woodland creation and
management, including the development of a reporting tool; the Ecosystem Market Task
Force has published its final report on market opportunities for ecosystem services
(March 2013), with Government's response to the report published in September 2013.
Government also published its Payments for Ecosystem Services (PES) Action Plan (May
2013); publication on pest and disease risk to forest carbon markets published; UKFS
wildfire Practice Guide published April 2014; contingency plans for wildfire and
windstorms drafted (and tested in the case of windstorms - lessons learned now
implemented).
Ongoing implementation, On-track
will be reviewed in 2016;
5 year plan started in
2011
Progress on species diversification reported in ASC 2013 progress report; diversity of Yes - a more resilient Public Forest Estate addressing threats
species ordered for the Public Forest Estate now maintained as in internal adaptation from pests, diseases and climate change
metric; Operational Guidance Booklet on 'Planning for Unexpected' revised in 2014

2014 to 2020 Complete Recipients of grant aid will be required to meet the UKFS and its Forest and Climate Programme, itself, has not yet opened.
Change Guidelines. The details of the forestry measures in the next Rural Development
Programme (2015-2020) are being finalised, but are likely to promote forest and
woodland adaptation through support for restructuring to continuous cover systems of
management, while support for bringing woodlands into management is likely to increase
resilience. Regeneration grants will also be available for woodland subject to Statutory
Plant Health Notices. Woodland creation will also support landscape scale adaptation
through targeting new areas of woodland to (a) extend and connect existing woodland, (b)
to contribute to flood alleviation in flood plains and rapid response catchments and, (c) to
maintain the thermal regime of freshwaters through providing shade in water courses with
limited shade.

Until 2015 Action revised/dela EWTP now dissolved; however, the forestry sector Climate Change Plan is still in scope Yes - the sector group has engaged in serious discussion of
through a group chaired by CLA/Lockhart Garrett and supported by FC/EA; meeting to appropriate adaptation measures
scope out revised Action Plan held in June 2014; a 'sector Accord' has been drafted which
will be finalised in early 2015

Ongoing On-track Implementation largely covered by other listed actions including implementation of the Yes - the sector now understands the threats of and is
Climate Change Action Plan for the Public Forest Estate, embedding climate change beginning to act to address projected climate change
measures in Countryside Stewardship and ensuring that the new Science and Innovation
Strategy for British Forestry adequately addresses climate change issues. FC also have
an active engagement programme with the sector, including through social media.

Ongoing On-track UKFS Climate Change Guidelines have been promoted through a requirement to Yes - the sector will increasingly be required to think about
consider climate change in the recently launched management plan template, including climate change adaptation and the need to adapt
during the 'roll-out' seminars organised jointly by FC and the Institute of Chartered
Foresters. This has been supported throughout 2013/14 through a series of seminars and
social media campaigns highlighting the need to adapt and tools to support adaptation
planning. A UKFS quick start guide has also been published. A UKFS compliant woodland
management plan will be a requirement for receiving grant support through Countryside
Stewardship and the UKFS (including the Forests and Climate Change guidelines will be
a component of the Countryside Stewardship 'License to Operate' for which training will
be given to NE, FC field staff together with selected EA field staff and forestry agents.
Ongoing ; Tree Health On-track
and Plant Biosecurity
Expert Taskforce Final
Report: end of 2013
Progress reported in F&WPS 'one year on' report, published January 2014: Yes - increasing woodland resilience through addressing
Introduced new controls on imports of some native species (oak, sweet chestnut, plane, plant health issues
ash) in January 2013;
Continued to influence the ongoing review of the EU Plant Health regime;
Published the Chalara Management Plan in March 2013;
Funded actions in 2013 to help contain the spread of Oak Processionary Moth (OPM) in
London and Berkshire; including a 53% reduction in nest numbers, and a one third
reduction in the annual rate of spread;
Redeployed resources to increase numbers of our plant health field staff in Forestry
Commission England;
Worked with the Food and Environment Research Agency, the Horticultural Trades
Association, Confor and the Nursery Producers Group on a nursery/plant assurance
scheme to further increase confidence that trees sold for planting are disease free. A
proposal for the scheme was included in the Plant Biosecurity
Strategy for Great Britain ;
We supported the Horticultural Trades Association 2013 UK Plant Biosecurity
Conference;
Significantly stepped-up efforts to raise public awareness of key plant health messages
through effective communication;
Made reporting threats easier by developing the Tree Alert pest and disease reporting
application and on-line form to include pests such as Oak Processionary Moth.

2014 activity
In April 2014 we published a Plant Biosecurity Strategy which addresses the
recommendations of the Tree and Health Biosecurity Expert Taskforce, and a Tree Health
Management Plan which sets out our approach to managing major established diseases
such as chalara, phytophthora ramorum and Oak Processionary Moth.
We have produced a single, prioritised plant health risk register to identify risks from
specific pests and diseases and agree priorities for action, and put in place new
procedures for preparedness and contingency planning to ensure we can predict, monitor
and control the spread of pests and pathogens. This work will help ensure the UK is ready
to deal effectively with future incursions of diseases into this country and is also able to
respond better to those that are already established.
Forestry Commission and Defra have jointly committed over 16m over 5 years to
research into tree diseases, including a 4m contribution to a Living with Environmental
Change initiative to which Research Councils have also committed over 5m.
2013 On-track We
Ferahave also recruited
is holding ongoing adiscussions
Chief Plantwith
Health Officer
CRD to lead all
with regards theofpotential
this activity.
alignment of Yes
research linked to sustainable pest management strategies. It is envisaged that future
alignment is forged through the newly established Defra-funded Future Proofing Plant
Health project (FPPH). FPPH is a 5 year, 5M programme of research commissioned with
the Defra Network to develop capability and capacity and reducing the number of
individual projects; it is in line with Defras ONE Business objectives and the Plant
Biosecurity Strategy.

Spring 2015 On-track Defra, its Network and national and international collaborators are driving forward a Yes
comprehensive programme of research designed to build and maintain resilience,
capabilities and capacity in the area of plant health. Defras Plant Health Evidence and
Analysis Team are currently developing a Network Evidence Action Plan (NEAP) to detail
how the strategic evidence requirements for the Defra Network will be delivered. The
NEAP will set shared priorities and be a mechanism to encourage regular, collaborative
reviews to ensure that requirements for policy and delivery are met efficiently and
effectively. The plant health NEAP will be published in spring 2015.
Task Force to report in Complete
May 2013; Government
to respond summer 2013
The independent Expert Tree Health and Plant Biosecurity Taskforce published their final Yes
report in May 2013. Their recommendations to recruit a UK Chief Plant Health Officer
(CPHO) and develop a UK Plant Health Risk Register (UKPHRR) were implemented
immediately. The new UK CPHO took up office in April 2014 and phase 2 of the new
UKPHRR is nearing completion.

Ongoing On-track Since the NAP was written, the mechanism by which the UK assesses plant health risk Yes
has changed radically; in particular with the creation and deployment of the UK Plant
Health Risk Register (UKPHRR). The UKPHRR allows not only for the characterisation of
risk but also prioritisation. Within the risk assessment process, environmental change
factors are considered for each pest and when and where appropriate, these are more
fully evaluated (e.g. using modelling approaches such as CLIMEX). On the 1st October
2014, the plant health consultancy team responsible for driving the creation and ongoing
development of the UKPHRR moved from Fera into Defra, where they now sit under the
UK Chief Plant Health Officer.

Ongoing On-track The Tree Health and Plant Biosecurity Initiative (THAPI) aims to bring the widest possible Yes
research capacity and capability in the UK to focus on the area of tree health and its
associated plant biosecurity issues to help ensure the future health and resilience of
trees, woodlands and their associated ecosystems. The initiative is jointly funded by
Defra, the Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research Council, Forestry
Commission, Natural Environment Research Council, Economics and Social Research
Council and Scottish Government under the Living with Environmental Change
Programme (LWEC). Phase 1 of the initiative funded seven capacity and capability
building projects which ran from January to March 2013. Phase 2 of the initiative was
launched in May 2013, funding seven three-year multidisciplinary projects. Phase 3 of the
initiative was launched in October 2014 which aims to fund multidisciplinary, 3-year
projects with a focus on threats to trees from Phytophthoras and Oak health. Projects are
due to start in summer 2015.
January 2014 to On-track Kick-off workshop held for grant holders in May 2014 to encourage community-building
December 2019 and sharing of research ideas.
- Phase 1 (Capacity and Consortium-Building Awards) funded by Defra. Contracts
completed.
- Phase 2 research grants awarded (funded by BBSRC, Defra, ESRC, Forestry
Commission, NERC and Scottish Government) and projects have started.
- Phase 3 (call for proposals on Phytophthora and diseases of oak) launched,
expressions of interest being assessed. Successful projects to be funded later in 2015.
The aim of THAPBI was to address the urgent need for
innovative and cutting-edge interdisciplinary research to help
ensure the future health and resilience of trees, woodlands
and their associated ecosystems, including appreciation of
their significance in the landscape, and of their wider cultural
and social value. (See call text for full details). Climate
change is not the primary focus of THAPBI, and most of the
funded projects are concerned with specific diseases or
pests, but research under the initiative might help to inform
generic approaches to the management of emerging and
potential new threats to tree health, some of which are likely
to be exacerbated by changes to the environment.

Ongoing On-track This is being considered in 2 ways: i) as part of GO science, CCRA call & EIS review of Yes
future animal health evidence needs ii) epidemiologist is writing paper on the risk posed
to animal health and their impact on Defra policy.

Ongoing Action revised The EU has produced a white paper on improved monitoring and evidence. We will Yes
continue to provide appropriate support as they consider actions resulting from this.
Action revised to: "Defra to work with the European Commission to increase its
understanding and capability to anticipate and monitor new and emerging exotic livestock
diseases across Europe, through regular research funding into future threats and
increased surveillance activity."

Ongoing On-track APHA meets regularly with wildlife specialists and ornithologists to look at changing Yes
patterns in migration or populations of wildlife and how this affects our disease risk status.
We cannot always assign the threats to a direct impact from Climate Change, but we look
at whether cold winters will increase inland movement of migratory wild birds and how this
could impact the distribution of avian influenza.

By end of 2014 Action revised/dela Draft of revised GB Strategy almost complete. Aiming to publish fully by February 2015.
Ongoing On-track Defra produce a UK Plant Health Risk Register which monitors new and revised plant Yes
health threats on an ongoing basis, including from INNS, taking account of emerging
evidence. If there is evidence of changes (positive or negative) as a result of climate
change, this would be taken into account by re-rating the entries in the Risk Register and
considering new actions accordingly.

Strategy launched On-track Two rounds of the Agri-Tech Catalyst with agreed funding of more than 30 Yes
Summer 2013 research/industry collaborations on innovative technologies. Process for setting up first
Centre for Agricultural Innovation - on agricultural data and measures of sustainability -
under way. Announcement of successful consortium due in February.

Ongoing Complete All organisations presented the recommendations of the Feeding the Futures report to
the APPG on Science and Technology in Agricultures annual general meeting in
December 2012. The findings from this report were adopted as a definitive statement
from the industry in the UK Governments Agri-Tech Strategy.

In addition, the NFU and AHDB have regular dialogue with key research funders including
BBSRC, NERC, Innovate UK and Defra, on the science, research and knowledge
exchange needs of the agriculture and horticulture industry. The NFU carried out a
mapping exercise of public sector research capacity based on the Feeding the Future
priorities.

Knowledge and technology is one of the NFUs key themes for its 2015 General Election
manifesto. R&D and farm-level knowledge transfer are core to the delivery of AHDBs
Corporate Plan 2015-18.

Completion by 2015 On-track 3m programme of research funded. One project completed, one to complete later this Yes
year, 3 to complete in 2016.

2018
2018

Autumn 2013 Complete Published March 2014; UK-wide and England workshops held in June and July 2014 to Yes - research into impacts and adaptation will increase
provide input to defining research programmes. Research programmes currently being resilience of the woodland resource
elaborated for implementation from April 2015

Initial study complete Complete See row 21

April 2013 (further work
subject to findings)

Platform will run until On-track An initial scoping study has been completed for project 3 of the SI platform, which will
2016 investigate external drivers (economic and environmental) on English and Welsh farming.
This is being used to inform discussions with the research councils (NERC, BBSRC and
ESRC) on potential future work.

Project completed by Complete The project is finished and the final report will be soon published on the Defra website,
end 2013 pending Gateway approval. It highlighted that different crop types, broccoli and wheat
respond in different and distinct ways to higher CO2 and reduced water which are
predicted to be a feature of climate change in the 21st century. Elevated CO2
significantly improved water use efficiency (WUE) in wheat but had an insignificant impact
in brassica. Wheat used significantly less water at high CO2 and this may result in
increased runoff and leaching of nutrients in catchment areas. Taken together, the results
indicate that broccoli is better adapted than wheat to live in a water limited environment
but wheat yield will benefit to a greater extent than broccoli at higher CO2 levels expected
by 2050.
In a scenario of changing weather conditions it is
fundamental that the UK maintains a thriving research
capability on pre-breeding agricultural and horticultural crop
material so that both the genetic pool and the molecular
techniques which plant breeders use to select and develop
new commercial varieties are as varied and up to date as
possible. Appling new technologies to the study of the
genetic background of crops and their adaptation to the
weather helps in the production/choice of the right variety.
This is fundamental to embed climate change adaptation into
agriculture as it uses the genetic plasticity of the plant to allow
for timely/flexible responses to climate change.
DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE ACTION WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA RISK(S)/OTHER DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
CLIMATE RISKS INFORMATION, ETC

http://randd.defra.gov.uk/Default.aspx?Menu=Menu&Module=More&Location=None&Completed=0&ProjectID=1734

The action will help to address the risks when implemented in Government will make policy decisions on which to base https://consult.defra.gov.uk/water/abstraction-reform
early 2020s. legislation in 2015, and aims to be in a position to legislate
early in the next Parliament.

These reforms will be introduced after 2019 and after Abstraction Between now and 2020 the Water Act's sections will be https://www.gov.uk/government/news/water-act-gains-royal-
Reform legislation has passed through parliament. commenced through secondary legislation. assent

https://www.gov.uk/government/policies/reforming-the-
water-industry-to-increase-competition-and-protect-the-
environment

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20131210203954/
https:/www.gov.uk/government/collections/water-bill-briefing-
notes

Currently no further work following the study.

Nothing further planned https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/rdpe-programme-document-2014-to-2020

The methodology has been expanded to enable the http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/5656542258921472?category=10006

approach to be used in different agricultural systems.
Although not included in the RDPE, the approach is being fed
into the Farming Advice Service programme.
The new rules will provide baseline protection for agricultural
soils, ensuring they are resilient as possible to climate changes.
The new rules are in line with the changes made by the EU
Commission who put climate at the heart of the their latest CAP
reforms. Guidance has been produced to help farmers comply
with the new rules.
The new soils rule will be monitored and evaluated by Defra. CAP reform leaflet outlining the new CAP rules under cross
compliance.
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/367701/cap-reform-october-2014-
update.pdf Details of project SP1315 and SP1309 can be
found at http://randd.defra.gov.uk/

Measures promoted by Catchment Sensitive Farming to reduce By 2017, Defra, the Environment Agency and Natural https://www.gov.uk/catchment-sensitive-farming-reduce-
diffuse water pollution from agriculture have important benefits England will consider how Catchment Sensitive Farming agricultural-water-pollution
for reducing CCRA risks, notably flooding (AG2) and soil erosion advice should be climate proofed, to ensure that it both https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cap-reform-
(AG11) communicates any relevant climate impacts and factors them introducing-countryside-stewardship
into the design of the advice provided.
CSF has made almost 50,000 recommendations to target
farmers to help improve soil management. These focus primarily
on improving the soil structure and supporting the more natural
infiltration of water though the soil profile, rather than running off
a compacted surface soil or eroding lighter soils with poor
organic matter levels. Evaluation of the project suggests that
CSF is highly effective in terms of delivering reductions in
sediment pollution arising from soil erosion. Predicted reductions
vary greatly across catchments and can be up to 36 per cent,
with an average agricultural load reduction of 12 per cent. Such
reductions in sediment pollution also help mitigate flood risk.
Improving water infiltration through the soil profile helps smooth
flood peaks and retain water in the upper sections of the
catchment, also mitigating flood risks.

In future, CSF will include a greater emphasis on water

management both over the surface of the soil and through drains
within the subsurface. Trials of new farmer training products on
water management have been successful and a wider range of
Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) will now be offered
through Countryside Stewardship. These systems have been
created in order to settle out and treat water pollutants; however,
they will also provide wider flooding benefits through the
retention of greater volumes of water (and sediment) in the
upper catchment.
Farmers Weekly are keen to continue developing and promoting Farmers Weekly and NFU propose to carry some of the
articles on resilience including the FAS workshops - motivated
by flood events over last winter and still a key issue for farmers news articles (Dec 2014-2015).
at the moment.
Having the conversation with CONFOR led to an invitation to
write an article on the impacts of climate change on supply
chains for their English membership magazine. This would help
raise awareness in their membership that spans the timber and
wood user industry
messages from workshops and walks on their website and in
Proposed follow-up private sector workshop to agree forestry
adaptation accord and inventory of actions suggested for
January (FC and CRSS).
This action will be revisited following the agreement/signing
of the adaptation accord by the private forestry sector and a
review of the actions already in place to identify where
gaps/needs lie - by the sector with support from CRSS,
spring 2015
Article planned on the impacts of climate change on supply
chains for CONFOR English membership magazine. This
would help raise awareness in their membership that spans
the timber and wood user industry. Investigation into the
impacts of recent extreme weather events on the Public
Forest Estate and a few timber supply merchants to identify
some key facts for use in the CONFOR industry article -
article (date tbc)
Farmers Weekly article on how to prepare for climate
change on your farm - :
http://www.fwi.co.uk/articles/22/10/2014/147141/farmers-
weekly-80th-birthday-prepare-for-climate-change-on-
your.htm
Links to NFU & Farmers Weekly marketing of our
November farm workshop and farm walk resilience events
advertised this week:
http://www.fwi.co.uk/articles/14/10/2014/147137/free-
events-to-prepare-your-farm-for-extreme-weather.htm FW
also tweeted about them and both FW and NFU included
them in further news items for members
Links to RS climate change award and case studies
available on request
Minute of skills meeting available on request
Supply chain guidance:
http://climateuk.net/resource/supply-chains-adaptation-
guidance
Business Resilience Health Check tool
http://www.businessresiliencehealthcheck.co.uk/
Initial feedback from FAS events suggests that farmers found the Second set of FAS workshops to take place in early 2015 to
scenario approach really useful to consider their own resilience allow reflection, reviewed messaging from first sessions
and potential adaptation actions make good business sense. currently running and engagement with other adaptation
events (Defra/ADAS/CRSS/EA). Wash-up meeting with FAS,
NFU and ADAS (RDPE skill session providers) in early Dec -
CRSS, NFU and FAS
FAS workshop presentation and event list available on
request
Link to ADAS events:
http://rdpe.adas.co.uk/Events.aspx
http://www.nfuonline.com/science-environment/weather-
and-climate-change/weather/weather-news/managing-
financial-risk-of-weather/
http://randd.defra.gov.uk/Default.aspx?Menu=Menu&Module=More&Location=None&ProjectID=18670&FromSearch
Evidence not yet available See Forestry & Woodland Policy Statement 'one year on' https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/221023/pb13871-forestry-policy-statem
report.

GiB launched its licencing scheme in summer 2014, which is Ongoing http://www.growninbritain.org/
being widely promoted. Around a dozen individuals and https://rhi.ofgem.gov.uk/Public/ExternalReportDetail.aspx?
organisations have now applied for a GiB licence - ranging in RP=RHIPublicReport
size from small private woodland owners (e.g. <20ha) to the http://www.wrap.org.uk/content/rural-community-energy-
~12,000ha of publicly owned Crown Estate forest. The licence fund
requires compliance with the UK Forestry Standard and use of
appropriate felling licences and so its use is helping to
encourage sustainable forestry management. GiB has
successfully enlisted the support of 20 UK Contractors Group
companies, who have signed a buy British procurement
statement, which they are beginning to investigate and act upon
(signatories are currently collecting data on volumes of wood
used and its origin, to inform future purchasing decisions). This
relationship/work could yield increased demand for British timber
and, therefore, sustainable woodland management/planting. GiB
and Forestry Commission England have also worked together to
commission new research projects that are exploring potential
opportunities for new British wood products and markets, e.g.
investigating the viability of a UK-based 'thermal modification'
plant for treating hardwoods. The Government's Renewable
Heat Incentive is continuing to drive more management in our
woodlands - over 4,600 boilers have been installed, which is
encouraging woodfuel supply chains. The Government's 15m
Rural Communities Energy Fund (launched summer 2013) has
now also funded 12 community-based projects which will look to
utilise local woodlands for their biomass fuel and help displace
fossil fuel use.
Percentage of woodland in management has risen from 53% in FC Woodlands into Management Programme FC Corporate indicators report at:
September 2013 to 55% in March 2014. http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/FC-England-Indicators-
Report-2014.pdf/$FILE/FC-England-Indicators-Report-
2014.pdf

Further information on Countryside Stewardship will be

available via a link from www.forestry.gov.uk/england when
available

Evidence not yet available Active consideration of a further award to also include urban http://rfs.org.uk/awards/rfs-excellence-in-forestry-awards/2014-winners/eif-climate-change-award/
planting.

Evidence not yet available Implementation of the Countryside Stewardship scheme https://www.gov.uk/government/groups/ecosystem-markets-task-forcehttps://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/syste
between 2015 and 2020; imminent publication of a 'Forest
Ecosystem Services Roadmap'

Evidence not yet available Project to conclude in December 2015 Not yet available

At 31/12/2014 197 projects had registered, of which 100 were Ongoing promotion of the Woodland Carbon Code www.forestry.gov.uk/carboncode
validated. Validated projects will create over 3,300 ha of
woodland and are predicted to sequester over 1.6 million tonnes
CO2 over the next 100 years.
Section in ASC 2013 Progress Report on species diversification
on the Public Forest Estate
Programme, itself, has not yet opened.
Accord and action plan not yet published
Evidence not yet available
Evidence not yet available
Climate Change Action Plan to be reviewed in 2016 http://www.forestry.gov.uk/forestry/infd-8macqb
Implementation of the Countryside Stewardship scheme Links to information on Countryside Stewardship, when available, will be provided from www.forestry.gov.uk/england
between 2015 and 2020. Interim grant scheme will open in
February 2015 for woodland creation, woodland planning and
plant health (forestry) measures. The main scheme will open
for applications in mid-2015.
Finalisation of the Accord in early 2015; plans to create a Not yet available
'catalogue of adaptation action to date' followed by an
evaluation of the 'adaptation gap'
Second round Adaptation Reporting Power Report (review of http://www.forestry.gov.uk/forestry/infd-8sekpy
first round report) to be completed by December 2015
Countryside Stewardship License to Operate training. www.forestry.gov.uk/ukfs
Evidence not yet available Ongoing implementation of actions https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/221023/pb13871-forestry-policy-
statement.pdf

http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/Forestry_and_Woodlands_Po
licy_Statement.pdf/
$FILE/Forestry_and_Woodlands_Policy_Statement.pdf

https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
achment_data/file/307355/pb14168-plant-health-
strategy.pdf

This large framework research project, FPPH, includes key work Continuing work through the FPPH project running over the
packages on pest and disease management and resilience, next five years.
focused on new threats including those influenced by
environmental change. In addition to this Defra has funded a
Strategic Evidence and Partnership Fund (SEPF) project which
brings together Fera and the UK Met Office to look at closer
integration of weather and plant disease data to help manage
plant health risks.

Defras comprehensive programme of research aims to build The Plant Health Network Evidence Action Plan (NEAP) will
resilience to threats from plant disease which can be be published in spring 2015.
exasperated by climate change.
A current project with the UK Met Office to look at closer Phase 2 of the UK plant health risk register is hoped to be in
integration of weather and plant disease data and the phase 2 place.
UK Plant Health Risk Register (UKPHRR) project will take into
account two major issues of risk register activities. (i) How best
to reflect current and future climate and (ii) how to take into
account the fact that impacts may take a long time, over 5 years,
to be realised.

THAPI was established to commission research to safeguard the Research projects will run over the next four years. http://www.bbsrc.ac.uk/web/FILES/PreviousAwards/thapbi-funded-projects.pdf
future health and resilience of trees, woodlands and their
associated ecosystems.
None yet. Research projects are ongoing, but still at an early Mid-term grant holders workshop planned for Autumn 2015, http://www.bbsrc.ac.uk/funding/opportunities/2013/tree-health-and-plant-biosecurity-phase2.aspx
stage. to be organised by the funders. Dissemination event will be
organised by the funders once the majority of projects have
ended (2017).

Evidence work indirectly supports activities to address CCRA

risks.

Evidence work indirectly supports activities to address CCRA

risks.

This action ties into disease horizon scanning. Risk assessments http://www.mrexcel.com/forum/excel-questions/74212-turn-auto-filter-one-column-only.html
are published online.
The Centre for Agricultural Informatics will develop metrics of
sustainability. Climate change risks will be one of the factors
influencing these metrics. Other innovative technologies
supported under the agri-tech strategy have the potential to help
address CCRA risks e.g. a project on the application of big data
to soils.
The Agri-Tech Catalyst is ongoing - the third Round is open http://www.agritechuk.org/
until January 2015. As well as the Centre for Informatics, we
expect there to be several other Centres of Agricultural
innovation. The intention is to announce those in the course
of 2015.

Examining the impact of soil degradation on ecosystem service Completion of ongoing research and planning for additional Details of projects BD5001, SP1210, SP1316, SP1317 and
delivery, including how degradation processes will change under research. SP1318 can be found at: http://randd.defra.gov.uk/
projected climate change. Also considering the measures that
farmers and others can take to address degradation and what
additional measures will be required under climate change.
Covering increased risk of erosion, change in SOC and impact of
wetter (rather than drier) soil conditions.
Evidence not yet available
The majority of UK research funded by Defra and other sponsors
on crop water use efficiency (WUE) has been, and is being,
carried out at current levels of CO2 and at current ambient
temperatures. A consequence of this approach is that the
genetic basis for WUE found in experiments at ambient CO2
may be immaterial or even counterproductive under high CO2
while others could prove to be more significant at high CO2
where nutrient assimilation is important. In addition, traits that
would be of benefit at high temperature and CO2 may not be
apparent under ambient conditions. This project addressed this
question by testing the hypothesis that traits for water or nutrient
use efficiency identified at current CO2 levels are the same as
those that are relevant under high CO2 for wheat and broccoli. A
range of genotypes were screened for growth, productivity and
water use efficiency in glasshouses at ambient and elevated
CO2 and at different levels of irrigation and nutrition alone or in
combination.
New research programmes to be implemented from April http://www.forestry.gov.uk/research
2015
Defra is supporting Crop Genetic Improvement Networks
(GINs) that underpin collaborative research with industry with
the aim of assisting the future development of varieties that
are adaptable to weather changes, more resource-efficient
and resilient to pests and diseases. Understanding the
genetic background of crops provides the incubator for new
traits/ideas that are developed in the GINs to accelerate their
introduction in breeding programmes. This allows rapid
responses to changes in weather conditions (i.e. the use of
new drought tolerant varieties or new disease resistant
varieties).
0
 CLIMATE CHANGE RISK ASSESSMENT IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
CCRA RISKS DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE ACTION WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
(CCRA) RISKS ADDRESSED BY STATUS OF COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE RISKS AS DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
OBJECTIVE ACTIONS TACKLED BY OWNER(S) TIMING IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA RISK(S)/OTHER DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
OBJECTIVE ACTION BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED ANTICIPATED? INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
ACTION CLIMATE RISKS INFORMATION, ETC
(highest order CCRA risks in bold) (Y/N)

OBJECTIVE 19: To TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS To take forward commitments as laid out in Biodiversity 2020, which sets the strategic BD1, BD5, BD9, Government policy - By 2020 On-track Over 95% of our Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) remain in favourable or Yes Action to deliver B2020 such as the creation of ecological Natural England and the Terrestrial Biodiversity Group are https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/england-
build the resilience of direction of policy for protecting and enhancing biodiversity. BD11 delivery by Non recovering condition. The creation of over 60,000 hectares of additional priority habitat networks under the NIAs and the delivery of Outcome 1D is looking at delivery of the Biodiversity 2020 Strategys biodiversity-indicators
BD5 Species unable to track changing has begun since the 2011 baseline year and we are making progress towards the other designed to help to address CCRA risks. B2020 progress is terrestrial outcomes to identify what more can be done to https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
wildlife, habitats and Governmental terrestrial biodiversity outcomes in the strategy, although this cannot be so easily measured through the B2020 indicators and Outcome deliver them right across the biodiversity partnership. Early achment_data/file/69446/pb13583-biodiversity-strategy-
ecosystems 'climate space' Organisations quantified on an ongoing basis. A new Countryside Stewardship scheme is being measures, but there is no specific mechanism for measuring its conclusions and recommendations are due in early 2015. 2020-111111.pdf
(terrestrial, designed with partners and will support delivery of these targets and local environmental contribution to addressing the CCRA risks. Monitoring and surveillance data are used to support
BD9 Changes in species migration patterns
freshwater, marine priorities through a more focussed approach to on-farm support. The new scheme should research and large-scale assessments of biodiversity change
and coastal) to also provide access to funds to support clusters of farmers and land managers to put and to link these changes with environmental pressures,
BD10 Biodiversity risks due to warmer together landscape scale conservation and restoration projects. Outcome 1D of the policy interventions or ecosystem service change at a range
climate change, so as rivers and lakes strategy is "Restoring 15% of degraded ecosystems as a contribution to climate change of spatial scales. In the last decade a significant amount of
to put our natural mitigation and adaptation". Progress is being made to define the baseline for this research on climate change and ecosystem services has
environment in the BD14 Ecosystem risks due to low flows outcome. So far this has been done for wetlands and coastal ecosystems - 15% of these been based on the analysis of data from biodiversity
strongest possible and increased water demand degraded ecosystems equates to 153,581 ha. Work on other habitat types is planned for monitoring and surveillance. Bringing data on biodiversity
position to meet the early 2015. Nature Improvement Areas were established to create joined up and resilient change and conservation management together in the B2020
BD1 Risks to species and habitats due to ecological networks at a landscape scale. Achievements at the end of their second year Monitoring and Surveillance Strategy will enable us to
challenges and of funding include: nearly 7,500 ha of habitat has been created or restored and a further distinguish cause and effect, highlight key risks, demonstrate
changes ahead. drier soils
11,253ha has been maintained or improved. 86km of hedgerows, rivers and riverbank has successes and refine future interventions
been restored or created and a further 183km managed to maintain or improve condition.
BD2 Risks to species and habitats due to As Biodiversity 2020 makes clear, Government will play an important role but cannot
coastal evolution deliver the strategy alone. Conservation charities, members of the public and volunteers,
farmers, landowners and other businesses, local authorities and Government need to
MA2a Decline in marine water quality due work together and to build on their existing contributions to achieve the Biodiversity 2020
to sewer overflows outcomes.

MA6 Northward spread of invasive non-

native species The Environment Agency to work with the Wetland Vision partnership to capture MA6, BD5, BD9, Partnership Ongoing On-track Workshop held with the Wildfowl and Wetland Trust. Wetland Tool for Climate Change Yes Increasing understanding amongst wetland managers of climate Continued engagement with wetland managers, for example http://www.wetlandvision.org.uk/dyndisplay.aspx?d=home
biodiversity adaptation benefits from the project. BD11 developed in collaboration with CEH. change hydrological risks. through Wildlife Trusts. http://www.ceh.ac.uk/sci_programmes/water/wetlands/climat
WA7 Insufficient summer river flows to meet echangeassessmenttoolforwetlands.html
environmental targets

BD8 Changes in soil organic carbon
BD11 Generalist species more able to adapt
than specialists
WA9a Potential decline in summer water
quality (point source pollution)
WA9b Potential decline in water quality due to
diffuse pollution
BD13 Water quality and pollution risks
BD3 Risks of pests to biodiversity
Natural England to use their vulnerability assessment and mapping tools (e.g. to help WA7, BD14, WA9a, Natural England
inform the spatial targeting of incentive scheme interventions). WA9b, BD13, BD11
Natural England to publish National Character Area profiles and statements that WA9a, WA9b, BD14, Natural England
include climate change threats and opportunities. MA2a, BD11
Natural England to publish National Character Area climate change vulnerability BD1, BD2, BD4, BD5, Natural England
studies, which will include suggestions for adaptation action. BD11
Ongoing to 2014 On-track The National Biodiversity Climate Change Vulnerability Model is being used in a range of Yes The model will continue to be used internally to help identify http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/5069081749
work areas, including agri-environment scheme targeting, the Designations Strategy, adaptation priorities, and will continue to be made available
Biodiversity 2020 target delivery, our input to spatial planning with Local Authorities ,and for external use.
helping to provide the evidence base for NIAs and LNPs. A research report on the
development of the model has been published.
By April 2014 Complete All 159 NCA profiles have been published and include an assessment of potential climate Yes The full suite of profiles has only recently been published. The http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/category/587130
change impacts and adaptation opportunities. extent to which they are being used and informing adaptation
action will only become clear over time.
2013 onwards Other (please Five new reports were published in 2013 (Humberhead Levels, South Downs, North Kent, Yes The reports are being used locally, and reports' findings, and the http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/category/597808847519
explain) Sherwood and South East Northumberland), to accompany the four published in 2009. approach to vulnerability assessment developed in the studies,
Three further reports are yet to be finalised owing to staffing shortages. been used to inform subsequent work, including the NCA profiles
and Countryside Stewardship targeting statements.

BD4 Risks of diseases to biodiversity

Natural England to publish an online climate change adaptation manual for land BD1, BD2, BD4, BD5, Natural England Autumn 2013 Complete The Adaptation Manual was published in June 2014. A series of external workshops Yes The manual is being used directly to inform NNR management A second, expanded, edition of the manual is in the early http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/5629923804
managers and conservation practitioners, summarising evidence and best practice BD8, BD9, BD10, were held in November 2014 to promote use of the manual. Further events are planned plans and agri-environment scheme targeting. stages of development. This is expected to be published in
BD12 Wildfires due to warmer and drier advice on dealing with climate change adaptation. for 2015. 2015.
conditions BD12
Defra to ensure that adaptation is integral to the development of agri-environment BD5, BD9 Defra By 2014 On-track Climate change adaption (and mitigation) continues to be an over-arching objective of the Not yet but is expected to
BU2 Monetary losses due to tourist assets at schemes in the next Rural Development Programme. agri-environment scheme (Countryside Stewardship) in England. Our proposals for
risk from flooding. Countryside Stewardship have been submitted to the Commission for approval (as part of
the rural development programme for England) and we await their response, which we
expect initially in January 2015.

Natural England, Environment Agency and the Forestry Commission to develop advice ALL CCRA NATURAL Natural England,
and tools to help land managers and advisors to take informed decisions about ENVIRONMENT Environment Agency,
adaptation and upskilling their own staff (see specific risks).
RISKS Forestry Commission
Ongoing On-track NE: Up-skilling our own staff is an on-going challenge owing to time pressures and
workloads. Climate change is being embedded into Countryside Stewardship and the
advice package that will accompany it. The Adaptation Manual was published in June
2014 to provide information to conservation managers. Training has been made available
for advisors in area teams. The manual has been disseminated across the Defra family
and conservation NGOs.
Yes Conservation site management plans beginning to include We are currently considering how best to provide climate http://www.forestry.gov.uk/fr/INFD-5VGEXU
climate change adaptation actions. change training to those staff that will be responsible for
delivering the new Countryside Stewardship scheme. The
manual will continue to be updated and promoted.

FC has continued to promote the use of ESC and the 'Right Trees in a Changing Climate'
database to advise on species choice, incorporating climate change projections;
EA/NE/FC contributed to an 'in Practice' special issue (Chartered Institute of Ecology and
Environmental Management in-house magazine), highlighting the role of decision support
tools in adapting to (and mitigating) climate change.

To ensure newly-established Nature Improvement Areas have the necessary
knowledge and tools to build adaptation into their work.
BD5, BD9 Nature Improvement First 3 year programme On-track Opportunities to incorporate climate change adaptation into NIAs were addressed in the Yes Natural England is continuing to work with specific NIAs on http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/5935762914
Areas finishes in 2014 report "Assessing and enabling climate change adaptation in Nature Improvement Areas climate change adaptation and ecological networks, for
"(NECR119), published in September 2013. We have also promoted use of the example through the Morecambe Bay ecological network
vulnerability assessment model by NIAs and have provided assistance to individual NIAs project and the use of the vulnerability assessment model in
on its use. a more bespoke way for Wild Purbeck NIA. We have also
inputted to the RSPBs work on vulnerability assessments
e.g. Greater Thames Marshes NIA, and other large scale
projects such as The Brecks Futurescapes.

To make Local Nature Partnerships aware of the risks associated with climate change BD5, BD9 Local Nature Ongoing
and able to build adaptation to climate change into their plans, strategies and work. Partnerships
Natural England to agree with partners a prioritised programme for species, allocating BD11, BD3, BD4, Natural England Spring (2013, species Other (please A research project on risks and opportunities for species as a result of climate change has Not yet A research report on risks and opportunities for species will
responsibilities for action. Natural England to work with a range of bodies, BD5, BD9 programme) explain) been written up in the form of a Natural England Research Report that will be published be published in early 2015. The findings will be incorporated
encouraging community action to make the natural environment more resilient to early in 2015. into the next edition of the Climate Change Adaptation
climate change. Manual
Natural England has no mechanism for allocating responsibilities, and to date it has been
premature to develop a formal programme for managing species under climate change.
However we are developing the adaptation manual further to help local decision making
on species. It may well be more important to integrate climate change more fully into
existing processes than creating new ones, but we will consult more fully with partners as
we develop and roll out the revision of the adaptation manual.

NE are working with partners to build resilience through the Biodiversity and Ecosystems
group and the recent adaptation manual workshops.

Defra to establish alerts, surveillance and rapid response plans for detecting and
tackling the arrival of selected invasive non-native species.
BD11, MA6, BD3, BD4 Defra
Ongoing Other (please In October 2012 Pearce et al. completed a report for Defra on Modelling the risk of the Yes CCRA risk MA06 specifically focussed on the potential spread of
explain) introduction and spread of non-indigenous species in the UK and Ireland. This report marine non-native species. The activities described here will
aimed firstly to identify potential hotspots of introduction and establishment of marine NIS. enhance understanding of possible future prevalence and
Defra has commissioned a new 3-year project (ME5215) Marine non-indigenous species consequences of spread (also new species that may arrive in
monitoring and risk assessment (2013-2015). This will assess the suitability of current UK waters in the future).
monitoring programmes in the UK for the detection of marine NIS, it will assess high risk
pathways and areas of introduction.
As part of the Defra funded MINERVA project (ME5213) spatial modelling will be carried
out to determine how marine non-indigenous species in the UK might proliferate and
spread as a result of future climate change.
Most of the recent Defra-funded activity under this theme is aimed at addressing
commitments under the EU MSFD, Habitats Directive, CBD and particularly the new
"Regulation on the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive
non-native species" rather than the consequences of climate change explicitly. The link
between spread or arrival of many marine NIS and climate change remains poorly
understood.

Defra and its agencies to implement, review and improve Diffuse Water Pollution
Plans for Protected Areas under the Water Framework Directive, factoring in climate
change, which will be critical to improving habitat and species resilience to climate
pressures.
WA9b Defra and Agencies Plans will be completed Other (please Initial outline plans were completed by 2012 but require further work to become fully 'fit for Yes The development of the DWP Plans is improving our Natural England seeks to continue to drive forward the DWP
by April 2012 for Natura explain) purpose'. A programme is ongoing to integrate an enhanced level of catchment detail on understanding of the risk presented by DWP at the catchment Plan programme so that by Dec 2015 plans provide a good
spatial pollution risk and source apportionment. A lack of detailed catchment specific data scale and the key sources and pathways. This will guide future springboard for RDPE and WFD delivery in WFD Cycle 2 and
2000 protected sites and modelling has been a barrier. IPR can also present a barrier to accessing intervention strategies to tackle DWP in those catchments and stimulate greater engagement with wider CABA partners.
information where it exists. Specific commissions, led by NE are aimed at plugging improve resilience.
evidence gaps to provide an improved set of plans for N2K sites by 2015. WFD GIA
provision has been key to resourcing DWP Plan development. Climate Change is not
specifically factored in at this stage but the purpose of the plans is to drive catchment
interventions that reduce soil and nutrient loss and reduce water pollution impacts on N2K
sites, thus improving site resilience to climate change effects.

Environment Agency Climate Ready service will support the Local Government ALL CCRA NATURAL Environment Agency Until 2014 On-track Climate Ready theme leads continue to contribute to discussions on the LGA's Climate Yes Capacity building & Knowledge transfer. An example of this is http://www.local.gov.uk/climate-local
Associations Climate Local initiative as a means of signposting advice, tools and ENVIRONMENT Climate Ready Local Forum on the KHub and to share relevant pieces of work, including events via the the wider sharing of the Climate Change adaptation manual
examples that can help councils take action to improve the resilience of the natural Climate Local e-bulletin. Potential issues/barriers include low uptake and readership of across the Climate Local network.
environment. RISKS both the online forum and e-bulletin due to work pressures faced by local authority
officers.

FRESHWATER ECOSYSTEMS
FL15 Flood risk for scheduled ancient
monument sites
BD14 Ecosystem risks due to low flows approach to addressing Significant Water Management Issues (SWMI) going into the
and increased water demand
FL4b Agricultural land at risk of regular
flooding
BD7 Risks to coastal habitats due to
flooding
BD10 Biodiversity risks due to warmer
rivers and lakes The Environment Agency to monitor the effects of climate change and continue to
review its monitoring networks, to ensure that they are adequate.
WA8 Number of unsustainable water
abstractions (total)
WA7 Insufficient summer river flows to meet The Environment Agency to develop and use natural means of flood defence using
environmental targets
BD11 Generalist species more able to adapt - catchment management to retain water through soils; and
than specialists
WA9a Potential decline in summer water
quality (point source pollution)
WA9b Potential decline in water quality due
to diffuse pollution
BD13 Water quality and pollution risks
Non-governmental organisations (see owners) to work in partnership to build resilience
of the natural environment by developing ecological networks that allow species to
move between sites.
Non-governmental organisations (see owners) to plan for a 2-4 degree mean global
temperature rise at their sites.
The Forestry Commission, working with the woodland sector, to increase the resilience
of England's woodland resource by:
- aiming to increase the area of woodland in active management to 66% by 2018;
- working with businesses and civil society to increase the total capacity and capability
available to provide targeted advice about woodland management;
- publishing new guidance on Building Wildfire Resilience into Forest Management
Planning to support implementation of the UK Forestry Standard [2013]; and
- developing contingency plans for major fire and windstorm events [2013].
The Forestry Commission, Natural England and Defra to ensure that implementation
of Keepers of Time and the Open Habitats policy, in line with the Ancient and Native
Woodland Practice Guide, enhances landscape resilience to climate change.
The Crown Estate to continue to build resilience of their forests to wildfires by building
into the design and development of forest design plans alternative species choice and
firebreak management. To continue to work with South East England Wildfire Group
to drive, innovate and implement best practice.
In 2014/15 the Environment Agency to develop the second cycle River Basement
Management Plans, implementing the Water Framework Directive.
Between June and December 2013, the Environment Agency to consult on its
second cycle of river basin management plans. This will include the approach to
addressing challenges posed by climate change.
By the end of 2013, Defra and the Environment Agency to have reviewed the progress
made within the catchment approach pilots, including how climate risks are being
considered. This work will help develop tools for catchment managers, to consider
resilience to climate variability and change in the wider roll-out of the catchment
approach in 2014.
ecosystem-based approaches with biodiversity co-benefits. This will include:
- restoration of original river morphologies and flood plain function;
- increased use of soft coastal defences and managed realignment.
The Environment Agency to work hand in hand with other delivery partners to deliver
their 'Keeping Rivers Cool' project, to provide the evidence base and implementation
for providing riparian shade using natural ecosystems for warming rivers and lakes.
Defra to consult on the reform of the abstraction licensing, to:
- encourage abstractors to use water more efficiently and share water; and
- to help meet water quality targets under a changing climate. Defra will look to
introduce legislation to enact the new approach by early in the next Parliament.
The Environment Agency to continue to take forward its Restoring Sustainable
Abstraction (RSA) programme.
BD5, BD9 Royal Society for the Ongoing On-track The Woodland Trust maintains its own sites in accordance with a set of management
Protection of Birds, principles that implicitly build resilience. We also work with other landowners to do the
same, whether through the restoration of planted ancient woodland sites or the creation of
National Trust, The new native woodland to buffer, extend and link existing woodland. In addition, we actively
Wildlife Trust and campaign to prevent the further loss of woodland, particularly ancient woodland and
Woodland trust ancient trees, which leads to increased fragmentation and reduced ecological resilience to
climate and other impacts. We work with a range of partners, including other NGOs,
businesses and private landowners, to protect and restore existing woodland and create
new woodland to improve landscape permeability.
RSPB: Actioned mainly through nature reserves and Futurescapes programmes, as
below, and contributing to policy development. Some specific cases of good progress, but
overall hampered by lack of resources and by competing cross-sectoral interests; lack of
coherent UK vision for addressing BD5.
The Wildlife Trusts approach is to develop wildlife-rich landscapes by focusing on broad
habitat types thus allowing species to colonise, move and adapt to climate change Living
Landscapes, along with nature reserves and other approaches, sets out a realisable
ecological network that could adapt to climate change.
Many Wildlife Trusts have mapped the potential of existing habitats and the most effective
locations in which to restore key habitats. This includes using ecological mapping within
reserves and land purchase strategies.
In addition, one Wildlife Trust is attempting to ensure that connectivity for key species
builds in resilience for climate change by looking at altitudinal connections of habitat.
However, in some cases, there has been a lack of understanding and/or acceptance of
climate change amongst stakeholders and partners.
WA7, BD14, BD3, RSPB, National Trust, Ongoing Other (please Rather than prepare for a prescribed future the Woodland Trust is of the opinion that, in
BD4, BD11, BD5, The Wildlife Trust and explain) light of the many uncertainties, a preferable option is to enhance ecosystem resilience at
a landscape scale. By using a broader range of native tree species the risks posed by the
BD9, BD10, BU2, Woodland trust potential loss of any single species are minimized. By restoring fragmented landscapes,
BD1 such as through the renovation of exhausted hedgerows or the buffering of ancient
woodland with new woodland, habitat connectivity can be improved and so assist the
movement of species in response to climate change.
All RSPB nature reserves have now assessed both climate change impacts and
appropriate adaptation responses. BD3, BD4 (risk of pests, diseases) needs greater
attention outside of RSPB reserves .
There are very few individual Wildlife Trusts (if any) that are specifically planning for 2-4
degree mean global temperature rise. Some Trusts are looking at priority habitats and
species and how they will manage for them in the future given the potential threats and
risks from climate change (e.g. a site that might be wetter for longer).
Some Trusts are also planning to build climate change adaptation into reserve
management plans but this is a work in progress. At least one Trust has developed a
strategic acquisition plan for nature reserves and are building climate change adaptation
criteria into the process.
There are a number of barriers including: much nature reserve work has traditionally been
funded through HLS and that did not include that sort of work; small sites have limited
scope for adaptation; some have tried to revise management plans but only succeeded in
including generic statements; it has been difficult to see strong trends and clear patterns
at the site level.
BD11, BD3, BD4, Forestry Commission Ongoing On-track Progress reported in Forestry & Woodland Policy Statement 'one year on' report,
BD5, BD9, BD12 published January 2014. In summary: Good progress is being made against all 36
commitments in the FWPS. For example: the area of woodland under management has
increased to 55% (up 7 percentage points since 2008). We have also built on the quick
start summary and guidelines on the UK Forestry Standard and supported numerous
training events for landowners, businesses and others to improve their understanding and
capacity to manage their woodlands to best effect. In addition, we have commissioned
and supported the landowner incentivisation research (which will be published shortly),
and worked closely with the sector, for example through the Grown in Britain initiative, to
make it more economically attractive to manage woodlands and plant new trees. FC has
published a UKFS Practice Guide on 'Building Wildfire Resilience into Forest
Management Planning' and has developed its own in-house approach to contingency
planning (for windstorm, wildfire and pest and disease outbreaks), building on their
Operational Guidance Booklet 'Planning for the Unexpected'.
BD5 Forestry Commission Ongoing On-track Landscape scale adaptation of woodlands is an integral concept in Countryside
Stewardship, woodland management planning and the UK Forestry Standard.
FC will continue to fund the Deer Initiative in 2015/16 and will market test its delivery for
2016-17 and beyond
BD12 Crown Estate New 20 year forest On-track Forests plans for all The Crown Estate English forest management units are currently
design plan to be being reviewed in advance of our 5 year FSC recertification audit which is due in 2015.
completed by March
2014
WA7, BD14, FL4b, Environment Agency By 2015 On-track Consultation on significant water measures is over. A consultation on updating the river
WA9a/b, BD13 basin management plans was launched in September 2014 and will continue until March
2015. This includes further information on how climate change has been incorporated in
river basin management planning.
WA7, BD14, WA9a, Defra, Environment By end 2013 On-track Catchment Partnerships in operation across all catchments in England. Some are more
WA9b, BD1 Agency recently established than others and this is a factor in their effectiveness
ALL CCRA NATURAL Environment Agency Ongoing On-track Environment Agency promoting CSO monitoring through Water and Sewerage Company's
ENVIRONMENT PR14 business plans. The CSO monitoring will be used to track temporal trends of CSO
performance and highlight potential impacts from future pressures such as climate
RISKS change if not proactively addressed.
BD7, FL15 Environment Agency Ongoing On-track Large programme of river restoration and wetland creation underway - much of which
aims to mitigate against climate change and which is linked to and driven by KPIs. Key
examples recently include the completion of the Steart managed realignment project in
Somerset and the commencement of the final phase of the Hesketh Outmarsh managed
realignment project in Lancs. In addition a T102 internal training course on the subject of
sustainable catchment management, ecosystems services and multiple benefits etc. is
being rolled out to staff in Areas and is proving hugely popular and successful.
BD10, BD14 Environment Agency By end 2016 On-track The Keeping Rivers Cool project is an award winning programme explicitly designed to
and Partners protect young trout and salmon in small streams; on hot summer days shading by trees
has been shown to keep small streams below temperatures that would endanger these
fish.
The Environment Agency has used LiDAR (light detection and ranging data) to generate
maps which show where creating riparian woodland would have the most benefits. These
shade maps take into account stream aspect, valley depth and existing shade. Working
with Woodland Trust, Forestry Commission, The Association of Rivers Trusts and
Loughborough University we have produced guidance on the method and made all of the
maps available to the public.
We have promoted demonstration projects on the Ribble, Wye, and Hampshire Avon and
are developing a project on the Tyne. About 25km of fencing and 60,000 trees have now
been planted in the Ribble in the right places to generate shade and protect young trout,
in addition to the wider water quality benefits these riparian trees will generate.
The programme is now attracting external funding, including 75k from SITA and 50,000
from United Utilities for the Ribble project.
In addition to use by land managers the maps are also being used to inform targeting of
the new (NELMS) countryside stewardship scheme.
WA7, WA8 Defra By Dec 2013 Complete Consultation undertaken in December 2013 and a summary of responses published in
July 2014.
WA7, WA8 Environment Agency Ongoing On-track We are supporting Defra on their reform of the water abstraction system. We have scoped Yes
the long term environmental impacts and future requirements for sustainability
assessments to improve environmental flow indicators, to inform future water resource
planning and to address the uncertainty around the impact of climate change on river
flows. This analysis illustrates the challenges of water allocation between people, the
economy, agriculture and the environment under different climate change scenarios, and
underpins governments reform of abstraction licensing.
Yes Woodland Trust: Our approach will not only increase the ability Woodland Trust: We are initiating a research programme with
of woodland habitats to withstand climate shocks but also a National Tree Map at its centre that will enable us to assess
enhance their ability to protect other systems. For example, trees landscape resilience at multiple scales and to focus
can deliver multiple co-benefits/ecosystem services, such as conservation effort on those areas where the greatest
regulation of water flows and quality, sequestration and storage impacts will be made. This work will involve partnerships with
of carbon, production of renewable fuel, mitigation of urban heat other NGOs, Government Agencies and Universities. We
island effect and so on. More trees in the right places, both in have just taken delivery of the dataset and will carry out some
rural and urban contexts, will increase the overall ability of the pilot analysis over the next 12 months.
landscape to absorb and recover from future impacts. Adaptation is an integral and ongoing part of the RSPB's
Climate change is integrated into RSPB reserve management approach to managing and developing our nature reserve
plans and acquisition strategy. network
Following publication of the Climate Change Adaptation Manual,
many Wildlife Trusts are now beginning to consider how to
incorporate resilience and climate change adaptation
considerations into future management planning. This includes
questioning whether current management is suitable under
various climate change scenarios and incorporating climate
change into monitoring strategies to allow for adaptive
management.
Some Wildlife Trust staff also plan to run climate change
adaptation workshops for their colleagues working on nature
reserves and within the wider countryside using the Climate
Change Adaptation Manual.
One Trust has also suggested they will try to integrate climate
change resilience into funding proposals.
Yes Following publication of the Climate Change Adaptation Manual, We are developing a monitoring protocol for our own estate
many Wildlife Trusts are now beginning to consider how to that will enable us to build a picture of how our sites are
incorporate resilience and climate change adaptation responding to climate-related impacts, such as the arrival of
considerations into future management planning. This includes pests and pathogens. This will be implemented over the next
questioning whether current management is suitable under 12 months.
various climate change scenarios and incorporating climate
change into monitoring strategies to allow for adaptive
management.
Some Wildlife Trust staff also plan to run climate change
adaptation workshops for their colleagues working on nature
reserves and within the wider countryside using the Climate
Change Adaptation Manual.
Yes - range of initiatives to increase the resilience of English Evidence not yet available See Forestry & Woodland Policy Statement 'one year on' https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachme
woodlands report.
Yes - a landscape approach to woodland adaptation will
increase the resilience of populations of woodland wildlife
and aid migration through the landscape. The control of deer
populations will promote regeneration and, as a
consequence, evolutionary adaptation to climate change
Yes The revised plans include climate change adaptation and
mitigation measures including greater diversity of species choice
in restocking sites in response to the growing threat form pests
and diseases and measures to manage the impact of potential
forest fires. Our forest management team at Windsor continue to
work with the SE England Wildfire Group regarding wild fire
planning and adaptation.
Environment Agency leading on preparation of second round http://www.gov.uk/government/collections/river-basin-managemen
RBMPs. Consultation ends 10 April 2015.
Yes Catchment partnerships adopt a multi benefit/ ecosystem Ongoing support for CaBA to develop further http://www.catchmentbasedapproach.org/
approach. Projects that deal with a particular issue: flooding/
catchment restoration often deliver social or economic and
biodiversity gain too.
Yes Ongoing promotion of more catchment-scale initiatives to http://www.nerc-bess.net/index.php/news-and-events/187-multiple
deliver natural flood management ( an thus climate resilient)
techniques on the ground. Current examples at the early
stage with funding allocated in the FCRM Medium term Plan
include Lustrum Beck in Teesside and Aldingbourne Rife in
Sussex
Yes There is adequate evidence in the scientific literature and Further funding from the Environment Agency for the Due to the switch to .GOV.UK website the KRC guidance in
existing models about the effect of riparian stands and riparian 'Keeping Rivers Cool' programme will not be available from no longer hosted on the website. Other organisation
woodland in decreasing water temperatures, particularly on hot April 2015. However in some areas the programme is now however have chosen to promote the guidance e.g.:
summer days when some temperature vulnerable species are attracting funding from external partners and organisations to http://www.asfb.org.uk/keeping-rivers-cool-new-guidance-
most at risk. This is a particularly useful climate change build on the success it has already had. The maps and for-river-managers/
adaptation project in the face of predicted air and water guidance to promote riparian shading as a climate change A 10 minute clip about the programme appeared on ITV's
temperature increases. adaptation action are freely available and the Environment Countrywise 10 November and can be viewed here:
The aim of the programme of work is to provide the guidance, Agency will be widely promoting the method and tools over https://www.itv.com/itvplayer/countrywise/series-6/episode-3
tools and demonstration projects to promote further riparian 2015/16. Link to Rivers trust catchment mapping portal, hosting
shading projects across England and there is evidence that riparian shade maps:
riparian shading projects are being taken up by land managers http://www.theriverstrust.org/catchment_mapping/index.html
across the country. EU conference RESTORE presentation about the project:
www.youtube.com/watch?v=itgyomeg6sM
Yes Government will make policy decisions on which to base https://consult.defra.gov.uk/water/abstraction-reform
legislation in 2015, and aims to be in a position to legislate
early in the next Parliament.

MARINE ECOSYSTEMS
MA2a Decline in marine water quality due to
sewer overflows
BD7 Risks to coastal habitats due to flooding
MA3 Increased ocean acidification
The Marine Management Organisation to prepare marine plans that include policies
MA6 Northward spread of invasive non-native for climate adaptation. The preparation of new plans will include horizon scanning to
species evaluate the potential longer term risks and opportunities from climate change. Ten
Marine Plans for the whole of the English marine area will be completed by 2021.
MA10 Disruption to marine ecosystems due to
warmer waters
FL14b Priority habitats lost due to coastal erosion
MA8 Potential disruption to breeding of seabirds
and intertidal invertebrates
MA1 Risk of harmful algal blooms due to changes coherent network of Marine Protected Areas (MPAs), with the first marine conservation
in ocean stratification
WA9a Potential decline in summer water quality Protected Areas by 2016. Completion of the network and, where appropriate,
(point source pollution)
WA9b Potential decline in water quality due to
diffuse pollution
MA9 Decline in productivity of 'cold water' fish and
shellfish stocks
MA4a Changes in fish catch latitude/centre of
gravity (cod, haddock)
MA4b Changes in fish catch latitude/centre of
gravity (plaice, sole)
BD6 Environmental effects of climate mitigation
measures
BD13 Water quality and pollution risks
COASTAL ECOSYSTEMS
BD7 Risks to coastal habitats due to flooding
BD2 Risks to species and habitats due to
coastal evolution
BD14 Ecosystem risks due to low flows and
increased water demand
MA2a Decline in marine water quality due to
sewer overflows
MA3 Ocean acidification
MA8 Potential disruption to breeding of seabirds
and intertidal invertebrates
MA1 Risk of harmful algal blooms due to changes
in ocean stratification
FL14b Priority habitats lost due to coastal erosion
Canal & Rivers Trust to follow up actions published in their Adaptation Reporting
Power report (originally requested in the British Waterways first phase of reporting).
The Forestry Commission to work with Natural England, the Environment Agency and
others to contribute to improving the freshwater environment through targeted
woodland creation and management, as outlined in the 'Woodland for Water Action
Plan' and through implementation of the UK Forestry Standard's Forests and Water
Guidelines:
- addressing agricultural diffuse water pollution;
- contributing to flood alleviation;
- limiting thermal stress through riparian planting; and
- avoiding significant planting in areas where groundwater supplies are constrained or
acidification of groundwater remains a risk.
Through its programme of catchment management, The Rivers Trust to implement
actions to adapt to climate change, protecting our freshwaters and the ecosystem
services they provide.
Defra to develop a programme of measures to achieve Good Environmental Status in
our waters. Where relevant, the Programme of Measures will take account of
prevailing conditions including climatic changes caused by human induced climate
change.
Defra will establish Marine Conservation Zones to contribute to an ecologically
zones designated in 2013.
Defra has committed to designating at least 25% of English Waters as Marine
management measures are expected to take account of expected impacts of climate
change.
Seafish organisation to work with those involved in the seafood supply chain to
understand climate change risks and mitigating action.
The Marine Climate Change Impacts Partnership to publish a new report card
summarising the latest evidence on impacts of climate change on the UKs marine
environment. A mid-term review of the second programme will evaluate its
effectiveness in improving understanding of climate impacts.
Through its 'Climate Smart' working initiative, the Marine Climate Change Impacts
Partnership to collaborate with selected marine sectors to develop adaptive capacity,
using the best available evidence on climate impacts.
The Marine Management Organisation to publish a climate change adaptation report
describing the steps they are taking to respond to climate change through their
statutory functions.
As the industry body with a remit to support the profitability and sustainability of the
seafood industry, 'Seafish' to publish a climate change adaptation report describing the
steps industry are taking to respond to climate change.
Defra to consider the opportunities to the marine industry, as suggested in the
Economics of Climate Resilience project.
The Environment Agency to identify those species and habitats that are most
vulnerable by undertaking a vulnerability assessment (e.g. salmonids & other fish
species).
The Environment Agency to identify main areas of erosion through the National
Coastal Erosion Risk Mapping project. This will allow identification of potential
locations of important habitats that will help better accommodate changing species
climate envelopes.
Natural England to develop plans to compensate for losses at threatened coastal
National Nature Reserves, taking into account land with potential future natural status
(e.g. Great Fen project).
BD10, BD14 Canal & Rivers Trust By end of 2012
WA7, BD14, FL4b, Forestry Commission 2013 onwards On-track Research Note on forest management in acidified catchments published (Feb 2014) to Yes - clear role for woodland creation in flood alleviation, More than 1,000 ha of woodland planting grant-aided through Implementation of Countryside stewardship and its support Further information on Countryside Stewardship will be
WA9a/b, BD13 support UKFS Practice Guide (September 2014); evidence summary (FC/EA) of the role provision of shade to protect freshwater habitats and to the English Woodland Grant Scheme between 2012 and 2014. for woodland planting and management to address water available via links from www.forestry.gov.uk/england when
of forestry in flood alleviation published (Feb 2014); ongoing roll-out of Keeping Rivers reduce agricultural diffuse water pollution. management issues. available
Cool project. All aspects incorporated into Countryside Stewardship targeting, scoring or http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/FCRN016.pdf/
constraints layers. $FILE/FCRN016.pdf
http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/FCPG023.pdf/
$file/FCPG023.pdf
BD3, BD4, BD11 The Rivers Trust 2013 onwards
MA2a, MA3, MA10, Defra By publication of the next On-track In 2015 MCCIP will publish a special topic report focussing on Climate Change and Good Yes It is relevant to a wide range of risks, as shown in column C) and Defra consulting on UK programme of measures in Spring https://www.gov.uk/government/policies/protecting-and-
MA8, MA1, WA9a/b, CCRA Environmental Status, with a particular focus on the UK. The MCCIP report has been there are effectively links to all actions related to marine 2015 sustainably-using-the-marine-environment/supporting-
hampered a little by a lack of published information to draw on but will provide a biodiversity. pages/implementing-the-marine-strategy-framework-
BD13 comprehensive overview of GES and CC issues (if successfully published) that can be directive
used to help provide advice. Also, see www.mccip.org.uk when launched in Summer
2015
MA1, MA2a, MA3, Marine Management First plans for east coast On-track The East Inshore and Offshore Plans were adopted in April 2014 and contain two policies Yes Marine Plans are statutory instruments. As set out in section 58 Publication of South Inshore and Offshore marine plans is East Inshore and Offshore Plans-
MA4a, MA4b, MA6, Organisation areas adopted by the relevant to climate change; CC1 on climate change adaptation and CC2 on climate of the Marine and Coastal Access Act, public authorities must due end 2016 (assuming no Independent Investigation).
change mitigation. Plans for the South Inshore and offshore area are currently being take any authorisation or enforcement decisions in accordance https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
MA8, MA9 end of 2013 developed . The process of plan development includes a significant period of evidence with any relevant marine plan, and decisions under the Planning Deadline for completion of all 11 marine plans by 2021. achment_data/file/312496/east-plan.pdf
gathering and assessing issues. This period allows for climate change risks and Act must have regard to marine plans. This means that
opportunities to be identified and action to be taken through marine plans if appropriate. consideration of climate change adaptation and mitigation must
Progress towards this goal is currently on track. Plans for all 11 marine plan areas are due be factored into decision making.
to be completed by 2021.
MA1, MA2a, MA3, Defra First zones designated in On-track 27 MCZS were designated in November 2013 and plans announced for two more Yes It is relevant to a wide range of risks, as shown in column C) and See www.mccip.org.uk when launched in Summer 2015;
tranches of MCZs to complete the English element of the UK contribution to the network there are effectively links to all actions related to habitats and https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/marine-
MA4a, MA4b, MA6, 2013
of marine protected areas. In January 2015 we have started a consultation process on species. conservation-zone-2013-designations.l
MA8, MA10 further 23 site proposals for the second tranche. This consultation period ends on 24th https://www.gov.uk/government/news/consultation-on-more-
April. In 2015 MCCIP will publish a special topic report focussing on Climate Change marine-conservation-zones-opens
and Marine Protected Areas, with a particular focus on the UK. The MCCIP report has
been hampered a little by a lack of published information to draw on but will provide a
comprehensive overview of MPAs and CC issues (if successfully published) that can be
used to help provide advice.
MA4a, MA4b, MA6 Seafish To initiate by end 2013 On-track Seafish will gather data from research organisations such as Cefas, from industry No
associations such as FDF, from individual companies, and from the work that we are
coordinating internationally, and pull this together as a report indicating likely climate
change impacts on the UK seafood industry and potential responses. This work will take
place during 2014 and report in early 2015. Seafish has been working with MCCIP on
ARP report. The work is progressing reasonably well. A review of the main climate
change developments, and potential impacts, relevant to the seafood industry in both
domestic and international contexts has been completed. Industry engagement is
underway to identify adaptation actions. Although engagement was expected to be
challenging, this exercise confirms the suspicion that climate change developments are
some way down the priority list for many in the seafood industry (seen to be beyond the
horizon). However, it is noticeable that industry stakeholders, after discussing climate
change, recognise that these developments underpin, or are related to, contemporary
issues of concern. To strengthen feedback, industry engagement is now underway
through one-to-one consultations with key stakeholders.
MA1, MA3, MA4a, Marine Climate By end 2013 Complete The Marine Climate Change Impacts Report Card 2013 was published in November 2013. Yes The MCCIP report cards cover impacts of climate change on MCCIP will publish another full report card during 2016 See: http://www.mccip.org.uk
MA4b, MA6, MA8, Change Impacts It provides the very latest updates on our understanding of how climate change is both coastal and marine environments - covering ocean climate,
affecting UK seas. Over 150 scientists from more than 50 leading science organisations biodiversity, cleanliness and safety and commercial productivity
MA10, WA9b Partnership contributed to this report card covering a wide range of topics ensuring that the so are relevant to a wide range of other CCRA and broader
information is timely, accurate and comprehensive. climate risks
Currently MCCIP is producing a new special topic report, looking at the implications of
climate change for marine protected areas and good environmental status, with
expectation to be published in Summer 2015.
An independent Mid-term review of MCCIP Phase II, conducted in 2013, found that
MCCIP products are highly valuable. There was unanimous support for MCCIP to
continue based on its core strength in synthesising the evidence on climate impacts to
produce robust, trusted annual report cards.
MCCIP is progressing into its Phase III for 2015 2020. A Phase III Business Plan is
produced. Informed by Mid-term evaluation, this business plan sets some new challenges
for MCCIP whilst the overall aim remains the same.
Both the Mid-term review and MCCIP Phase III business plan have been published on
MCCIP website.
MA1, MA3, MA4a, Marine Climate 2013 onwards On-track MCCIP published its first adaptation card on Climate Change and the UK Marine Leisure Yes It is relevant to risks associated with the marine leisure and also MCCIP will look to engage with further marine industry See: http://www.mccip.org.uk
MA4b, MA6, MA8, Change Impacts Industry in February 2014. This sector was the first marine industry to engage with the those linked to marine fisheries. sectors following the completion of the work with Seafish in
MCCIP Marine Climate Smart Working programme. mid-2015
MA10, WA9b, BD6 Partnership As part of the work MCCIP is now undertaking with Seafish on their ARP, a climate-smart
report card will be produced following publication of the ARP. Challenges persist in trying
to engage industry on issues that span beyond a couple of years into the future but trade
association support is clearly a useful mediator in engaging with members.
MA1, MA2a, MA3, Marine Management By 2014 Action The MMO has undergone significant resource pressure in 2014 which has resulted in the Yes. The development of the action plan has identified a number of The MMO adaptation report will contain a number of actions
MA4a, MA4b, MA6, Organisation revised/delayed delay to this action. As the requirement to produce an adaptation plan was voluntary, the actions which once underway will help the MMO to contribute to which will undertaken by internal staff and reported on a 3
decision was taken to delay the production. The drafting of this document is now addressing the risks identified. Most of the MMO functions are yearly basis.
MA8, MA9 underway and we hope to publish early 2015. affected by climate change 'indirectly' which means that as our
understanding improves we can better account for a changing
climate in our decision making. An example of this would be
developing new Marine Protected Area byelaws to protect
species and habitats (MA8, MA10) or changing our fisheries
management (MA4, MA9) etc.
MA4a, MA4b, MA6 Seafish By 2014 Action Seafish is currently working with MCCIP to submit their ARP report in 2015, with a view to Yes It is relevant to all risks associated with marine fisheries, The ARP will be followed up with a user-friendly summary See www.mccip.org.uk when launched in Summer 2015.
revised/delayed following this up with an MCCIP climate smart working report card to make this work more including the infrastructure and supply chains which support it. document providing adaptation guidance (led by MCCIP) The ARP report should also be uploaded onto the relevant
accessible to the wider industry. Challenges persist in trying to engage industry on issues Includes an international dimension WRT imports. part of the Defra website.
that span beyond a couple of years into the future but trade association support is clearly
a useful mediator in engaging with members. The wide scope of the work meant that
aquaculture is not featured in this work.
MA4a, MA4b, MA7 Defra 2013 Dropped Nothing to report on this as it is agreed this action was put in NAP by mistake.
MA1, MA4a, MA4b, Environment Agency By 2015, but budget Action Pending an assessment of work recently completed by NE on mapping habitat Not yet
MA6, MA8, MA10 dependent revised/delayed vulnerability and other literature.
BD2 Environment Agency Coastal erosion risk On-track NCERM has been published, with erosion projections broken down by local authority. Yes Building Capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building EA review of coastal Strategic Overview currently being
maps published 2011 to Further work is required to identify areas of key risk to natural environment features and partnerships) initiated with commencement of new structures. Liaison with
dedicated sites (data has been distributed to Natural England for this purpose). An Natural England on identifying key sites at risk from coastal
2012 overview of this risk will be incorporated into EA review of coastal Strategic Overview and erosion to follow. Defra and EA meeting National Trust in
key areas of risk in SMPs (see 'Built Environment' line 11) November 2014 to discuss coastal change in relation to NT
sites.
Ongoing action at a site level. A review of the impacts of last winter's storms and floods A report on last winter's storms and floods will be published in
BD7, BD2, FL14b Natural England Ongoing (as part of On-track Yes
management planning is being undertaken. More generally, the need for climate change adaptation is being early 2015.
incorporated into the NNR management planning process.
cycle) NNR management plans are being reviewed on a rolling 5
year programme. A method for assessing climate change
vulnerability has been developed and incorporated into the
management planning process.
 MA3 Ocean acidification

MA8 Potential disruption to breeding of seabirds

and intertidal invertebrates
The Environment Agency to identify areas suitable for restoration or creation of priority BD2, BD7, FL14b Environment Agency By 2020 On-track Shoreline Management Plans (SMPs) identify the need or potential opportunity for
MA1 Risk of harmful algal blooms due to changes coastal habitats, as well as working with partners including local authorities to better managed realignment at a strategic level, with more detailed coastal strategies further
in ocean stratification align shoreline management plans and marine plans to ensure no net loss [or net exploring options at a more detailed level in some locations. In addition, the Environment
gain] of priority habitats. Agencys suite of Regional Habitat Creation Programmes (RHCPs) provides a framework
FL14b Priority habitats lost due to coastal erosion for identifying opportunities (both inland and at the coast) to create habitat, both to
compensate for ongoing losses due to coastal squeeze. The RHCPs provide a strategic
overview of habitat losses and gains, and we report to Defra annually on the balance and
progress against scheme implementation. We work with local authorities in Regional
Flood and Coastal Committees, Coastal Groups and local authorities to design and
implement the RHCP, with specific schemes included in the FCERM Investment
Programme. Across England, 1539 hectares of managed re-alignment for inter-tidal
habitats has been identified and approximately 1100 hectares completed, or at advanced
stages of delivery or planning.
No - rate of realignment identified as lower than needed in Delivery of outcomes. Over 50 sites or 1500ha have been re- Wallasea Island realignment in Essex will be another large http://www.rspb.org.uk/whatwedo/campaigningfornature/casework
ASC 2013 report. aligned in the UK (mainly in England) since the first project in scheme: currently in progress and in collaboration with the
1991. The most recent have been at Medmerry (approx. 160ha) RSPB, it is using waste material from the London Crossrail
on the south coast (the first done on the open coast as opposed project to ensure land levels are right for saltmarsh
to an estuarine location), and Steart (approx. 400ha) in the establishment.
Bristol Channel. Wallasea Island realignment in Essex will be
another large scheme: currently in progress and in collaboration
with the RSPB, it is using waste material from the London
Crossrail project to ensure land levels are right for saltmarsh
establishment.

Environment Agency flood and coastal risk management activities to value the
ecosystem benefits to the wider environment while meeting targets and legal duties.
BD7, BD14, MA1, Environment Agency Ongoing Other (please A range of actions have been completed and/or are ongoing. Status recorded as 'other' Not established Not established Not established
MA2a, MA3, MA8, explain) due to the fact that responsibility for this action and co-ordination of work that contributes
to this has recently shifted to a new team (Integrated Outcomes) and time is needed to
FL14b take stock of what has been completed, what is ongoing, and what is in the pipeline. In
locations where multiple significant benefits are likely or where wider environment benefits
may be influential in FCERM options choice and investment decisions, we provide specific
guidance for benefits identification and assessment based on the Ecosystem Service
Approach. Environmental impact assessments on all our capital projects supports the
ecosystem system service method. This guidance sits within our wider appraisal
framework that promotes the need for proportionate, wide ranging assessment of benefits
for FCRM projects. The proportionate principle means it may not always be cost effective
or appropriate to value all benefit types in a monetary form, but where this is the case our
framework makes provision for qualitative descriptions in a way that can be used in
support of investment decisions.

As owner of nearly one tenth of the coast in England, Wales and Northern Ireland, the BD2, BD7 National Trust 2013 onwards
National Trust are to continue to run a programme of work as laid out in the Shifting
Shores' publication, taking into account climate change.

Historic Environments
FL15 Flood risk for scheduled ancient
monument sites
BD7 Risk to coastal habitats due to flooding
FL4b Agricultural land at risk of regular
flooding
WA9a Potential decline in summer water quality
(point source pollution)
WA9b Potential decline in water quality due to
diffuse pollution
English Heritage to publish a climate change adaptation report describing the steps
they are taking to respond to climate change.
'Shrinking the Footprint' organisation to publish a climate change adaptation report for
the Church of England, describing the steps they are taking to respond to climate
change on their estates.
FL15, BD7, BU2 English Heritage By end 2014 On-track Given the imminent split of the organisation into English Heritage Trust and Historic
England (01.04.2015), we are currently discussing how to structure the report.
FL15, BU2 Church of England By end 2014 Action The report has been delayed by lack of staff resource. Yes (in part) The emphasis of the Shrinking the Footprint campaign to date The next step is to begin the report document. The report will www.shrinkingthefootprint.org
revised/delayed has been on mitigation so the action is helping to raise the be written by the Environmental Policy Officer and the aim is
importance of adaptation, highlighting the challenges and to complete it by spring 2016.
opportunities for adaptation in our historic buildings. Recent
floods have shown that the raised position of the majority of
churches means that they are usually protected from flooding
but increased rainfall has serious implications for the resilience
of almost all our buildings. We are only beginning on the report
but have already worked with English Heritage to establish the
Historic Environment Adaptation Group to help share best
practice and knowledge.

BU2 Monetary losses due to tourist assets at risk English Heritage and 'Shrinking The Footprint' team to develop a working group, also FL15, BD7, BU2, Partnership By Summer 2013 On-track The working group has been established and met twice; once in 2013 and again in A sub-group (CofE, EH and Historic Scotland) will meet on
from flooding including other organisations who manage but may not own ancient monuments, to WA9a, WA9b, FL4b Spring 2014. 12.11.14 to discuss progress on adaptation reporting and
produce an action plan on how to tackle the risks to historic environments. share approaches on risk assessment and analysis.
BE5 Effectiveness of green space for cooling Invitation to member of Met Office to join group to be
extended (Nov14) - named candidate identified.
A meeting for the whole group early 2015 is under discussion.

English Heritage to continue to implement actions laid out in the National Heritage FL15, BD7, BU2 English Heritage 2013 to 2015 On-track http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/professional/protection/national
Protection Plan, that lays out how the sector will prioritise and deliver heritage
protection until 2015.

OBJECTIVE 20: To ALL RISKS IDENTIFIED IN THE NATURAL Natural England to develop a strategy for the notification and review of designated BD1, BD2, BD5, BD6, Natural England Strategy adopted July Complete A Designations Strategy was adopted in July 2012. Work is ongoing through the IPENS Yes The approach to considering climate change impacts within http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/search?q=NE353&num=
take action to help ENVIRONMENT CHAPTER OF THE CCRA areas (e.g. Sites of Special Scientific Interest etc.) that considers the implications of BD8, BD9, BD11 2012. Reviewed in 2016 project to incorporate climate change into management plans for European designated designated areas will be reviewed as the new Designations
climate change. sites. Strategy is developed.
wildlife, habitats and
ecosystems
accommodate and Defra to continue to commit to reducing peat used in horticulture to zero by 2030 BD1, BD8 Defra By 2030 On-track Working with the industry to deliver the roadmap towards sustainable growing media Yes Removing one of the pressures facing our peat habitats. A review of the policy will take place in the second half of Government Response:
smoothly transition (Natural Environment White Paper commitment). developed by the Sustainable Growing Media Task Force as outlined in the Government 2015. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-
Response to the Task Force published in 2013. response-to-the-sustainable-growing-media-task-force
through inevitable
Latest monitoring of peat use in horticulture:
change. https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/peat-usage-in-
growing-media-production

Natural England to use their vulnerability assessment and mapping tools to help BD5, BD8, BD9, Natural England Ongoing On-track The Biodiversity Climate Change Vulnerability Model is being used to inform targeting for Yes
inform the spatial targeting of agri-environment schemes. BD14 the new Countryside Stewardship scheme.

English National Parks (working with other sectors) to update their adaptation reports,
addressing progress against planned actions and highlighting any further action that
could be taken within their parks.
BD1, BD3, BD4, BD5 English National Parks By end 2014
Other (please Not all NPs have been able to commit to completing an update due to resource issues.
explain) Those that are reporting are on track for Spring 2015. Where possible climate plans are
being embedded in the statutory National Park Plans.
Yes The Parks are finding the process useful in identifying risks for
the special qualities of the area. Work has started on influencing
partner organisations as many actions require organisations
other than the Parks to make changes. This is raising issues
over governance (e.g. how to develop common action to address
water management; influencing private landowners over upland
peat restoration) and requiring new discussions over allocating
appropriate resources to invest now.
NPE Climate Change working group continue to meet and
share good practice. This is leading to a Climate Ready
workshop for National Park staff in January 2015. Parks are
exploring how to embed the Climate Action Planning into the
normal National Park Plan and the first of these may be ready
in 2016.
http://www.nationalparksengland.org.uk/home/policy/climate
-change-and-energy
http://www.nationalparksengland.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_fi
le/0004/336550/ENPAA-Statement-on-Climate-Change-in-
National-Parks.pdf
http://www.nationalparksengland.org.uk/home/national-park-
management-plans

Through 'The Big Tree Plant', Defra, the Forestry Commission and supportive partners
to provide advice on suitable trees to plant in urban areas in the face of a changing
climate.
The Non-Governmental Organisation (NGO) sector to monitor and review climate
change adaptation (and other actions) at their sites, on a regular basis. For example,
the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) are to review the effectiveness of
management prescriptions annually, with site objectives (including the actions required
to achieve them) reviewed every five years.
BD1, BD3, BD4, BD11 Partnership: Defra,
Forestry Commission
BD1, BD3, BD4, BD12 NGO sector; Natural
England
Ongoing Complete Advice provided through the 'Right Trees in a Changing Climate Database'; by 2015, the Yes - increasing canopy cover will provide evaporative cooling One million trees will have been planted by the end of the The 'Right trees' database is currently being extended to http://www.righttrees4cc.org.uk/
Big Tree Plant initiative will have resulted in the planting of one million urban and street and shade, also improving air quality, thereby helping to programme include more species and known plant health issues are
trees. FC hosted a conference in June 2014 on appropriate species to plant in the urban adapt the urban environment to projected climate change. being added to the information provided
environment to increase resilience to climate change.
Annually On-track Natural England has developed a climate change vulnerability assessment process for Yes
use on those National Nature Reserves that it manages. This will help to ensure that
adaptation needs are incorporated into NNR management plans as they are reviewed, on
a five yearly basis. The methodology has been trialled on a sample of NNRs and has now
been incorporated into the mainstream management planning process. Assessment of
the impacts of climate change on sites is ongoing, particularly on those sites that form
part of the Long Term Monitoring Network.

The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds to continue to restore and re-create new
areas of priority habitat, to offset losses predicted to occur as a result of climate
change (e.g. intertidal habitat and freshwater reed beds).
BD5, BD9, FL14b Royal Society for the Ongoing On-track Recent actions include completion (with EA partnership) of Medmerry, Sussex coastal Yes RSPB contribution small part of need for five-fold increase in
Protection of Birds realignment, ongoing work to restore wetland habitats at Wallasea island; re-wetting of area of intertidal habitat creation needed
peatlands including Dove Stone, Derbyshire and in Scotland's Flow Country; relocation
and expansion of freshwater habitats for priority species including bittern, arriving new
native species; heathland creation in Bedfordshire to provide stepping stones for
heathland biodiversity moving north including Dartford warbler; species translocations

Through their 'Futurescapes' and 'Living Landscape' programmes, the Royal Society
for the Protection of Birds and Wildlife Trusts to integrate climate change adaptation
and mitigation into their work, to restore the natural environment at the landscape
scale.
BD5, BD6, BD9, Royal Society for the Ongoing On-track RSPB: The climate workshops have brought the different sectoral interest of landscape
FL14b Protection of Birds, partnerships together to assess and discuss adaptation holistically.
The Wildlife Trusts have more than 150 Living Landscape schemes across the UK. At a
Wildlife Trusts broad level, Living Landscapes implicitly integrates climate change adaptation into the
work of the Trusts. This means that The Wildlife Trusts are doing things to adapt to
climate change and to address the CCRA but just not always logging it under the climate
change banner.
The Wildlife Trusts are continuing to work towards a landscape-scale approach to allow
flexibility of species dispersal whilst benefiting existing assemblages.
However, the fragmentation of small sites within intensively managed landscapes is a
problem. The Wildlife Trusts try to encourage the landscape approach in partnership
working. But, in some cases, landowners and land agents are unaware of the CCRA and
the various adaptation approaches.
The Woodland Trust is developing an overarching conservation approach based on the
concept of "Landscape Resilience", which seeks to increase the ability of natural systems
to absorb and recover from shocks. Integral to this is consideration of the way woodlands
are distributed and connected throughout the intervening landscape, and thus of the role
played by non-woodland trees. Our approach is based on enhanced landscape resilience
rather than aiming to prepare for any particular scenario. It depends heavily on the notion
of redundancy, a lack of dependence on individual species to support assemblages of
other species. This inevitably poses challenges with other sectors for which monocultural
production is core.
Yes RSPB: Workshops producing range of adaptation actions which Each Futurescape embedding climate adaptation in ongoing
are being integrated into work programmes and development of delivery. Some areas have instigated CC groups and follow-
Futurescape partnerships. on special topic meetings
Following publication of the Climate Change Adaptation Manual,
many Wildlife Trusts are now beginning to consider how to
incorporate resilience and climate change adaptation
considerations into future management planning and ensuring it
is integrated across Living Landscape schemes. This includes
questioning whether current management is suitable under
various climate change scenarios and incorporating climate
change into monitoring strategies to allow for adaptive
management.
Some Wildlife Trust staff also plan to run climate change
adaptation workshops for their colleagues working on nature
reserves and within the wider countryside using the Climate
Change Adaptation Manual.

The Ministry of Defence to increase their resilience to the impacts of climate change
by completing Climate Impact Risk Assessments at priority sites. Where the Climate
Impacts Risk Assessment identifies main risks to the rural estate these will be
integrated and managed as part of the establishments management systems; these
may be Integrated Rural Management Plans, which define the long-term land
management strategy for the rural estate balanced with military requirements.
FL14b, FL15, BD2, Ministry of Defence By March 2015 On-track MOD is assessing 80 priority sites, both rural (e. g. Catterick, Thorney Island, Yes The priority defence sites that have been assessed include a Review CIRAM governance to strengthen accountability of
BD7 Shoebruryness, Porton Down) and built, by Mar 2015, of those, 77 have been completed number at risk of costal flooding or erosion; or contain priority MOD estate delivery organisations to deliver and procure a
to date (Dec 14). habitats. CIRAM assessments have assess the risks to inform climate resilient estate in support of defence capability. MOD
long-term use, management and future planning the sites. Mar 15
The risks identified within the CIRAM assessments are being reflected within
establishment management plans and systems e.g. long-term Estate Development Plans MOD's Next Generation Estate Contracts are required to collate Agree programme of next tranche of CIRAM assessment that
(EDP) and biodiversity components of Integrated Rural Management Plans (IRMP), in line data on climate impacts which will be used to identify trends, reflect defence capability and business risk. This is
with their programme of review. inform risk, long-term investment and management of sites. dependent on resources. MOD Mar 15

A high-level (desk-top) flood risk assessment completed for the MOD estate, which has Provide ongoing support to sites advising on the
been used to inform priority sites for CIRAM assessment. management of climate risks.

Climate resilience within the wider sustainability scrutiny of

estate related Business Cases. Ongoing.

The Ministry of Defence (MoD) to complete an Overarching Strategic Risk Assessment
for their estate, including a review of risks highlighted in the UK Government Climate
Change Risk Assessment which could affect MoD land.
FL15 Ministry of Defence By December 2013 Complete An overarching strategic risk assessment of the estate has been completed and the key Yes The overarching risk assessment will be used to inform MODs Additional work required to better understand the tolerance of
risks identified. This also supports MODs delivery of the Greening Government long-term estate strategy, its strategic asset management as key strategic risks, implications for military capability delivery,
Commitment 5.1 Adapting to a changing climate. well as strategic programmes such as the return of troops from strategic assets planning and estate management. Work and
Germany. Data is used to inform MODs sustainability strategy timescales dependent upon internal resources and the
and policy development. securing of support from Climate Ready Team.

Review CIRAM governance to strengthen accountability of

MODs estate delivery organisations in delivering a climate
resilient estate to support defence capability. MOD Mar 15
 Defra to review its marine environmental monitoring and surveillance programmes to
assess whether they are well suited to the detection of changes in state that can be
associated with climate change.
MA1, MA10 Defra By end 2013 On-track The Marine Programme Board of Defra has requested that Cefas lead on the Yes Indirectly helping to address CCRA risks MA1 (HABs); MA3
development of a single coordinated marine monitoring programme in England, to be (Ocean Acidification); MA4 (fish distribution); MA6 (Non-native
aligned with the Defra-network OneMonitoring project. species); MA8 (Seabirds); MA9 (fish productivity); MA10 (marine
OneMonitoring (delivery in October 2014) aims to work to identify and deliver savings ecosystems)
through better join-up and streamlining of monitoring activities across the network. It will
examine whether a single organisation (EA, Cefas, MMO, JNCC) should lead/coordinate
all marine monitoring activities. It will provide a recommendation for how to best
reorganise in terms of cost effectiveness.
The Defra Marine Programme board will work closely with a broader range of non-Defra
network partners, including Devolved Administrations under the auspices of UKMMAS
(the UK Marine Monitoring and Assessment Strategy) and the Marine Science Co-
ordination Committee (MSCC).
Defra has also published its Marine Strategy Part 2 required under the Marine Strategy
Framework Directive which sets out the monitoring programmes which the UK will use to
see whether the targets it has set for the achievement of good environmental status under
the Directive have been achieved. These will enable changes in state caused by various
pressures to be assessed, and for some of the indicators it may also be possible to
assess whether the change in state is also associated with climate change. To support
this further, in January 2015 Defra has just launched a consultation on the programme of
measures element of the UKs marine strategy, seeking comments on the characteristics
of GES, the targets or the monitoring programmes set out in the UKs Marine Strategy
Parts One and Two.

OBJECTIVE 21: To ALL RISKS IDENTIFIED IN THE NATURAL The Environment Agency to promote the use of green and blue infrastructure, for BE5, BD5, BD9, Environment Agency By end 2015 On-track CR BE theme is working with the Green Infrastructure Partnership to ensure this group No - has led to limited success in delivery of GI. Building capacity Further discussions to take place in 2015-16 with TCPA who
promote and gain ENVIRONMENT CHAPTER OF THE CCRA. example parks and water bodies, as a way of adapting the urban environment, by BD10, BD11 promotes the climate change adaptation benefits of GI in it work to raise awareness and now host the GIP, on supporting future events
building evidence and working closely with the Green Infrastructure Partnership. best practice around GI. This included a stand at Eco Build devoted to GI and resilience.
widespread uptake in There is also a potential TCPA led GI event that CR could support.
other sectors of the
use of adaptation
measures that benefit
and/or do not
adversely affect the
natural environment.

The Green Infrastructure Partnership to identify, develop and disseminate tools and BE5, BD5, BD9, Green Infrastructure Ongoing Impossible to know None The TCPA hopes to continue to grow the GIP, increase its http://www.gip-uk.org
evidence to support organisations to justify, plan and deliver green infrastructure that On 1 April 2014 Defra handed over the management of the GIP to the TCPA (with no funding (currently this comes from sponsorship), and so
BD10 Partnership funding). Since taking on the GIP the TCPA has grown it to more than 500 members, set
will help places, people and wildlife adapt to climate change. increase the ability of the GIP to influence.
up a GIP website, and is working with members to develop the GIP as an information-
On-track sharing network that aims to influence key decision-makers about the value of green
infrastructure and its benefits, including mitigating the effects of climate change.
Dissemination of information is ongoing. Green Infrastructure Partnership itself is not able
to develop tools.

Guided by Section 40 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act (2006), ALL CCRA NATURAL Range of authorities Ongoing
all public authorities, including local authorities, to have regard to conserving ENVIRONMENT including all local
biodiversity whilst exercising their functions.
RISKS councils
The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment to review their online BD5, BD9 Institute of April 2013 onwards On-track EIA CC web hub has been updated and can be viewed. This will continue to be updated Yes, although at formative stage Not yet available Working group is progressing the guidance development (this http://www.iema.net/eia-climate-change
hub on Environment Impact Assessments and climate change and to update this Environmental will be completed in the timeline)
following quarterly reviews.
Management and
Assessment
The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment to provide advice to their BD5, BD9 Institute of Mid-April 2013 On-track Two webinars held in May and September 2013 - Links provided. Working group has Yes although at formative stage Positive feedback from webinars (sampled) We plan to distribute the guidance to EIA Practitioners in http://www.iema.net/event-reports/taking-account-climate-change-
members on Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) and climate change by Environmental developed the guidance as a draft document. Spring 2015
launching their new advice note: 'Taking account of climate change in EIA', as well as
providing a series of webinars. Management and
Assessment
Defra to work in partnership with the International Union for Conservation of Nature BD1, BD9 Defra By September 2013 On-track Defra continue to support the IUCN in the development of a pilot peatland code. Defra Yes The Peatland Code is the voluntary standard for peatland The pilot phase is due to complete in July 2015. http://www.iucn-uk-peatlandprogramme.org/peatland-
UK Peatlands Programme, to support the testing, development and launch of a pilot has funded research and development to refine and support the further development of restoration projects in the UK that want to be sponsored on the gateway/uk/peatland-code Defra funded research project
UK Peatland Carbon Code. the code which was published in Sept 2013. basis of their climate and other benefits. http://randd.defra.gov.uk/Default.aspx?
Menu=Menu&Module=More&Location=None&ProjectID=19
During its pilot phase, this draft Peatland Code is designed to 063&FromSearch=Y&Publisher=1&SearchText=crichton&So
support funding from businesses interested in restoring rtString=ProjectCode&SortOrder=Asc&Paging=10#Descripti
damaged peat bogs. It provides standards and robust science to on
give business supporters confidence that their financial
contribution is making a measurable and verifiable difference to
UK peatlands
Restoring degraded peatlands increases their resilience to future
climate changes.

Defra to review the scope, through the Payments for Ecosystems Services Action Plan
(published spring 2013) and the subsequent implementation, for the delivery of natural
environment/green infrastructure solutions for increasing resilience to climate risks,
through enabling and encouraging the use of payments for ecosystem services.
WA7, BD14, BD7, Defra By 2015 On-track Defra published a report on PES and climate change adaptation in August 2013. The Yes - however this work on PES and investing in green A Defra funded PES pilot project led to the launch in Sept 2013 The ecosystems team in Defra are currently undertaking a https://www.gov.uk/ecosystems-services
BD13, BD6 research findings suggest that PES could potentially play an important role in stimulating infrastructure/natural solutions is at an early developmental of the pilot Peatland Code to enable business investment in stock take of progress on PES more generally with a look to
investment in the natural environment to contribute towards efforts to adapt to a changing stage. peatland restoration and links well to climate change adaptation consideration of next steps in this area.
climate. Defra published a review of key findings from the PES pilots in rounds 1 and 2 in outcomes. As part of the peatland code Defra is working with
September 2014 and is taking forward a 3rd pilot round - many of these pilots include a IUCN to identify a range of shovel ready peatland restoration
focus on natural solutions that increase resilience to climate risks. projects for investment; as part of this work careful attention is
given to understanding impacts of climate change and building
that into the business case.

Defra supported by the Department of Energy and Climate Change to work with
others to establish a research programme to fill evidence gaps about impacts on the
natural environment of the level of infrastructure needed to cut greenhouse gas
emissions by 80% by 2050. The research will be used in a strategic way, to inform
pathways to 2050 and enable informed judgements to be made on the best ways to
achieve greenhouse gas benefits, energy security, affordability and protection of the
natural environment.
BD6 Defra By 2015 On-track The first phase of the programme started on the 1 July 2014 and is scheduled to finish on Not yet - this would happen in phase 2 It will: start a process of reviewing and synthesising existing A decision will be taken on moving into phase 2 of the http://www.lwec.org.uk/sustainable-pathways-low-carbon-energy
30 June 2015. This is a scoping/feasibility study funded by Defra and NERC. DECC are research; prioritise evidence gaps to commission new research programme in 2016 based on an assessment of the findings
currently involved in an advisory capacity on the Management Board for the programme. in phase 2; produce a design and data specification for a portal of phase 1 and subject to sufficient resources being secured
to access the synthesised information and; assess options for from funding partnerships.
evaluating and comparing impacts.

Defra to publish a response to the recommendations of the Ecosystems Markets Task
Force, including the potential for actions to increase resilience.
BD3, BD4, BD5, BD6, Defra Summer 2013 Complete The report has been published Yes The task force made 22 recommendations to Government many The formal role of the Task Force has concluded. No further https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachme
BD9, BD10, BD11 of which were relevant to climate change resilience. Including action planned. Any outstanding actions from the
water catchment management approaches and resource Government response rests with the relevant policy teams.
availability, using nature to enhance resilience to climate change
and carbon reduction through investing in nature focusing on
private investment in peatland restoration. The Government
response took these recommendations into consideration.

Building on of the UK National Ecosystem Assessment, Defra to develop a project to
increase our understanding of how future climate change is likely to affect
ecosystems.
BD14 and evidence Defra Spring 2014 On-track Defra commissioned two further LWEC Report cards on climate change impacts on soils Yes The LWEC report cards present summary information drawn LWEC report card updates are anticipated for publication in LWEC report cards
gaps and freshwater biodiversity, which are moving towards publication in June 2015. Natural from specially commissioned technical papers that give a June 2015.
England are leading a special informatics group to present the climate change impacts in consensus of the evidence in the literature and of scientific
more readily accessible ways. In addition , the LWEC group are updating the LWEC expert opinions of the impacts of climate change on biodiversity.
Climate change impacts on terrestrial biodiversity report cards. Other projects are in the They help to demonstrate what changes are now and likely to
commissioning process to take forward integrated modelling of drivers of land use change be in the future across a range of climate change impacts on
impacts on biodiversity, which will include climate change and peat land restoration (see biodiversity and ecosystems.
row 11). In addition, another Defra commissioned report about climate change impacts on
Priority Habitats and protected sites was delayed, but now fit for publication. It uses
modelling but will help fill evidence gaps in understanding how vegetation communities
have and will change. See WC0751

Defra, Natural England and the Forestry Commission to support and promote the role
of green infrastructure in adapting the urban environment to climate change.
BE5, BD5, BD9, Defra, Natural Ongoing On-track In 2009, Natural England published green infrastructure guidance (NE176), which Yes Natural England will continue to provide support to green http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/11909565?ca
BD11, BD10 England, Forestry includes climate change as an objective. In the past 3 years it has supported about a infrastructure projects through its area teams.
hundred green infrastructure projects, many of which will assist adaptation, either as an
Commission explicit or incidental outcome. It has also written up a number of these projects as case
studies, which are available on its publication catalogue. These include Mayesbrook Park
in East London, which is the UK's first climate change park and incorporates new
wetlands and flood defences which make the landscape more resilient to climate change.

The Crown Estate to build resilience of their forests to wildfires by building into the BD12 Crown Estate New 20 year forest On-track Forests plans for all The Crown Estate English forest management units are currently Yes The revised plans include climate change adaptation and
design and development of forest design plans alternative species choice and design plan to be being reviewed in advance of our 5 year FSC recertification audit which is due in 2015. mitigation measures including greater diversity of species choice
firebreak management. They will continue to work with south-east England wildfire in restocking sites in response to the growing threat form pests
group to drive, innovate and implement best practice. completed by March and diseases and measures to manage the impact of potential
2014 forest fires. Our forest management team at Windsor continue to
work with the SE England Wildfire Group regarding wild fire
planning and adaptation.

OBJECTIVE 22: To Addressing the evidence gaps identified in the Defra and partners to continue working with the Climate Change Committee to BD2, BD3, BD5, BD9, Defra, Department of Ongoing to 2014 Other (please Various Defra policy areas have attended meetings and are still commenting and offering Yes and no There is concern that the indictors as currently conceived do not Continued engagement with this process
improve the evidence CCRA and providing evidence to underpin develop indicators of both climate change risks and adaptation for ecosystems and BD10, BD11 and Energy and Climate explain) evidence on the indicators proposed. match well with risks highlighted in the CCRA.
adaptation responses to other risks, such as biodiversity, amongst indicators for other sectors. Cefas provided information on marine indicators (November 2013) to the CCC. The CCC
base, to enhance the BD5, MA3, BD8, WA7, BD4, BD11, BD9, BD10,
evidence gaps Change, Climate specifically requested further information on jellyfish, HABs, vibrios and other marine
knowledge and BD14, BD3, WA7 and BD2 Change Committee, pathogens. Defra (with partners including Cefas) responding to the formal consultation on
understanding of Defra partners indicators in October 2014).
decision makers, land Summary of Evidence gaps identified in the Marine indicators were somewhat inadequate and not sufficiently developed. In some
managers and others CCRA: cases where information has been available it was not being picked up in the indictors
and in other cases the proposed indictors would be impossible to quantify based on
of the impacts of 1. Interactions current information. Further work is clearly needed to create a framework that is workable.
climate change on the The indictors as currently conceived do not match well with risks highlighted in the CCRA.
natural environment Understand interactions, shifts in species,
and how best we can habitats, landscape structure BICCO NET, Living
influence adaptation With Environmental Change (LWEC) Report Cards
Space and time- e.g. effects on migratory
or accommodate pathways Defra to publish Biodiversity and Ecosystems Evidence Plan that will address climate BD2, BD3, BD5, BD9, Defra 2013 to 2018 Other (please The Biodiversity and Ecosystems Evidence Plan is in draft and includes horizon scanning Too early to tell It will be necessary to review the outputs of the LWEC Climate It is unclear when the Evidence Strategy will be signed off N/A
change. Cause- effect pathways e.g. harmful algal change amongst the plan's priorities. BD10, BD11 and explain) and understanding drivers of change including: How are biodiversity and ecosystem Change Impact Report Cards and the Bicconet project to assess because of going changes and moves to One Evidence.
blooms), effects of other drivers of change services responding to climate change and how effective are adaptation measures? What whether further evidence gathering would help towards
evidence gaps habitats/ species/ ecosystem services are at greatest risk? This is subject to final sign off addressing risks and demonstrating adaptation.
Land use methods and models to integrate BD
adaptation with CC mitigation and may change. Budget cuts to the Biodiversity and Ecosystems Research Programme
Develop methods to improve integration of will impose strict prioritisation against immediate urgent policy needs. Evidence needs/
protected areas into wider landscape research project proposals for the next financial year are currently being drafted for
Long and short term, regional and national submission on 25 November and subsequent consideration of priority need. It is not
ecosystem sensitivity ( esp. FW and Marine), possible at this time to indicate whether a climate change proposal would merit priority
tipping points for maintaining adaptive capacity status.
Trade-offs between sectors- adaptation in one
should not constrain it in another
 of the impacts of 1. Interactions
climate change on the
natural environment Understand interactions, shifts in species,
and how best we can habitats, landscape structure BICCO NET, Living
influence adaptation With Environmental Change (LWEC) Report Cards
Space and time- e.g. effects on migratory
or accommodate pathways
change. Cause- effect pathways e.g. harmful algal
blooms), effects of other drivers of change
Land use methods and models to integrate BD
adaptation with CC mitigation
Develop methods to improve integration of
protected areas into wider landscape
Long and short term, regional and national
ecosystem sensitivity ( esp. FW and Marine),
tipping points for maintaining adaptive capacity
Trade-offs between sectors- adaptation in one
should not constrain it in another
2. Consequences
Effectiveness of long term landscape scale
approaches ( e.g. upland water retention)
Genetic diversity to enable evolutionary
adaptation and manage genetic constraints
Epidemiological- INNS, pest and diseases
Effectiveness of long term landscape scale
approaches
Drivers and values of ecosystem services ( e.g.
implications on fishing fleets, the industry and
economies)
Water management/ hydrological regimes,
potable supplies and effects on species
Systematic collation and integration of biodiversity
monitoring (including phenology) with
environmental and climate variables, at a range of
spatial and temporal scales.
Defra to help policy makers and others to develop informed views and assist in
formulation of integrated policies for low carbon energy and biodiversity.
Publication of the Defra-funded research project: 'Towards integration of low carbon
energy and biodiversity policies: an assessment of impacts of low carbon energy
scenarios on biodiversity in the UK' and an assessment of a framework for
determining indirect land-use change impacts based on UK bio-energy demand
scenarios.
Natural England to assess the role of Nature Improvement Areas (NIAs) in climate
change adaptation and to encourage decision-makers to consider climate change in
their management plans, including using some of the new models for climate
vulnerability and ecological connectivity.
The Environment Agency to encourage Local Nature Partnerships to consider their
role in planning strategically on a large scale for climate change.
Defra, the Department of Energy and Climate Change and the Natural Environment
Research Council to work with partners of a 5 year research programme on ocean
acidification. The programme focuses on:
- impacts on upper ocean biogeochemistry;
- impacts on benthic (seafloor) ecosystems;
- impacts on commercially-important species and socio-economic implications;
- impacts of previous ocean acidification events, on geological timescales; and
- regional and global modelling of impacts, including ecosystem responses and climate
feedbacks.
Natural England to deliver a suite of research reports to support adaptation decisions:
- Potential climate change safe havens for wild species;
- Risks and opportunities for species as a result of climate change;
- Evaluation of the risks of favouring invasive species by increasing landscape
connectivity;
- The role of landscape and site scale characteristics in making species populations
resilient to climate change and extreme events;
- Palaeo-ecological evidence to inform identification of potential refugia and areas for
ecological restoration;
- A habitat drought indicator for the UK; and
- Drought impacts on biodiversity and ecosystem services: a review of evidence
needs.
Defra and the Natural Environment Research Council to continue support for the
Environment Change Network central coordination unit, which manages and collects
long term monitoring data for a range of biodiversity and environmental variables.
The Biodiversity Climate Change Impacts Network to continue to facilitate the bringing
together of data from a range of existing monitoring regimes to assess the effects of
climate change on the UK's biodiversity and to consider potential for development of
biodiversity indicators of the effects of climate change.
Defra to undertake a research programme to explore how soil degradation can affect a
soil's ability to support vital ecosystem services such as flood mitigation, carbon
storage and nutrient cycling; and how best to manage our lowland peatlands in a way
that supports efforts to tackle climate change (Natural Environment White Paper
commitment).
The Environment Agency to scope a new long term research effort to improve
environmental flow indicators, inform future water resource planning, address
uncertainty surrounding the impact of climate change on river flows and the
Environment Agency's ability to meet environmental targets.
The Living With Environmental Change Climate Change Impacts Report Cards for
Biodiversity and the Fresh Water Environment to demonstrate robust evidence of the
effects of climate change on species, habitats and ecosystems as far as possible to
date.
The Forestry Commission to publish the revised Science and Innovation Strategy for
British forestry. The strategy will develop robust evidence to inform climate change
adaptation strategies for forestry and support actions to increase the resilience of
British woodland and the ecosystem services it provides to society.
Defra, Natural England, the Environment Agency and the Marine Management
Organisation to establish an information-sharing group on climate change adaptation
actions relating to biodiversity and ecosystems.
Natural England to establish a project on long-term monitoring based around
establishing detailed monitoring at up to 40 National Nature Reserves to provide an
understanding of the main drivers of change, including climate change.
Evidence gaps Defra 2013 Action Large barriers had to be overcome in delivery of this project, but it is now going through Yes The reduction in green house gases under our energy policies It is anticipated that the report will be published before Jan WC1012
revised/delayed our publication process. It demonstrates the difficulty of assessing impacts of energy will help towards mitigation of climate change, which will in turn 2015.
technologies on biodiversity due to paucity of scientific evidence in the literature, help reduce the risks for biodiversity. However, deployment of
sampling from the wide range of species, interactions between them and our poor energy technologies also affects land use, and other DECC are exploring ways to incorporate impacts on
understanding of their adaptive capacity. An impact assessment method was developed, environmental variables, which could have positive or negative ecosystem services and values, which may use the habitat
that indicates the scale and direction of likely impacts, subject to stated caveats. The impacts on biodiversity. Integrating the energy policies with and species information loaded from this project into the
presentation of results of impacts on biodiversity from choices of different mixtures of biodiversity policies will help reduce conflict between policy DECC 2050 Carbon Calculator. It is too early to say how this
energy technologies to meet GHG reduction targets allows users to re-select technologies outcomes. might progress.
and opt for ones with no or positive impacts on biodiversity. The Department of Energy
and Climate Change 2050 Carbon calculator can be found at http://2050-calculator-
tool.decc.gov.uk/ Barriers and difficulties included poor information about energy
technology impacts across a range of biodiversity (habitats and species) and building an
assessment method that was as robust as possible.
Evidence gaps Natural England The project completed On-track Opportunities to incorporate climate change adaptation into NIAs were addressed in the Yes Natural England is currently setting up a collaborative project http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/5935762914
Spring 2013, but NIAs report "Assessing and enabling climate change adaptation in Nature Improvement Areas to apply a range of spatial models to the Morecambe Bay NIA
"(NECR119), published in September 2013. and LNP area. This will look at the results of the various
will be reporting progress spatial models and decision frameworks, and how they can
annually using be used by practitioners to help create effective ecological
indicators, up until 2015 networks.
Evidence gaps Environment Agency Project completes April Complete Adaptation workshops held in February 2013 with LNPs. No - LNPs having less influence on spending (especially by Building capacity for LNPs to take forward climate change Climate UK will be seeking to work both directly and in https://www.gov.uk/government/policies/protecting-biodiversity-an
2013 LEPs) than anticipated. adaptation. partnership with LNPs to engage LEPs on adaptation during
2014-15.
MA3 Natural Environment Programme running until On-track The 14.5M, 5 year UK Ocean Acidification research programme (UKOA) is jointly funded Yes The results from this programme help us to better understand The NERC reporting system requires a six-monthly report on http://www.oceanacidification.org.uk/
Research Council, 2015 by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra), the Natural how climate change, in particular increasing atmospheric Carbon the UK Ocean Acidification programme as a whole, with focus
Environment Research Council (NERC) and the Department of Energy and Climate dioxide absorption by the ocean, affects oceanic ecosystems on major science achievements and impacts. Draft report
Defra, Department of Change (DECC). This programme is in its final year and results from the seven main work and tolerabilities of ecosystems. This has implications for the due March 2015.
Energy and Climate streams are now being brought together, with associated research publications and human food chain.
Change overviews. One major outcome is a much greater appreciation of the natural variability in
ocean acidity (pH) and the biological responses to projected future conditions. That does
not mean that we can be complacent regarding future environmental impacts, and their
potential socio-economic consequences, but such effects are likely to be more complex
and inherently less predictable - than was envisaged at the start of the UKOA programme.
Interpretation of UKOA data has been greatly helped by collaborations at the national
level (within the programme) and internationally. The latter links have also been effective
in greatly raising the profile of UK results, e.g. at US State Department meetings, and
through work with the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), OSPAR and ICES.
Climate-relevant aspects have been included in the assessments of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), with UKOA inputs also provided to
the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. The UKOA programme will hold a
policy-directed conference in June 2015. Defra has also funded the [Cefas led] PLACID
project (MF1113), aiming to place ocean acidification it a wider fisheries context and to
continue monitoring CO2 concentrations in waters around the UK.
Evidence gaps Natural England 2013 to 2014 On-track 1. Report published in November 2014. Climate change refugia for the flora and fauna of Yes The remaining reports will be published in early 2015 http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/6659217335
England (NECR 162)
2. Project completed. Report awaiting publication.
3. Report published in May 2014. Increasing landscape connectivity: evaluating the risks
that this will encourage invasive non-native species (NECR 146)
4. Project completed. Awaiting publication
5. Report published in November 2014. Palaeoecological evidence to inform
identification of potential climatic change refugia and areas for ecological restoration
(NECR 163).
6. Project completed. Small project not substantial enough to warrant publication
7. Completed and awaiting publication
Evidence gaps Defra and Natural Review in 2014 Action Funding approval has been granted by Defra for the Environment Change Network central Too early to tell The action is helping to provide evidence that can be used to The Environmental Change Network Central Data ECN
Environment Research revised/delayed coordination unit for FY 2014/15 and, subject to a review in March 2014, for FY2014/15. assess effects of climate change on biodiversity, particularly on coordination Unit has been adding data from the 41 Natural
There have been some delays in the contracting process, but it is now underway. protected sites. ECN data was used in the production of the England's Integrated Monitoring Sites to their ECN data base
Council LWEC Climate Change Impacts on Biodiversity Report cards which holds data spanning 20 years from 12 terrestrial and 45
and in the Bicconet project Freshwater sites across the UK. The new contract will
include a requirement to review this enlarged data set for
signals of climate change. Because these are site based
integrated data sets, it may prove more effective that the
Bicconet approach.
Evidence Partnership led by Concludes in 2014 Other (please The Biodiversity Climate Change Impacts Network ( Bicconet) was successful in bringing Yes and no The project is demonstrating the difficulties in understanding Discussions are ongoing about development of a biodiversity Bicconet
Defra explain) the data sets together and screening them for signals of responses to climate change impacts of climate change on species due to complex climate change indicator, but the LWEC report cards seem to
using some innovative statistical techniques. The results were inconclusive, largely due to interactions between them and other environmental variables. give the most comprehensive overview. The England
difficulties in attributing changes in species purely to climate change, and a degree of This emphasises the need for caution in approaches to risk Biodiversity Indicators are using a phenological indicator for
cancelling out due to geographical difference in change when taken at national level. assessment and considered appreciation of uncertainties. the time being, it is indicator 18 and can be found
Three models of indicators were presented for consideration by the Project Steering at:https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/att
Group and JNCC provided further work to present these indicator options to the achment_data/file/253546/England_full_FINAL.pdf
Biodiversity Indicators Steering Group, and it was considered that further work was
needed. The Bicconet report is anticipated for publication early in 2015. It was not
possible to demonstrate conclusively relationships between weather variables and all of
the species groups due to confounding variables such as changes in habitat.
BD1, BD8 Defra On-track 3m programme of research funded. One project completed, one to complete later this Yes Examining the impact of soil degradation on ecosystem service Completion of ongoing research and planning for additional Details of projects BD5001, SP1210, SP1316, SP1317 and
year, 3 to complete in 2016. delivery, including how degradation processes will change under research. SP1318 can be found at: http://randd.defra.gov.uk/
projected climate change. Also considering the impact of land
use and associated changes in water regime (drying) of peat
soils on storage of carbon.
WA7, BD14 Environment Agency Scoping to be completed Complete Long term environmental impacts and future requirements for sustainability have been Yes help to address what environment we protect
by March 2014 undertaken which illustrate the challenges of allocations between people, the economy
and the environment under climate change scenarios. Policy work in this area is now
included within Abstraction Reform work.
BD3, BD4, BD13 Living With Publication in Summer Complete The Water and Terrestrial biodiversity cards were published in 2013 and can be found at Yes The Water and Terrestrial Biodiversity cards were cited in the Phase 2 of the initiative is underway and as part of this 2 new http://www.lwec.org.uk/resources/report-cards
Environmental 2013 http://www.lwec.org.uk/resources/report-cards Managing the land in a changing climate Adaptation Sub- report cards in the areas of Infrastructure and Health will be
Committee (of the Climate Change Committee) progress report published in February 2015. Phase 3 of the initiative has
Change - Partnerships (2013) with over 2,500 visits to the pages on the LWEC website been approved and is underway and two new cards are being
and requests for print runs of over 1,000 biodiversity cards and scoped and are likely to cover the areas of 'Agriculture and
over two hundred water cards. Forestry' and 'Business'. An update to the existing Water and
Terrestrial Biodiversity cards are also planned. A'' 6 cards will
be published in 2015 and will provide evidence for CCRA
2016 - the 'Agriculture and Forestry' and 'Business' cards
have specifically been suggested by ASC to address
evidence gaps for CCRA2016.
ALL FORESTRY- Forestry Commission Early 2014 Complete Published March 2014; UK-wide and England workshops held in June and July 2014 to Yes - research into impacts and adaptation will increase Evidence not yet available New research programmes to be implemented from April 2015 http://www.forestry.gov.uk/research
RELATED CCRA provide input to defining research programmes. Research programmes currently being resilience of the woodland resource
elaborated for implementation from April 2015
NATURAL
ENVIRONMENT
RISKS
ALL CCRA NATURAL Defra, Natural From summer 2013 Complete A Biodiversity and Ecosystems Working Group has been set up by Natural England and Yes Delivery of outcomes (both policy and action) and monitoring Adaptation Delivery Group to continue to coordinate on NAP
ENVIRONMENT England, Environment Environment Agency Climate Ready and meets regularly. The group is chaired by progress on NAP Natural Environment actions. Natural Environment Delivery. Biodiversity and Ecosystems
Natural England. There is good engagement from a range of organisations including Working Group to continue engagement across the sector.
RISKS Agency, Marine NGOs and other key conservation organisations.
Management
Organisation In addition the "Adaptation Delivery Group" now set up and active in coordinating the
Defra family adaptation response. Meet quarterly with a focus on delivery of
commitments in the NAP.
BD3, BD4, BD5, BD9, Natural England Ongoing On-track Natural England is on track to meet its target of 40 sites by 2015. A new agreement has Yes
BD11, BD14 been signed with the Met Office to collect climate data at sites.
 CLIMATE CHANGE RISK ASSESSMENT
CCRA RISKS
(CCRA) RISKS ADDRESSED BY STATUS OF COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR
OBJECTIVE ACTIONS TACKLED BY OWNER(S) TIMING
OBJECTIVE ACTION BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED
ACTION
(highest order CCRA risks in bold)

OBJECTIVE 23: To FL7a Non-residential properties at Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop an evidence base to support ALL CCRA Environment Agency By end of 2013 Complete Evidence for the Communications Strategy includes; report on 'Assessing the vulnerability
raise awareness and significant risk of flooding decision-making for a Communications Strategy covering prioritised sectors. BUSINESS RISKS Climate Ready of UK businesses to climate change: A literature review'.
Climate UK and
Kelly Evans, theChange
Social CCPs have:
UK, January 2013; Report written for the Environment Agency
understanding -byDesigned,
Blue Marbledeveloped,
Researchpiloted, andReady
'Climate rolled Support
out resilience training
Service: for businesses
Business and
Segmentation
amongst businesses FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to business
Research'. advisors, with more than 200 attending sessions
about climate change non-residential property due to flooding - Revised, hosted, and promoted the Business Resilience Health Check, which has had
more than 2000 hits so far
risks. BU2 Monetary losses due to tourist assets at Environment Agency Climate Ready, Climate UK and the Climate Change ALL CCRA Environment Agency Until financial year 2013- Complete Two OFQUAL qualifications developed one for SMEs (level 3) and one aimed at business
- Delivered a national series of training events for local highways managers and related
Partnerships to increase the number of people in businesses who have an accredited BUSINESS RISKS Climate Ready and 14 advisors (level 5).
risk from flooding professionals (around 234 attendees)
skill or qualification related to climate change adaptation. 107 businesses trained in the OFQUAL Level 3 Business resilience qualification Get
AND Climate UK - Delivered a national series of training events for public health, wellbeing, and related
Resilient.
BU3 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for OPPORTUNITIES professionals (around 250 attendees)
194 businesses trained in the OFQUAL Level 5 Business Resilience Healthcheck (BRHC)
industry - Delivered a national series of training events for planning, development, and other BE
qualification for business advisors. 1224 access / logons to BRHC
professionals (around 230 attendees)
website to date
- Maintain 9 active area-based networks with reach of more than 10,000 stakeholders to
disseminate messages from all theme-based NAP activity
BU4 Risks of business disruption due to - Assisted in developing and disseminating the Under the Weather toolkit with Climate
flooding Climate UK to work with local authorities and Local Enterprise Partnerships to assess ALL CCRA Climate UK and the Until financial year 2013- On-track Ready and held 2 stakeholder launches
and manage climate risks and opportunities for local economies through awareness- BUSINESS RISKS Climate Change 14 - Reviewed and summarized the economic case for adaptation in the health and care
BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption raising, signposting guidance and encouraging the sharing of good practice. AND Partnerships sectors, from existing literature
OPPORTUNITIES - Helped write the adaptation sections of the 2014 NHS/PHE sustainability strategy
- Rolled out SWIMS to around 27 upper tier and unitary councils, including engagement
BU8 An expansion of tourist destinations in the events and technical support
UK - Helped populate and promote Communities Prepared, a web resource for LRFs and
their partners from the Cabinet Office Civil Contingencies team
- Sit on LAAP and Climate Local steering groups
BU9 A decrease in output for businesses due
to supply chain disruption West Mids. Sustainable Development Officers Network reaches out to all 33 of our local
authorities, with adaptation event each year. Recent event on Community Resilience. Also
BU10 Loss of staff hours due to high internal supported Worcestershire and Staffordshire LAs on using the SWIMS tool; at the former
building temperatures around 20 delegates from internal services attended. We have also set up a new Public
Health Network; launched in November 2014, with 10 local authority representatives. We
also run a LEP Leadership Network for members of the 6 LEPs in the WM and are
contributing to an advice note to LEPs on the benefits of integrating adaptation into their
strategies, in order to encourage funding to be aligned to adaptation projects.
London: In 2013 2x Councillor engagement workshops on the subjects of health and
extreme weather resilience; Publication of 2x retrofitting social housing guidance notes.
Ongoing GLA, London Councils, London Resilience and LECF are members of LCCP (4x
Steering Group meetings annually plus many more project based meetings and
communications); input to London Resilience Communicating with the Public group. Health
theme: In 2014 2x launch events for Climate Ready 'Under the Weather' toolkit, reaching
c.60 healthcare professionals. In 2013 8x health workshops nationally - would need to
check with Sustainability East re final figure for attendance.
Your Climate (Y&H) host quarterly Adaptation Network meetings for Yorkshire & Humber
region having covered the built environment, ASC 2014 progress report launch and local
translation, and business support. Around 60 delegates in total.
South East: network workshops on Climate Justice, Health, Built Environment,
infrastructure; Earth Future school activity days (in partnership with STEMNet, Primary
Science Teaching Trust, IMechE) encouraging pupils to explore the potential challenges of
flooding, heatwave, and drought, then to imagine possible solutions; part of regional
health sustainability network, helped organize launch conference and ran 2 adaptation
workshops; support to West Sussex B2B group; Surrey LRF group; Climate Berkshire and
TVB LEP; LNP SE cluster group; Selsey study area for community coastal flood risk
Environment Agency Climate Ready will support the Local Government Associations ALL CCRA Environment Agency 2013 onwards On-track Climate
managementReadyproject.
theme leads continue to contribute to discussions on the LGA's Climate
(LGA) Climate Local initiative as a means of signposting advice, tools and examples BUSINESS RISKS Climate Ready Local
SouthForum
West: on the KHub
hosted and togroup
task/finish shareofrelevant pieces of
local highways work, including
managers events
to conduct via the
a risk
that can help councils work with the business community to increase resilience. Climate
assessmentLocalofe-bulletin. Potential issues/barriers
highways networks and assets across include low uptake
the region, soonand readership
to publish of
guidance
AND both theassessment
online forum and e-bulletinresilient
due to work pressures faced by local authority officers.
on risk and identifying routes.
OPPORTUNITIES North West: CLASP program of support to local authorities and partners trained more
A wide
than 500range of tools
officers, and guidance
members haschange
on climate been produced for businesses: Tools and
and sustainability
guidance
East Midlands organized a programme of informal learning events at the request of local
Be Climate
authorities Ready
over leaflet - aperiod,
an 18-month quick guide
each for
onesmall
hostedandbymedium-sized businesses
a different authority. This and
enabled
organisations.
each council toThis offers simple
showcase practical actions
its achievements that organisations
in mitigating and adapting can
to take to be
climate better
change,
prepared
and also to fordiscuss
severe theweather and the
challenges changing
and climate
difficulties .
in making progress. Also, the Land
The Business Resilience Healthcheck (BRHC) The BRHC, which
Management Business Resilience project produced guidance and a series of six on-farmwas developed with
Business
workshop in the Community
events that involvedand85Climate UK (CUK),
local farmers. is an interactive
In partnership online
with EA and tool
FAS.that uses a
multiple choice questionnaire to help businesses identify their vulnerability to a number of
risks, including severe weather events and climate change. At the end of the
questionnaire, the tool generates a personal, colour-coded action plan that suggests which
actions the organisation should prioritise in order to become more resilient .
Adaptation qualifications - Climate Ready and CUK have developed two Ofqual (Office of
Qualifications and Examinations Regulation) accredited adaptation qualifications :
Get Resilient is a course in business resilience for small and medium enterprises
(SMEs). Level 3 Ofqual accreditation, which makes it equivalent to an A-Level.
Understanding How to Support Clients Through Their Use of the Business Resilience
Health Check Tool. Level 5 Ofqual accreditation, which corresponds to a higher education
diploma or foundation degree.
On achieving the qualification, delegates also receive a years complimentary
membership of the Institute of Enterprise and Entrepreneurs (IOEE). So far, over 190
businesses have received a qualification.
Climate Change Adaptation: building the business case this guidance has been
developed by IEMA specifically for environment and sustainability professionals needing to
understand and build support for climate change adaptation in their business. It is based
on direct experience of practitioners who have worked on adaptation and resilience to
climate change and extreme weather .
Supply chain guidance this guidance explains the unique vulnerabilities facing supply
chains and shows how businesses can set about increasing their resilience by making
targeted changes in their supply chain operations .
Adapting to climate change using a business continuity management system - A practical
guide to help business continuity professionals understand and manage severe weather
risks as part of their existing business continuity management system. The guide sets out
a series of tasks in requirement with ISO 22301; enabling organizations to improve their
ability to deal with weather related disruptions. Developed by BSI in partnership with the
Environment Agency's Climate Ready Support Service
Sector specific guides we are working with colleagues in the Regulatory part of the
Environment Agency to develop guidance for regulated sectors of industry. So far guides
have been published for the paper and pulp sector and the food and drink sector .
BACLIAT (Business Areas Climate Impacts Assessment Tool) - a workshop aide that will
help you conduct a workshop to explore the implications of climate change for your
business or sector.
 Environment Agency Climate Ready and Climate UK to work with Environment Agency ALL CCRA Environment Agency 2013 onwards On-track Adaptation guidance published for Food and Drink sector (Published by the Food and
Regulated Businesses to provide guidance and training on how to assess climate risk BUSINESS RISKS Climate Ready and Drink Federation (FDF) on http://www.fdf.org.uk/climate-change-adaptation.aspx) and for
and develop their own climate change adaptation plans. the Paper and Pulp sector (Published by the Confederation of Paper Industries (CPI) on
AND Climate UK http://www.paper.org.uk/ ). Guidance for Chemicals and minerals sectors in progress.
OPPORTUNITIES

Environment Agency Climate Ready service to encourage businesses in areas at high BU2, BU4, BU5, BU9, Environment Agency
risk of flooding to undertake a flood risk assessment, register for appropriate flood FL7a/b Climate Ready
warnings and undertake appropriate measures to ensure their property and
community is protected.
June 2013 onwards On-track We are helping businesses to increase their resilience to extreme weather and prepare for
future risks and opportunities from climate change. We are doing this by providing tools
and support, such as
o Be Climate Ready leaflet - a quick guide for small and medium-sized businesses and
organisations. This offers simple practical actions that organisations can take to be better
prepared for severe weather and the changing climate.
o The Business Resilience Healthcheck (BRHC) The BRHC, which was developed with
Business in the Community and Climate UK (CUK), is an interactive online tool that uses a
multiple choice questionnaire to help businesses identify their vulnerability to a number of
risks, including severe weather events and climate change. o Each year the Environment
Agency carry out a nationwide flood action campaign to raise awareness of flooding and
encourage people to prepare. Our campaign includes the use of media stories, digital
engagement and local engagement to promote our messages and encourage action. In
13/14 our messages were covered in 3,200 media items with an estimated reach of over
700 million people.
o This year we are broadening the campaign and looking to work in partnership with one or
two big businesses to communicate via their supply chain and with their staff and
customers where they have stores in area at risk of flooding. In addition, we have
produced a blog with Business in the Community.
o We also have a team of locally based engagement specialists working with residents,
businesses, community groups and leaders and with other risk management authorities to
help those at the greatest risk of flooding to prepare and respond. In December 2014 we
are working with the FSB to send out a survey to 1000 of their members on climate
change adaptation and flooding. We are panning a campaign with them in spring 2015
based on the results of this. We have developed Index of Flood Risk spreadsheets which
identify flood risk to all our regulated sites and we are identifying ways of disseminating
this to the flood authorities.

The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment to develop professional ALL CCRA Institute of By end of 2013 On-track Iema has incorporated climate change adaptation into professional standards for our
standards in environmental and sustainability professionals. BUSINESS RISKS Environmental assessed Associate and Full membership levels (Associate version 2 in July 2013 and Full
membership in March 2014). We have also actively supported the incorporation of climate
AND Management and change impacts (upon organisations) into the scope of the revised ISO14001 (ISO revision
OPPORTUNITIES Assessment underway - anticipated q3 2015).

The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment to develop guidance on ALL CCRA Institute of By end of April 2013 Complete Completed in April 2013. Guidance document provides learning points from practice and
building the adaptation business case. BUSINESS RISKS Environmental recommendations (over 300 IEMA members contributed experiences to shape the
guidance). Directs environment and sustainability professionals through approach,
AND Management and framework, terminology and principles necessary to build successful business cases.
OPPORTUNITIES Assessment
The Carbon Disclosure Project to consider including more specific questions around ALL CCRA Carbon Disclosure 2013 - 2014
adaptation strategies in future questionnaires for major businesses, with a focus BUSINESS RISKS Project
around cost of adaptation and potential liabilities from climate risks.

OBJECTIVE 24: To FL7a Non-residential properties at significant Environment Agency Climate Ready service to work in partnership with others to ALL CCRA Environment Agency Up to financial year On-track We worked with Ricardo AEA on the 'Business Case for Adaptation'. The methodology for
increase the extent to risk of flooding continue to develop the business case for actions to address the risks and BUSINESS RISKS Climate Ready 2013-14 the business case is now on the Food and Drink Federation website for comment.
opportunities from climate change. An additional project is now underway on Illustrated Costs and Benefits on Adaptation.
which businesses are FL7b Expected Annual Damage (EAD) to non- AND This will produce clear messages for businesses.
actively considering residential property due to flooding OPPORTUNITIES The second draft of report has been produced. Factsheets for businesses have been
climate change produced on water efficiency, overheating and flood. These are presently being edited
impacts, in their risk BE3 Overheating of buildings following comments. We are due to tender for additional work analysing data from CDP
management and 2013/14 looking at costs and benefits of adaptation as well as any barriers to action.
WA5 Public water supply-demand deficits
resilience planning
and decision-making BU10 Loss of staff hours due to high internal
processes, and taking building temperatures
appropriate adaptive
action. BU2 Monetary losses due to tourist assets at risk
from flooding

BU3 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for

industry

BU4 Risks of business disruption due to flooding

BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption

OPPORTUNITIES

BU8 An expansion of tourist destinations in the UK

AG1c Climate Change Adaptation Services

 actively considering residential property due to flooding
climate change
impacts, in their risk BE3 Overheating of buildings
management and
WA5 Public water supply-demand deficits
resilience planning
and decision-making BU10 Loss of staff hours due to high internal
processes, and taking building temperatures
Environment Agency Climate Ready and Climate UK to develop and promote web- ALL CCRA Environment Agency Up to financial year Complete A wide range of tools and guidance has been produced for businesses: Tools and
appropriate adaptive based risk assessment tools and other relevant guidance that will increase the number BUSINESS RISKS guidance
action. BU2 Monetary losses due to tourist assets at risk Climate Ready and 2013-14
of businesses undertaking climate change risk assessments, adaptation actions and Be Climate Ready leaflet - a quick guide for small and medium-sized businesses and
from flooding
taking advantage of business opportunities.
AND Climate UK organisations. This offers simple practical actions that organisations can take to be better
OPPORTUNITIES prepared for severe weather and the changing climate .
BU3 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for
The Business Resilience Healthcheck (BRHC) The BRHC, which was developed with
industry
Business in the Community and Climate UK (CUK), is an interactive online tool that uses a
multiple choice questionnaire to help businesses identify their vulnerability to a number of
BU4 Risks of business disruption due to flooding
risks, including severe weather events and climate change. At the end of the
questionnaire, the tool generates a personal, colour-coded action plan that suggests which
BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption
actions the organisation should prioritise in order to become more resilient .
Adaptation qualifications - Climate Ready and CUK have developed two Ofqual (Office of
OPPORTUNITIES
Qualifications and Examinations Regulation) accredited adaptation qualifications :
Get Resilient is a course in business resilience for small and medium enterprises
BU8 An expansion of tourist destinations in the UK
(SMEs). Level 3 Ofqual accreditation, which makes it equivalent to an A-Level.
Understanding How to Support Clients Through Their Use of the Business Resilience
AG1c Climate Change Adaptation Services
Health Check Tool. Level 5 Ofqual accreditation, which corresponds to a higher education
diploma or foundation degree.
On achieving the qualification, delegates also receive a years complimentary
membership of the Institute of Enterprise and Entrepreneurs (IOEE). So far, over 190
businesses have received a qualification.
Climate Change Adaptation: building the business case this guidance has been
developed by IEMA specifically for environment and sustainability professionals needing to
understand and build support for climate change adaptation in their business. It is based
on direct experience of practitioners who have worked on adaptation and resilience to
climate change and extreme weather .
Supply chain guidance this guidance explains the unique vulnerabilities facing supply
chains and shows how businesses can set about increasing their resilience by making
targeted changes in their supply chain operations .
Adapting to climate change using a business continuity management system - A practical
guide to help business continuity professionals understand and manage severe weather
risks as part of their existing business continuity management system. The guide sets out
a series of tasks in requirement with ISO 22301; enabling organizations to improve their
ability to deal with weather related disruptions. Developed by BSI in partnership with the
Environment Agency's Climate Ready Support Service
Sector specific guides we are working with colleagues in the Regulatory part of the
Environment Agency Climate Ready and Climate UK to increase the number of ALL CCRA Environment Agency Ongoing On-track Environment
BSi have set Agency to develop
up a Climate guidance
Change StrategyforCommittee
regulated sectors of industry.
for organising So far
UK input guides
into future
businesses using management standards to manage climate risks. have been published
engagement forstandards
relating to the paper(including
and pulp sector and the
EC Mandate andfood
ISOand drink sector
project). .
It will mirror
BUSINESS RISKS Climate Ready and BACLIAT (Business
work happening at anAreas Climate
ISO and CEN Impacts
level on Assessment Tool)
climate change - astandards.
and workshop Both aide that will
projects
AND Climate UK help
seek you conduct
to map a workshop
existing standardstoagainst
exploreadaptation
the implications of climateissues
and mitigation change andforidentify
your any
OPPORTUNITIES business or sector.
gaps. A Smart Guide Adapting to climate change using your Business Continuity
Management System' has been produced and can be found here:
http://www.bsigroup.com/en-GB/forms/Adapting-to-Climate-Change-using-your-Business-
Continuity-Management-System/ . A member of Climate Ready is the Convenor of the
CEN/SABE/ENIS-Project Team to develop a European supplement on Climate Change
Adaptation for inclusion in CEN Guide 4.

Department for Culture, Media and Sport to deliver the England: A Strategic BU8, BU2 Department for Culture, By end of 2014 Complete
Framework for Tourism 2010 2020 ambitions to grow the visitor economy and and ALL CCRA Media and Sport
address the climate-related impacts outlined.
BUSINESS RISKS
AND
OPPORTUNITIES

The Health and Safety Executive to review their guidance regarding work place BU10, BE3 Health and Safety By end of 2013 Complete HSE have conducted a review of workplace temperatures and is finalising its web based
temperatures following a consultation. Executive guidance. Whilst there is no change in policy in respect of workplace temperatures, the
update will simplify and improve access to information and advice for employers and
employees and their representatives.
Waste and Resources Action Programme to reduce water demand/usage and BU3, WA5 Waste and Resources Ongoing, with annual On-track FHC no longer delivers technical support, instead will be a means of collecting water data
increase water efficiency for businesses through Federation House Commitment Action Programme measurement and and reporting progress
voluntary agreement; currently 70+ signatories across 278 sites (food and drink
manufacturers). Signatories pledge to reduce water use to contribute towards the
(WRAP) reporting water usage to
industry target of reducing water use by 20% by 2020. the Federation House
Commitment

Waste and Resources Action Programme to reduce water demand/usage and
increase in water efficiency for businesses through 'Rippleffect' a package of support,
advice and tools for small and medium enterprises.
BU3, WA5 Waste and Resources Ongoing On-track Current status
Action Programme Rippleffect is accessed via registration and the information is presented in a series
of modules which are designed to be worked through in order.
(WRAP) Additional technical support and information including site visits, top tips emails,
telephone advice etc. is provided to participants. This has been well received by
businesses and allows us to deliver tailored support and to focus on the businesses with
the greatest potential for water savings ensuring value for money for WRAP.
To improve access to the information we are currently updating the technical content
and structure of the Rippleffect modules by providing a series of short documents covering
each topic. These will be available to download from a central page on the website.
The current plan is to remove the registration page after March 15.

Defra and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills to gather the evidence
base on the size and structure of the adaptation market, including the demand for
types of specific products and services.
AG1c Defra and Department Ongoing On-track Adaptation and Resilience to Climate Change activities in the UK and global economy
for Business, Innovation report published on activity up to 2012. Defra currently working with ONS to look at new
ways of collecting and publishing this data. Work continues to gain better understanding of
and Skills the market, through ongoing stakeholder engagement. Potential work with the ONS may
commence to produce a feasibility study on surveying the market.
 OBJECTIVE 25: To
raise awareness and
understanding
amongst businesses AG1c Climate Change Adaptation Services
about domestic and
international climate Opportunities for innovative building services and
change opportunities. urban planning in the UK and overseas, for
example in the design of sustainable buildings and
UK based infrastructure operators, consultancies promote and facilitate international commercial opportunities for UK companies with
and investors may have opportunities to capitalise adaptation expertise.
on global climate change adaptation activity.
ALL CCRA BUSINESS RISKS Climate UK to identify and support Climate Change Champions to promote climate ALL CCRA Climate UK By end of 2013 and On-track Ongoing action. CCPs locally and Climate UK nationally work to identify and support
change opportunities for businesses and to demonstrate the benefits of addressing BUSINESS RISKS beyond champions in the business sector, and to put them in front of business audiences to share
OPPORTUNITIES climate resilience. their good practice and inspire others to action. Some examples include: Business
AND leadership team in North West with BITC; East of England Sustainability Alliance, West
OPPORTUNITIES Mids.; North East Connect Friday network, insurers and others in South East networks -
and also Kent's use of our BRHC as part of its business support program. Get Resilient
qualification (Climate SE and Climate NE effort) brought out champions from various
businesses who have used the training (see linked case studies)
'Resilience to Extreme Weather' event in the Humber with Your Climate and local business
developments. Defra to work through UK Trade and Investment, with Foreign and Commonwealth and LA partners featured
so itcase studies of how opportunities.
businesses had been impacted and
ALL CCRA Defra, UK Trade and Ongoing Action revised/On- This action
resources
is revised
available to the
is about
business
Domestic
sector to of
help
Office, UK companies and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills to BUSINESS RISKS Investment track Work continues to gain better understanding thethem adapt.
market, 50 delegates
including in attendance,
understanding where
with seven
UK has requests
expertise, for 1:1ongoing
through follow up / support." engagement. Potential work with the ONS
stakeholder
AND may commence to produce a feasibility study on surveying the market. This work may
OPPORTUNITIES then help inform future engagement between government and businesses. Defra are also
commissioning work to better understand how the private sector has been and is realising
current opportunities from a changing climate, and what the costs, benefits, and barrier for
action are.
BIS undertook an internal sector analyses which has been reviewed with EA and DEFRA.
From this we are currently agreeing a series of next steps we can take forward in 2015/16.
Department for International Development and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office Domestic risks Department for 2013 and Onwards On-track FCO progress to date: The ITOCC report identified increased frequency and urgency of
to use the PwC International Threats and Opportunities from Climate Change to the posed by International humanitarian assistance, and increased volatility in food prices, and policy reactions
UK (ITOCC) report to: contribute to the continued monitoring of the risks of climate affecting availability of food supplies, as particularly significant risks to UK interests arising
change to UK interests overseas; and supplement the existing body of analysis that
international Development and the from the impacts of climate change overseas. The FCO is working to understand these
informs the Governments humanitarian, development and foreign policies, and thus impacts - identified Foreign and risks in greater depth and detail.
help the UK better address the impacts of climate change around the world. in CCRA, but no risk Commonwealth Office
metric In partnership with DFID, we used the UKs G8 Presidency of 2013 to commission a study
of the impact of climate change on fragile states and the potential for humanitarian,
development and foreign policies to manage and reduce the consequent security risks.
This is being co-funded by G7 partners, and will report back under the German G7
Presidency of 2015. The UK funding comes from the FCOs Prosperity Fund, which
recognises sustainability as one of the key conditions for global economic growth. The
FCO is also undertaking a project in partnership with leading food security experts,
scientists, and relevant businesses to assess the risk to global food markets arising from
the increasing frequency of extreme weather events. Our overseas Posts are monitoring
and reporting on climate change impacts overseas, and their implications for UK interests,
on an ongoing basis.
Foreign and Commonwealth Office to use the PwC ITOCC report to support their Domestic risks Foreign and 2013 and onwards. On-track FCO progress to date: The FCO has shared the ITOCC report with other countries
international influencing strategy, which is designed to contribute to a change in the posed by Commonwealth Office governments via our network of climate and energy attaches based in our overseas
global political conditions and ambition required to achieve an agreement in 2015 on Embassies and High Commissions. We have used the report to encourage other
limiting global CO2 emission. In particular the report will be used to support UK
international governments to consider the risks posed to their countries by the indirect impacts of
thinking on the potential economic costs to the UK and global economy of failing to impacts - identified climate change, as well as by the direct impacts. In partnership with the Government
address climate change. in CCRA, but no risk Office of Science, the FCO commissioned the Met Office to produce the Human Dynamics
metric of Climate Change map, which enables some of these indirect impacts to be more easily
understood and visualised.
The ITOCC reports conclusion that Climate change impacts around the world multiply
existing threats to the UK, and some of these could be an order of magnitude greater than
threats from domestic climate impacts, was based solely on an assessment of the risks
arising from a scenario in which the target of limiting climate change to 2C above pre-
industrial temperature is met. To support both our international influencing strategy and
our UK analysis, the FCO is now working with experts in energy, economics, climate
science, and security to assess the risks to the global economy and international security
arising from the higher degrees of climate change that might be encountered if collective
global action to reduce emissions is insufficient to meet that target.

Climate UK to work with Local Enterprise Partnerships to raise awareness and support ALL CCRA
best practice in assessing and managing local economy climate change risks and BUSINESS RISKS
opportunities. *
AND
OPPORTUNITIES
Defra and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, in the development of ALL CCRA
the EU Growth Programme for England 2014 to 2020, to encourage the embedding of BUSINESS RISKS
adaptation in the development and implementation of local strategies. This will be
delivered through the development of adaptation-relevant guidance to Local
AND
Enterprise Partnerships. * OPPORTUNITIES
Greater London Authority with the London Climate Change Partnership to undertake a ALL CCRA
scoping study to understand the adaptation economy in London through analysing the BUSINESS RISKS
sub-sectors and identifying how the sector could develop to meet future local, national
and international demand. *
AND
OPPORTUNITIES
The Green Investment Bank to: incorporate climate change resilience into its ALL CCRA
sustainability and green impact policies; and consider climate resilience in its BUSINESS RISKS
investment decision-making as part of its standard technical and green risk
assessment processes. Where appropriate, the Green Investment Bank to
commission external assessment of the scale and nature of the extreme weather and
climate risks associated with proposed investments.
Through shared leadership: UK Trade and Investment to work with Defra, the Foreign AG1c
and Commonwealth Office and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, to
promote and facilitate domestic and international commercial opportunities for UK
companies with adaptation expertise.
Environment Agency Climate Ready, Climate UK and the Department for Business, BU9
Innovation and Skills to work in partnership with others to encourage supply chain
resilience in the business sectors that have been identified as a priority.
Advice note for LEPs produced by Climate UK, along with accompanying slides.
Ongoing action. Significant opportunity to embed adaptation to sustainable growth
strategies and investment, however significant information failure on economic benefits of
adaptation within short-term timescales of LEPs. Varied progress across England, with
some LEPs engaged (Humber, Cumbria, etc.) but struggling for meaningful engagement
in most areas to lever funds. Significant opportunity through the ESIF and Growth Deal
Climate UK 2013 and onwards. On-track processes, both in promotion of TO5 Climate Resilience and the cross cutting theme.
Examples of engagement by CCPs include:
- SWM: on behalf of 6 WM LEPs and West Midlands European Service has set up cross-
LEP group to influence development of EU funding bids and cross-LEP projects joint
statement produced on areas to work together on including adaptation ongoing
development work.
SWM assistance to joint LEP and LNP session in July on developing several pilot projects
on green infrastructure.
- Climate Northwest actively involved with the local LEPs through Signposting
information on green growth to local authorities through the CLASP programme;
Developing and supporting the delivery of the EA & ERDF funded ESTA (Environmental
Sustainability Technical Assistance) project with all 5 NW LEPs providing capacity on
climate resilience to inform SEPs and EUSIFs; Facilitated innovative research for the
Cheshire LEP on flood resilience for their strategic sites, and also involved in the Greater
Manchester project; Provided an assessment to Greater Manchester of how the NAP can
be supported locally to inform the Greater Manchester Strategy (which cascades to the
SEP and SIF).
- Climate East Midlands engagement with the 4 main LEPs in the EM, mainly been
through an ERDF funded East Midlands Councils project to deliver a socio-economic
framework (to help maximise the amount of EU structural funds 2014-20,) provided
support on the low carbon/green economy aspects of the thematic objectives (although the
adaptation objective is not prioritised by UK Govt which makes it tricky).
CEMs business resilience work provides a more direct benefit for local economies.
Worked directly with Northants Enterprise Partnership on the delivery of the business
resilience workshops in Corby/Daventry.
Sponsored a D2N2 event where they launched their Low Carbon Plan in November and
promoted business resilience there.
- Climate North East: Member of Sustainable Growth Advisory Panel for NE LEP;
Contributing author for Strategic Economic Plan development (North East LEP) on
resilience/sustainability/climate change, lower-carbon economy; Member of Cross Cutting
issues sub group. Working on SIF across range of themes. Contacts maintained with Tees
Valley LEP but engagement at a lower level.
- Climate SE, SW, London finding LEPs less receptive, but looking for partnerships and
opportunities to influence. Climate SE working with TV Berkshire LEP advisory group to
shape budgets around sustainability and incorporate adaptation projects.
Defra and the 2013 and onwards. On-track Consultation for the ESF operational programme complete. Defra responded to both ESF
Department for and ERDF consultations. Work continues to support the integration of climate change
adaptation in the operation of the ESIF funds.
Business, Innovation
and Skills
Greater London 2013 - 2014 Complete Report now complete. Workshop planned for 2015 to consult key sectors on interventions
Authority, London and opportunities to grow the Adaptation Economy
Climate Change
Partnerships
Green Investment Bank 2013 onwards
UK Trade and From 2013 onwards Action revised/On- Action is revised to deal with International Opportunities, and recognises that UKTI are
Investment track in the lead.
Work continues to gain better understanding of the market, including understanding where
UK has expertise, through ongoing stakeholder engagement. Potential work with the ONS
may commence to produce a feasibility study on surveying the market. This work may
then help inform future engagement between government and businesses. UK Trade &
Investment commissioned a report from the Economist Intelligence Unit: Accessing
International Markets. Adapting to an uncertain Climate: A World of Commercial
Opportunities. UK Trade & Investment has been keeping Foreign and Commonwealth
Office, and its own, Overseas Staff informed of the climate expertise of UK businesses.
Environment Agency By end of 2015 On-track Climate Ready have a current focus on the food and drink sector and held an industry
Climate Ready, Climate Round Table event in June 2014 with the EA Chairman and Chief Executive. Attendees
included senior executives from leading retailers such as Asda, Sainsburys and Tesco as
UK and the Department well at the Food and Drink Federation, British Retail Consortium, Water UK, Institute
for Business, Innovation Grocery Distribution, NFU, Defra and BIS.
and Skills Climate Ready produced a video with Nestle highlighting their work to increase their
resilience to extreme weather and climate change.
Climate Ready are encouraging key suppliers to Asda and M&S to trial our Supply chain
guidance.
Climate Ready have undertaken a survey with the Food and Drink Federation and the
British Retail Consortium surveying their members on the key risks and barriers to action.
This will feed into our work in this area.
The British Retail Consortium have included a commitment and chapter on adaptation in
their new report A Better Retailing Climate Climate Ready is featured within this.
Climate Ready, Defra and BIS are working together to identify future priority sectors
including manufacturing.
The Advanced Manufacturing Supply chain initiative (AMSCI) is a funding competition
designed to improve the global competitiveness of UK advanced manufacturing supply
chains. MSCI supports the governments re-shoring agenda by ensure vital supply chains
are better protected from global climate events.
 OBJECTIVE 26: To OPPORTUNITIES: Environment Agency Climate Ready service to complete a pilot project to ensure the BU9 Environment Agency By end of 2014 Action The Climate Ready Supply Chain Guidance was introduced to Asda's key suppliers
help businesses MA5 Opening of Arctic shipping routes due to guidance on supply chain resilience is effective. Climate Ready revised/delayed through a workshop and webinar and was made available through their Sustain and Save
ice melt. Exchange. Due to a change of staff in Asda the trail of the guidance has been delayed.
better understand and The guidance has been introduced to over 40 of M&S suppliers in Nov 2014 and
manage climate ALL CCRA BUSINESS RISKS, most notably: comments on the guidance requested.
change risks to their FL7a/b Non-residential properties at significant
supply chains. risk of flooding and Expected Annual Damage
(EAD) to non-residential Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop good practice guidance to BU9 Environment Agency May 2013 onwards Complete The Climate Ready Supply Chain guidance has been produced and is available on a
WA5 Public water supply-demand deficits. assess and manage risks to supply chains. Climate Ready number of websites including http://www.acclimatise.uk.com/resources?resource=202.
BU3 Risk of restrictions in water abstraction for
industry.
BU4 Risks of business disruption due to flooding.
The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills to develop an Industrial Strategy BU9 Department for Summer 2013 Complete The parts of the Industrial Strategy have been published with references to climate change
BU5 Loss of productivity due to ICT disruption.
which will provide confidence for investment and growth, and the development of Business, Innovation challenges, such as the construction strategy on 2 July 2013, the professional and
BU9 A decrease in output for businesses due to
resilient supply chains. business services strategy on 11 July 2013, the automotive strategy on 12 July, and the
supply chain disruption. and Skills Agri-tech 22 July 2013.
BU10 Loss of staff hours due to high internal
building temperatures. Environment Agency Climate Ready service to develop guidance on supply chains: The Climate Ready Supply Chain guidance has been produced and is available on a
BU9 Environment Agency 2013 onwards Complete
working with and priority small-medium enterprise sectors in the food and beverage Climate Ready number of websites including http://www.acclimatise.uk.com/resources?resource=202. We
sector. have been working with Asda and M&S to trial the guidance.

BU1 Climate risks to investment funds Defra to continue to liaise with other Government Departments, the private sector and ALL CCRA Defra with support By end of 2015 Complete Defra had continued to liaise with other Government Departments, the private sector and
(uncertain). academia to explore further research needs around how investments and insurance BUSINESS RISKS academia to explore further research needs around how investments and insurance
sectors may take into account climate risks and what opportunities exist to support sectors may take into account climate risks and what opportunities through the PRA's
BU7 Insurance industry exposure to UK flood these sectors in managing these risks.
AND Adaptation Reporting Power report and supported UKCIP in developing a proposal for the
risks. OPPORTUNITIES better understanding of how the adaptation economy contributes to growth and jobs.
OBJECTIVE 27: To
BU6 Mortgage provision threatened due to
undertake research to increased flood risk.
increase the
understanding of BU2 Monetary losses due to tourist assets at risk
climate change from flooding.
impacts on growth
Defra Climate Ready team to review the 'Macro-economics of climate change' report ' ALL CCRA Defra Climate Ready, By end of 2015 Complete Defra considered the Macro-economics of climate change' report and decided resources
and the economy,
to explore whether the links between climate change and economic growth need to be BUSINESS RISKS The Department for would be deployed to better understand the adaptation economy, detailed under objective
working with better understood, sharing key findings with the Department for Business, Innovation 25.
investors, insurers and Skills (BIS) and develop further action (if required) with BIS.
AND Business, Innovation
and other industry OPPORTUNITIES and Skills
partners.

* = Action not included in first NAP publication

 IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE ACTION
RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE RISKS AS
IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA RISK(S)/OTHER
ANTICIPATED?
CLIMATE RISKS
(Y/N)
Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building None
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
leadership)
Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Promotion of qualifications ongoing.
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
leadership)
Yes Building a Resilient Environment slide pack downloaded by 155
people from September to October; good turnout at event series;
Climate Just events set to be well-attended with around 150
already booked in for January events;
Events series generally well-attended in each region
BRHC used 2000 times so far
27 SWIMS councils engaging departments around weather
impacts (though three of these are in Wales)
Yes Capacity building & Knowledge transfer. An example of this is
the wider sharing of the Climate Change adaptation manual
across the Climate Local network.
WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
INFORMATION, ETC
Booking sitehttp://healthcheck.sfediawards.co.uk/
Phase 3 of the Built Environment project will add further case http://climateuk.net/resource/building-resilient-environment-
studies to the resources (to end- March 2015) %E2%80%93-sector-tools-and-resources;
Local Adaptation Networks continue to meet regularly. http://www.yourclimate.org/pages/adaptation-network
Local projects continuing
Highways Adaptation project to publish resource
SWIMS to continue ; seeking resource to update system
Climate Just roll-out and launch through January 2015,
discussing further work with JRF
Continue to host and promote BRHC and other Climate
Ready tools
http://www.local.gov.uk/climate-local
Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
leadership)
Yes Building capacity (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
leadership)
Yes Trained and competent professionals - 15,000 members
Yes - webinar held to introduce and made available to all 290 registered for webinar held jointly with Climate ready -
15,000 IEMA members - freely available on www.iema.net December 2013
Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building An additional project is now underway on Illustrated Costs
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
leadership)
Work ongoing with other EA regulated industry sectors Adaptation guidance published for Food and Drink sector
(Published by the Food and Drink Federation (FDF) on
http://www.fdf.org.uk/climate-change-adaptation.aspx) and
for the Paper and Pulp sector (Published by the
Confederation of Paper Industries (CPI) on
http://www.paper.org.uk/ ). Guidance for Chemicals and
minerals sectors in progress.
In December 2014 we are working with the FSB to send out a http://www.climateweek.com/2012/12/13/be-climate-ready-guide/ http://www.businessresiliencehealthcheck.co.uk www.gov.uk/floodsdestroy - https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/floods-destroy-be
survey to 1000 of their members on climate change
adaptation and flooding. We are planning a campaign with
them in spring 2015 based on the results of this. In addition,
we are exploring working with BitC to promote resilience and
flood risk messages through Lloyds SME advisors.
Will continue to be updated and reviewed http://www.iema.net/membership-levels
IEMA is building an on-line web resource to further share http://www.iema.net/readingroom/articles/cca-business-case-guidance
examples of practice - http://www.iema.net/policy-climate-
change-and-energy
https://www.fdf.org.uk/climate-change-adaptation.aspx
and Benefits on Adaptation. This will produce clear
messages for businesses. The second draft of report has
been produced. Factsheets for businesses have been
produced on water efficiency, overheating and flood. These
are presently being edited following comments. We are due
to tender for additional work analysing data from CDP
2013/14 looking at costs and benefits of adaptation as well as
any barriers to action.
Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building No more online guidance planned at present due to http://www.climateweek.com/2012/12/13/be-climate-ready-
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong restrictions guide/
leadership) http://www.businessresiliencehealthcheck.co.uk
Booking site http://healthcheck.sfediawards.co.uk/
http://www.iema.net/readingroom/articles/cca-business-
case-guidance
http://www.acclimatise.uk.com/resources?resource=202
http://www.bsigroup.com/en-GB/forms/Adapting-to-Climate-
Change-using-your-Business-Continuity-Management-
System/
Published by the Confederation of Paper Industries (CPI)
on http://www.paper.org.uk/
Published by the Food and Drink Federation (FDF) on
http://www.fdf.org.uk/climate-change-adaptation.aspx

Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Work is ongoing to incorporate climate risks into standards. http://www.bsigroup.com/en-GB/forms/Adapting-to-Climate-
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong Change-using-your-Business-Continuity-Management-
leadership) System/

Yes To complement the Keep it Real for businesses VisitEngland
have produced a version for Destination Organisations. Keep it
Real is a toolkit that helps the target audience to communicate
sustainability and make it a USP. This was done in partnership
with Leeds Becket University (formerly Leeds Met).
The Responsible Tourism Partnership, in association with
Manchester Metropolitan University and VisitEngland, held the
8th International Conference on Responsible Tourism in
Destinations in April 2014.
Climate South West are looking to develop their digital http://www.visitengland.org/Images/11234%20Strategic
platform that provides a wide range of tools and advice to %20Framework_2014_INTERACTIVE_v2_tcm30-
businesses on climate change mitigation and adaptation. VE 42204.pdf (page 6)
are exploring how they might support this.
The European Tourism Indicator System is being piloted ( 2nd
round) with a number of English destinations including
Birmingham, North Tyneside, Blackpool and Worcestershire.

Yes HSE action will contribute to the provision of general advice and None
practical guidance to employers and employees about
reasonable and acceptable temperatures in workplaces and the
effective and efficient management and control of the same.
FHC signatories delivered a 15.6% reduction in water use (not in N/A http://fhc2020.co.uk/fhc/cms/case-studies-reports/
product) in 2013 versus the 2007 baseline. Water per tonne of
product reduced by 22% against the baseline despite an
increase in production of 8%

Yes 1,634 registrations received since April 2013. Over 950k M3 of Work is being undertaken to refine the Rippleffect http://www.wrap.org.uk/content/rippleffect-water-efficiency-businesses
water savings reported during 12/13 and 13/14 with potential for information. This will be completed by March 2015 and will
a further 2.5 m M3 available in a 'standalone' capacity via WRAPs Business
Resource Efficiency Hub www.wrap.org.uk/brehub

Yes Evidence work will illustrate that there is a market for adaptation DEFRA currently working with ONS, with a range of https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/adaptation-and-resilience-climate-change-2011-to-2012
to climate change activity stakeholders including BIS and DfT, to look at new ways of
collecting and publishing this data. Assessment of current
activity to realise market opportunities to commence via
commissioning from Climate Ready.

Yes
This ongoing work is supporting the FCOs internal long-term
policy planning, as well as our input to HMG processes such
as the National Security Risk Assessment and the Strategic
Defence and Security Review.
This work has contributed to maintaining the UKs status as
the partner of choice of many other countries for
collaboration on climate change. Practical cooperation on
assessing and responding to the global risks of climate
change forms a positive part of many of the UKs bilateral
relationships, and this supports our efforts to secure an
effective global deal on climate change in 2015.
BIS working with EA and Defra has reviewed priority sectors for BIS are continuing to work with sector teams to develop their http://group.skanska.com/Global/About%20Skanska/Sustainability/Environmental%20responsibility/Final%20report_Adaptation.pdf
further action. From this review we are currently agreeing a
series of next steps we can take forward in 2015/16. This has
been a useful activity as it enabled EA and BIS to share their
knowledge of activity within the various sectors and start to work
towards a common understanding of progress and challenge.
The action has already informed FCO analysis as noted above.
Further contribution to management of climate risks in our
policymaking is to be expected after the completion of the
studies currently in progress.
The FCOs climate diplomacy, in partnership with the
Department for Energy and Climate Change and with the
governments of our EU and other partner countries, has
contributed to ensuring a high level of attention is given to
climate change at international fora including the G7, the G20,
and the UN General Assembly. This supports our efforts to
secure an effective global deal on climate change in 2015.
This work is ongoing, forming part of the basis of all CCPs' http://www.yourclimate.org/pages/resilience-extreme-
work weather ;
A clear opportunity to develop this type of support in other http://www.climatesoutheast.org.uk/index.php/case/case_de
sub-regions and to target supply chains (through larger tail/brighton_marina_benefits_from_resilience_training :
companies). http://www.climatenortheast.com/manageContent.aspx?
object.id=10740&param.1=17062
experience and knowledge.
G7 study to be completed and published in Spring of 2015. Statement of G8 Foreign Ministers after meeting in London in April 2013:https://www.gov.uk/government/news/g8-foreign-ministers-meeting-statement
Report on climate risks to global food security to be released
in first half of 2015, and launched as part of the Milan Expo
2015.
An independent expert assessment of climate change risks to Human Dynamics of Climate Change map:http://www.metoffice.gov.uk/climate-guide/climate-change/impacts/human-dynamics
global prosperity and security is intended to be released in
mid-2015.
Yes - This action will have a positive impact across CCRA
risks given the potential leverage of investment into
adaptation activity.
There has been no overall assessment of the investment
leverage into climate change adaptation by this action, and it
must be recognised that Climate UK is only one partner locally
who are supporting, in particular the Environment Agency on
European Structural Investment Funding (ESIF) for flood risk).
However the overall indicative funding allocations for the ESIF
funds through to 2020 is 77m primarily for flood risk investment
linked to economic priorities, and a further 124m in Growth
Deal funds from the UK government. This will also be
supplemented by investment in other business support activity
which will be influenced by the ESIF sustainable development
cross-cutting theme. The impact of this funding on the CCRA
risks is yet to be determined, however it will undoubtable
contribute towards an increase in business resilience.
In order to create an clear and coordinated approach and to http://www.lepnetwork.net/West Midlands LEP Leadership Group - http://www.sustainabilitywestmidlands.org.ukESTA Environmental Sustainability Technical Assistance in the North West - http://www.enwo
further dialogue with LEPs , Climate UK is leading the
development of an information Note for Local Enterprise
Partnerships by end of Dec 2014 (part of our collaboration
with Climate Ready and in consultation with Defra) outlining
how resilience can be embedded within LEP activities. The
Climate Change Partnerships are also constantly seeking
opportunities for further engagement with LEPs, and it is
likely that some CCP members will be environmental
representatives on ESIF committees locally - these
committees will be formed by mid 2015.

Unable to assess at this point. BIS has reviewed the LEP growth plans and is arranging
meetings with BIS local to further explore how we can support
these. Assessment of current activity to realise market
opportunities to commence via commissioning from Climate
Ready.

Too soon to tell We now have a baseline to compare future growth of the January 2015 workshop - GLA and LCCP to organise and
adaptation economy, and have an awareness of which sectors host with input from all of the project partners
and activities are already benefitting the most. This is more of an
opportunity than a risk

Yes This helps them horizon scan to find suitable commercial UKTI continue to work on this issue with partners. http://group.skanska.com/Global/About%20Skanska/Sustainability/Environmental%20responsibility/Final%20report_Adaptation.pdf
opportunities, and help position such companies to win business
through the provision of market intelligence, trade missions, and
facilitating introductions to key procurers and decision makers.
Examples include infrastructure projects of high value (over
250 million accessible to the UK) where climate proofing is
being integrated into building design, and the provision of water
and waste water systems.

Yes Work so far has helped raise awareness of risks, and has Work is ongoing to identify priority sectors and initiate work. https://www.financebirmingham.com/amsci/
highlighted some of the good examples of work carried out by BIS are continuing to work with sector teams to develop their
the private sector. The work is building capacity (gathering experience and knowledge. .
evidence, monitoring risks, building partnerships, training &
skills, evidence, building strong leadership)
Since the launch of Reshore UK in January 2014, the UK has
supported twenty-two companies to Reshore / build onshore
capacity in the UK creating 1,129 jobs.
Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Work is ongoing with large retailers such as M&S and Asda The Climate Ready Supply Chain guidance has been
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong produced and is available on a number of websites
leadership) including http://www.acclimatise.uk.com/resources?
resource=202.

Unable to assess at this point Work is ongoing with large retailers such as M&S and Asda The Climate Ready Supply Chain guidance has been
produced and is available on a number of websites
including http://www.acclimatise.uk.com/resources?
resource=202.
Unable to assess at this point. The GEC, at the request of the BIS SoS, is preparing a report https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/industrial-strategy-government-and-industry-in-partnership
to the EAC on sustainable issues within IS

Yes Building capacity* (gathering evidence, monitoring risks, building Work is ongoing with large retailers such as M&S and Asda The Climate Ready Supply Chain guidance has been produced and is available on a number of websites including http://www.acclimatise.uk.com/resources?resource=202.
partnerships, training & skills, evidence, building strong
leadership)

Unable to assess at this point. The PRA Adaptation Reporting Power report may highlight
further research needed for the insurance industry. UKCIP is
developing a proposal for funding, which would if funding was
secured, develop an understanding of the impact climate
change has on growth and jobs

Unable to assess at this point.

 OBJECTIVE CHAPTER ACTIONS OWNER(S)

The Local Adaptation Advisory Panel to develop, publish and run a programme of Local Adaptation
communication with local government officers and councillors to explain climate risks Advisory Panel, with
and actions for councils services areas.
contributions from:
Environment Agency
Climate Ready,
Climate UK, Local
Government
Association, HM
Government

OBJECTIVE 28: To
raise and maintain the
profile of adaptation
with local authorities
and promote action to
embed climate
resilience across
local authority
services and
responsibilities.
 profile of adaptation
with local authorities
and promote action to
embed climate
resilience across
local authority
services and The Local Adaptation Advisory Panel to champion and disseminate examples of local Local Adaptation
responsibilities. authority work, to embed adaptation in councils. Advisory Panel, with
contributions from:
Environment Agency
Climate Ready,
Climate UK, Local
Government
Association, HM
Government

OBJECTIVE 29: To The Environment Agency, through its Climate Ready Support Service, to develop tools Environment Agency
support local and guidance and make them available and accessible to all Local Authorities. Climate Ready,
This will include:
government to build a - rolling out Kents Severe Weather Impacts Monitoring System as a tool;
Contributing partners:
credible business - providing support to develop the local business case for adaptation; and Climate UK, Kent
case for action and - supporting the development of resources under the Climate Local initiative including County Council, Local
take well-informed briefing packs relevant to council service areas and priorities. Government
decisions both Association
internally across
service areas and
externally with their
local communities
and businesses.
 OBJECTIVE 30: To HM Government, informed by advice from the Local Government partners will ensure HM Government,
ensure the policy that, where a case is made, government legislation, policy and programmes are joined Contributing partners:
up to continue to enable and support local authorities to build resilience to the impacts
framework for local of climate change.
Local Adaptation
government supports Advisory Panel, Local
councils to increase Government
community resilience Association
in partnership with
local and regional
players.
 The Local Government Association will develop, run and promote Climate Local as a Local Government
council-led initiative to support and share progress on climate change, including local Association
action to build resilience.

OBJECTIVE 31: To
support sector-led
activities, which allow
councils to make
local commitments to
address their own
unique challenges
and opportunities
arising from changing
climate.
 The Core Cities Group, London Councils and the Greater London Authority will Core Cities Group,
promote adaptation action within the councils of Englands largest cities as set out in London Councils,
the Cities Commitment.
Greater London
Authority

OBJECTIVE 31: To
support sector-led
activities, which allow
councils to make
local commitments to
address their own
unique challenges
and opportunities
arising from changing
climate.

The Climate Ready Support Service will work with the Core Cities Group, London Environment Agency
Councils and the Greater London Authority to identify their unique support Climate Ready
requirements and how learning can be shared with other local authorities.
 The Environment Agency through its Climate Ready Support Service and the Local Environment Agency
Government Association will help to build the capacity of councils through delivering Climate Ready, Local
councillor training and support materials.
Government
Association

Defra Flood Management to evaluate risk management authority delivery of their roles Defra Flood
and responsibilities established under Flood and Water Management Act. Management

OBJECTIVE 1: To
work with individuals,
communities and
organisations to
reduce the threat of
flooding and coastal
erosion, including
that resulting from
climate change, by
understanding the
risks of flooding and
coastal erosion,
working together to
put in place long-term
plans to manage
these risks and
making sure that
Defra, the Environment Agency and local government to work together to help develop Defra, Environment
other plans take a single information portal to share consistent high-level information on flooding.
account of them. Agency
 Environment Agency Climate Ready team to support the Local Government Environment Agency
Associations Climate Local initiative as a means of signposting advice, tools and Climate Ready
examples that can help councils take action to improve the resilience of the local built
environment. This will continue to be promoted by Climate UK via local partnerships
networks and events with local authorities.

The Department for Communities and Local Government to update planning guidance Department for
to support the implementation of the National Planning Policy Frameworks policies on Communities and
OBJECTIVE 2: To adapting to climate change, in the light of the review of government planning practice
Local Government
provide a clear local guidance.
planning framework Environment Agency Climate Ready team to provide guidance and tools to local Environment Agency
to enable all Environment Agency teams so they can promote climate change adaptation in their Climate Ready
participants in the advice to local authorities and developers as part of their role as a consultee to the
planning system to planning process.
deliver sustainable
new development,
including
infrastructure, that Local planning authorities to work with their communities, the Environment Agency and Local planning
partners in putting in place up to date local plans consistent with the National authorities
minimises Planning Policy Framework, including policies on tackling climate-related impacts,
vulnerability and such as flooding and coastal change.
provides resilience to
the impacts of climate
change.
Environment Agency Climate Ready service to make tools and advice available to Environment Agency
planners and developers on future climate risk. This will continue to be promoted by Climate Ready
Climate UK via local partnerships networks and events with local authorities.

Town and Country Planning Association supported by Climate UK (CUK), has Town and Country
produced guidance: 'Planning for Climate Change, Guidance for local authorities' Planning Association
(2012). This will continue to be promoted by CUK via local partnerships networks and
events with local authorities.
(TCPA)
BUILT ENVIRONMENT Environment Agency Climate Ready service to make skills and training on climate Environment Agency
change adaptation resources available to decision-makers in the built environment Climate Ready
sector. This will continue to be promoted by Climate UK via local partnerships,
networks and events with local authorities.
OBJECTIVE 3: To help
businesses and
industries in the
sector to access
skills, training,
knowledge and tools
to understand and
manage climate
change risks.
 Environment Agency Climate Ready service to disseminate sector-led best practice Environment Agency
guidance and research on Green Infrastructure. This will continue to be promoted by Climate Ready
Climate UK via local partnerships networks and events with local authorities.

OBJECTIVE 4: To
ensure that investors
and developers have
the financial and
appraisal decision
tools needed to
support and promote
adaptation to climate
change.

OBJECTIVE 5: To The Department for Communities and Local Government to appropriately consider Department for
increase the climate change adaptation in its review of the framework of Building Regulations and Communities and
local housing standards.
resilience of homes Local Government
and buildings by
helping people and
communities to
understand what a
changing climate
could mean for them,
and to take action to
be resilient to climate
risks.

Defra and the Environment Agency to build partnerships with water companies and Lead Local Flood
Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs) to produce area drainage plans. Authorities and water
OBJECTIVE 6: To
companies,
explore and build LLFAs to produce a set of surface water flood maps by the end of 2013, in partnership
understanding of the with water companies (e.g. 'Drain London', which involves Thames Water and London Environment Agency,
Boroughs). Defra
long term
implications of
climate change for
the location and
resilience of
population centres.

OBJECTIVE 7: To
ensure infrastructure
is located, planned,
designed and
maintained to be
resilient to climate
change, including
increasingly extreme
weather events.
INFRASTRUCTURE
OBJECTIVE 9: To
better understand the
particular
vulnerabilities facing
local infrastructure
e.g. local highways)
from extreme weather
and long term climate
change so as to
determine actions to
address the risks.
To increase communication with water companies via partnership-working with local Water companies,
authorities over the development of area drainage plans as appropriate and Water UK
Sustainable Drainage Systems for new development, where achievable and cost
beneficial. This activity is also enabled via the Flood and Water Management Act
(2010) duty to co-operate.
(This is linked to Built Environment Theme action on management of surface water in
built-up areas.)
Water companies to update sewerage management plans, working with local Water companies
authorities, as part of developing and maintaining supply, sewer and drainage
infrastructure networks over the long term, providing resilience to climate change.
To build partnerships with water companies and Lead Local Flood Authorities (LLFAs) Environment Agency,
to align Drainage Area Plans. Sewerage Management Plans and Strategic Drainage Lead Local Flood
Frameworks (where appropriate, since these are non-statutory and industry
recognised documents) and to help inform Local Flood Risk Management Strategies.
Authorities, water
companies, Defra
The Environment Agency to produce a set of Surface Water Flood Maps by from the Environment Agency,
end of 2013, in partnership with water companies and Lead Local Flood Authorities Lead Local Flood
(LLFAs). (Examples include Drain London, involving Thames Water and London
Boroughs).
Authorities and water
companies, Defra
To invest in activity that encourages customers to enhance its resilience, such as in Lead Local Flood
maintaining and cleaning blockages from their sewer system due to customers Authorities and water
disposing fats, oils and grease items down their sinks and toilets. Examples includes
Anglian Water 'Keep it Clear' and Yorkshire Water 'Doing the Dirty' campaigns.
companies,
Environment Agency,
Environment Agency, Climate UK, ADEPT and Department for Transport to build Defra
Environment Agency,
capacity of local highways engineers and other relevant spatial planning and flood risk Climate UK ,
local authority professions, on climate resilience.
Department for
Transport and ADEPT
Support the Local Government Associations Climate Local initiative as a means Environment Agency
signpost advice, tools and examples that can help councils take action to improve the Climate Ready
resilience of local transport and energy infrastructure.
Use existing local organisations and networks such as ADEPT, UK Roads Liaison Department for
Group, Climate UK and Local Adaptation Advisory Panel to share knowledge and best Transport, local
practice with respect to local highways.
organisations and
networks (e.g. ADEPT,
UKRLG, Climate UK,
Local Adaptation
Advisory Panel)
To take forward pluvial flood risk management through partnership working under the Local Authorities and
Flood and Water Management Act 2010 and the duty to cooperate. To publish surface Water Companies
water flood maps by the end of 2013.
and long term climate
change so as to
determine actions to
address the risks.
OBJECTIVE 11: To
reduce the risk of
death and illness
associated with
severe weather
events and climate
change and increase
preparedness and
resilience to the
impacts on public
health.
HEALTH
To approve drainage systems in new developments and redevelopments especially Local Authority SuDS
where these relate to highways, before construction can begin, in accordance with Approving Body (SAB)
SuDS National Standards. (this will follow after Government implements Schedule 3
of the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 in April 2014).
Promotion and continued implementation of the Department of Health and Public Department of Health,
Health England 'Heatwave Plan for England' (reviewed annually). By 2014 the Plan Public Health
will improve its reach to local authorities and include advice on action beyond the
health sector, for example:
England, Local
- on the role of blue and green infrastructure; and Authorities,
- housing design and transport in helping reduce health risks associated with Government, with civil
overheating and air pollution during heatwaves. society and other
sectors involved
Individuals, groups and communities most susceptible to heat impacts will also be
actively targeted. PHE will explore the relevance of these plans to other extreme
weather events using an all hazards approach. The Heatwave Plan will also include
advice on avoiding
Cold Weather Plan over-exposure
for England. to UV. Department of Health,
Public Health
England, Government
To implement local, evidence-based actions to address health risks from climate Directors
with LocalofAuthorities,
Public
change and to prepare, respond and recover to severe weather events associated Health, healthcivil
&
with climate change, for example through Joint Strategic Needs Assessments, Joint communities,
Health and Wellbeing Strategy and Local Health Resilience Partnerships.
wellbeing
society andboards,
others
Clinical
involved
Support community resilience through the: a) HMG, Defra,
Commissioning
a) National Flood Emergency Framework for England (health impacts integrated) and Department of Health,
Local Multi-Agency Flood Plans; Groups, Public Health
b) National Recovery Guidance, SCGs, local Recovery Coordination Groups;
Public
EnglandHealth
for theEngland
c) Local Health Resilience Partnerships; and and Localbase,
evidence Resilience
d) Public Health England for evidence base, technical support, guidance and materials Forums
technical support,
and public health intelligence. b) Local Authorities,
guidance and
LRFs, Cabinet
materials Office,
and public
Department
health for
intelligence
Environment Agency Climate Ready team to support the Local Government Environment Agency
Associations Climate Local initiative signpost advice, tools and examples that help Communities and
Climate Ready
councils address health risks. Local Government
Service, Public Health
To tackle emissions of ground level ozone precursors: Defra to continue to work with c) Local
Defra, Authority for
Department
England
international and UK partners to reduce emissions of pollutants leading to Directors
Transport,of Public
transboundary air pollution through, for example, the Gothenburg Protocol. Health, Department of
Defra, Department of Health and Public Health England will work with councils to
Department of Energy
encourage action to support co-benefits between climate change and air quality, and
Health, National
and Climate Change,
encourage it to be taken into account when taking local action to improve air quality. Health Service
Department of Health,
Commissioning Board
Public Health England
Defra to produce better-targeted air pollution information and advice that reaches Defra withHealth
d) Public interest
people most susceptible to the associated health impacts. from Department of
England
Health, Local
To implement environmental and public health surveillance that has the capability to Defra, FoodPublic
Authorities,
detect and monitor exposure and health risks from freshwater/marine pathogens and Standards Agency,
Harmful Algal Blooms, in addition to algal toxins associated with climate change. Health England, civil
Centre
society for
groups
Environment,
Fisheries and
Aquaculture Science,
Public Health
England, Department
of Health,
Environment Agency,
water companies,
Drinking Water
Inspectorate, Local
Authorities

OBJECTIVE 12: To
promote climate
resilience within the
NHS, public health HEALTH
and social care
system to ensure
continuity of services
and resilient
assets/estates
including the ability to
deal with the
increased demand for
services associated
with severe weather
related events.
OBJECTIVE 13: To
minimise the impact
of climate change on
vulnerable groups in
society by
strengthening their
resilience to better
prepare for, respond
to and recover from
future climate risk.
OBJECTIVE 14: To
promote and
strengthen
community resilience
to severe weather
related events linked
to climate change
(preparation,
response and
recovery), and the
climate resilience of
the emergency
services and other
Category 1&2
Responders of the
Local Resilience
Forums.
To support continued community resilience through: a) HMG, Defra,
a) National Flood Emergency Framework for England (Health impacts integrated) and Department of Health,
Local Multi-Agency Flood Plans;
b) National Recovery Guidance; and
Public Health
c) Local Health Resilience Partnerships. England, Environment
Agency and Local
Resilience Forums
Public Health England to provide information and guidance notes on health impacts of Public Health
b) Cabinet England
Office,
flooding, evidence, technical support and related public health intelligence. with involvement
Department for of
Department
Communitiesofand Health,
Environment Agency,
Local Government
Local Authorities,
c) Local Authority
Directors of Public
Health, Department
National of
Health
Health,Service
National
Commissioning
Health Service Board
Commissioning Board
Environment Agency Climate Ready to support the Local Government Associations Environment Agency
Climate Local initiative signpost advice, tools and examples that help councils address Climate Ready
risks to vulnerable groups.
Environment Agency Climate Ready to continue to share information and promote Environment Agency
understanding of the risks to different vulnerable groups, specifically including: Climate Ready,
- supporting local councils through the dissemination of tools and guidance on how to
map vulnerable groups and best communicate with communities; and
National Council for
- supporting and disseminating learning about the gaps and barriers which exist for Voluntary
effective engagement with voluntary organisations on climate resilience work, using Organisations
networks through the National Council for Voluntary Organisations.
Local responders and Local Resilience Forums to promote and build community Local Resilience
resilience to the impacts of extreme weather events and climate change. Forums, local
responders,
communities and
partners (e.g. Public
Health England for
evidence base,
technical support on
health impacts)
 OBJECTIVE 14: To
promote and Environment Agency Climate Ready team to support the Local Government Environment Agency
strengthen Associations Climate Local initiative to signpost advice, tools and examples that help Climate Ready
community resilience councils build community resilience to the impacts of climate change.
to severe weather
related events linked
to climate change
(preparation,
response and
recovery), and the
climate resilience of
the emergency
services and other
Category 1&2
Responders of the
Local Resilience
Forums.

To ensure newly-established Nature Improvement Areas have the necessary Nature Improvement
knowledge and tools to build adaptation in to their work. Areas
OBJECTIVE 19: To The Environment Agency to identify areas suitable for restoration or creation of priority Environment Agency
coastal habitats, as well as working with partners including local authorities to better
build the resilience of align shoreline management plans and marine plans to ensure no net loss [or net
wildlife, habitats and gain] of priority habitat.
ecosystems To make Local Nature Partnerships (LNPs) aware of the risks associated with climate Local Nature
(terrestrial, change and enable LNPs to build adaptation to climate change into their plans, Partnerships
freshwater, marine strategies and work.
and coastal) to Environment Agency Climate Ready service will support the Local Government Environment Agency
climate change, so as Associations (LGA) Climate Local initiative as a means of signposting advice, tools Climate Ready
and examples that can help councils take action to improve the resilience of the
to put our natural natural environment.
environment in the
strongest possible
position to meet the
challenges and
changes ahead.

NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
 Guided by section 40 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act, all Range of authorities
public authorities, including local authorities, to have regard to conserving biodiversity, including all local
whilst exercising their functions.
councils
OBJECTIVE 21: To
promote, and gain
widespread uptake in
other sectors of the
use of adaptation
measures that benefit NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
and/or do not
adversely affect the
natural environment.

Natural England to assess the role of Nature Improvement Areas in climate change Natural England
adaptation and to encourage decision-makers to consider climate change in their
management plans, including using some of the new models for climate vulnerability
and ecological connectivity.

OBJECTIVE 22: To
improve the evidence
base, to enhance the
The Environment Agency to encourage Local Nature Partnerships to consider their Environment Agency
knowledge and role in planning strategically on a large scale for climate change.
understanding of
decision makers, land
managers and others
of the impacts of
climate change on the
natural environment
and how best we can
influence adaptation
or accommodate
change.

Climate UK to work with local authorities and Local Enterprise Partnerships to assess Climate UK and the
and manage climate risks and opportunities for local economies through raising Climate Change
OBJECTIVE 23: To awareness, signposting guidance and encouraging the sharing of good practice.
Partnerships
raise awareness and
understanding Climate Ready will support the Local Government Associations Climate Local initiative Environment Agency
as a means of signposting advice, tools and examples that can help councils work with Climate Ready
amongst businesses the business community to increase resilience.
about climate change
risks.

BUSINESS

BUSINESS
OBJECTIVE 25: To
raise awareness and
understanding
amongst businesses
about domestic and
international climate
change opportunities.
Climate UK to work with Local Enterprise Partnerships to raise awareness and support Climate UK
best practice in assessing and managing local economy climate change risks and
opportunities.
Defra and the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills to develop the EU Defra and department
Growth Programme for England covering 2014 to 2020 and ensuring that adaptation
for Business
is embedded in the development and implementation of local strategies. A
programme objective includes development of an adaptation policy statement and
Innovation and Skills
guidance to Local Enterprise Partnerships.
Greater London Authority with the London Climate Change Partnership to undertake a Greater London
scoping study to understand the adaptation economy in London through analysing the Authority, London
sub-sectors and identifying how the sector could and should develop to meet
future local, national and international demand.
Climate Change
Partnership
 COMMENTS ON ACTION STATUS, INCLUDING ANY ISSUES OR
TIMING STATUS OF ACTION
BARRIERS ENCOUNTERED

September 2013-2014 On-track LAAP has produced a work programme and subsequent communications plan for
2014/15. The guiding principal is to support the delivery of the NAP Objective 28 i.e. to
raise and maintain the profile of adaptation with local authorities and promote action.
This involves communicating with the associated LAAP Champions network and more
widely across the local government sector through LAAP members including the LGA
and CUK.

The LAAP in close collaboration with the EA CR Support Service, is producing

material designed to highlight climate risks and actions councils can take. For example
through the CR Local Government theme work programme, some overarching
messages to highlight the impact of severe weather across council services and the
action councils can take to build resilience to these risks have been produced.

The Climate Ready themes of Healthy & Resilient Communities and Built Environment
have a particular emphasis on the work of local government. Highlights of these work
programmes include the launch of the Under the Weather Health & Wellbeing toolkit
to support health and wellbeing boards and local councils integrate adaptation into the
health and social care agenda. CR Built Environment and CUK wrote Building a
resilient environment tools aimed at local authority planners to build capacity on
adaption issues in their local authority and wider partners. Launch events for these
planning related tools were provided in each Climate Change Partnership area.

LAAP also works in close collaboration with the LGA and CUK. Throughout this period
the LGA has developed and promoted a range of support materials designed to help
elected members better understand climate risks to council service areas. Examples
include:
-Member Must Know factsheets and slides on climate change covering transport,
housing, finance, leadership etc.
-Climate change workbook for councillors designed to act as a learning aid for
members on the roles, opportunities and drivers for acting on climate change and
embedding resilience in council activities
-Councillor training (Nov 2013-March 2014) aimed at raising awareness of Climate
Local and business case for action.
- Climate Local & Climate UK partnership regional events (Sept-Nov 2013) run in the
East of England (Cambridge, Bedford), North West (Kirklees, Cheshire, Knowsley),
South West (Exeter), West Midlands (Birmingham) aimed at officers and councillors.
Workshop presentations were on the various tools available to councils to help them
address climate change locally, information on SWIMS, identifying barriers and
opportunities linked to delivering adaptation activities and the NAP.

The LAAP SG expectation is that the EA's Climate Ready Support Service will
continue to be funded beyond 2013/14, as will the work of the regional climate change
partnerships. These often act as a primary delivery mechanism for the LAAP, ensuring
the delivery of tailored tools and support to local councils. LAAP also plays a key role
in providing strategic input to these associated initiatives. Should funding not be
extended beyond 2013/14, LAAP believes this would have an adverse impact on its'
ability to deliver its NAP actions.

CUK supported the development of the communications plan for LAAP and Climate
Local and have influenced the content of 'Member Briefing packs', 'Member Elevator
Pitch' and have used CCP networks to increase the outreach of LAAP. Also
overseeing LAAP Business Case for Action (NAP objective 29) and the review of
Climate Local via steering groups. CCPs have also hosted Climate Local events
regionally.
September 2013-2014 On-track LAAP has sought to inform evolving government programmes and policy associated
with climate change resilience. Defra and DCLG have a seat on the LAAP SG and
meetings often incorporate a government department representative to discuss
emerging programmes and policies. Examples include:
- LAAP SG meeting on 12.05.14. DCLG RED team presentation and discussion on
local resilience to emergencies and the DCLG Resilience & Emergency Division Role.
- LAAP SG meeting on 23.09.14 Department for Transport presentation and
discussion on resilience review.
- LAAP SG meeting on 18.11.14. Minister Dan Rogerson attendance to discuss
opportunities and challenges in progressing resilience measures in local council
working.
These meetings provide an opportunity for local government representatives of the
LAAP to provide direct feedback and recommendations on the barriers and
opportunities to progress resilience measures.

More recently the LAAP SG has submitted evidence to the EAC committee inquiry on
adaptation and LAAP representatives gave oral evidence on 5th Nov. A variety of
comments and recommendations were made to the committee, including some of the
issues highlighted above regarding the challenge of mainstreaming adaptation
measures within the context of ongoing council budget constraints.

In collaboration with the LAAP, the CRSS has produced a series of short films,
highlighting localised climate risks and the actions councils are taking to build
resilience to these. The films highlight the work Bristol City and Kent County Council is
doing to build resilience. Four LAAP member clips have also been produced to
provide headline messages on the work being done to build resilience to localised
climate impacts.

Climate UK has consistently disseminated and promoted LAAP materials as part of its
Action revised/On-track wider outreach functions.
2013-2014 Generally we are on track to deliver the projects referenced within this section. With
regards SWIMS, CUK is continuing to support councils involved in using the tool. As
referenced above, work has begun on the development of the business case project,
the end product will be launched at the Climate Local conference in March 2015. We
are supporting CL in the development of the briefing packs being members of the T&F
group overseeing this project.
2013-2014 On-track UK Government is joining up to ensure that individual departments agendas are taking
adaptation into account.
Up to March 2014. Action Revised/On-track Since Climate Local was launched in June 2012, 93 councils have signed up to the
Ongoing. initiative committing to over 2000 individual actions on climate change in total. The
programme commands wider influence with a network consisting of over 400
members from both signatory and non-signatory councils across the country. By
running events and through the programmes various communications channels, we
have engaged with 65 per cent of councils to date . Actions linked specifically to
building climate resilience, currently account for a quarter of all council actions and
ambitions on this are still high. This is despite local authorities facing up to 40 per cent
cuts with smaller resources and dedicated staff working on climate change issues.
Further support is provided by the LGA to councils with regards to building resilience
through the following:
The LGA produced a series of Member Must Know
factsheets and slides (September) on climate change covering transport, housing,
finance, leadership etc. Resources currently available on the KHub
Climate change workbook for councillors designed to act as a learning aid for
members on the roles, opportunities and drivers for acting on climate change and
embedding resilience in council activities
Climate Local & Climate UK partnership regional events (Sept-Nov 2013) run in the
East of England (Cambridge, Bedford), North West (Kirklees, Cheshire, Knowsley),
South West (Exeter), West Midlands (Birmingham) aimed at officers and councillors.
Workshop presentations were on the various tools available to councils to help them
address climate change locally, information on SWIMS, identifying barriers and
opportunities linked to delivering adaptation activities and the NAP (example agenda
attached).
Councillor training (Nov 2013-March 2014) aimed at raising awareness of Climate
Local and business case for action.
Climate Local conference (March 2014). Opportunity to demonstrate tangible council
action on climate change, especially the linkage between delivering resilience and
other local priorities (growth, jobs, wellbeing). Also an opportunity to share good
practice, including raising awareness / maintain momentum of Climate Local and
partner organisation
Interim progress report (December 2013) and CAG analysis report (March 2014),
Annual progress report (July 2014), providing councils an overview and relevant best
practice of the work councils are doing on climate change.

The LGA continues to work closely with other key partners and organisations within
the sector such as the LAAP, Climate Ready Support Service, Climate UK and Defra.
Future funding for Climate Local is still uncertain and as with the LAAP, should funding
not be secured for the programme going forward, this would have an adverse impact
on the ability of the LGA to meet this NAP action.
From 2013-2014 On-track Whilst the Core Cities have made significant progress, they feel that the wider
financial pressures on Local Government from reductions in Local Government Grant
combined with an aging population, and a need to focus on economic growth is acting
as a brake on accelerating cities adaptation actions. Whilst they have made the case
locally, they feel further national leadership is required to raise and maintain
adaptation action across all sectors.

In particular, the support for adaptation has not been consistent across Government.
The Core Cities feel that there is a significant opportunity for the Government to learn
lessons from how it has embedded consideration of economic growth across all
Departmental activity to ensure a coherent, consistent framework to support the
economy.

2013-2014 On-track Discussions are continuing between the Core Cities Group and CRSS. The Core
Cities Group has proposed several options for how CRSS can further support these
stakeholders and we are refining with core cities how to take forward these asks.
2013-2014 On-track CRSS has worked in close collaboration with the LGA who throughout this period have
developed and promoted a range of support materials designed to help elected
members better understand climate risks to council service areas. Examples include
the LGA: -Member Must Know factsheets and slides on climate change
covering transport, housing, finance, leadership etc.
-Climate change workbook for councillors designed to act as a learning aid for
members on the roles, opportunities and drivers for acting on climate change and
embedding resilience in council activities
-Councillor training (Nov 2013-March 2014) aimed at raising awareness of Climate
Local and business case for action.
- Climate Local & Climate UK partnership regional events (Sept-Nov 2013) run in the
East of England (Cambridge, Bedford), North West (Kirklees, Cheshire, Knowsley),
South West (Exeter), West Midlands (Birmingham) aimed at officers and councillors.
Workshop presentations were on the various tools available to councils to help them
address climate change locally, information on SWIMS, identifying barriers and
opportunities linked to delivering adaptation activities and the NAP.

By April 2015

Ongoing
2013 onwards

Summer 2013

Ongoing

Authorities have been

encouraged to get up to
date local plans in line
with the NPPF in place
as quickly as possible

Ongoing

Published in 2012

Ongoing
2013 onwards

Ongoing

2013 onwards
2013 onwards

Ongoing

2013 onwards

2013 onwards

2013 onwards

2013

2013 onwards

2013 onwards

2013 - onwards
2014 - onwards

By 2014

Reviewed annually

Reviewed annually

April 2013 onwards

a) end of year
b) ongoing
c) from 2013
d) ongoing

2013 onwards

Ongoing

Ongoing

Ongoing
a) by end of 2013 for
national framework
b) ongoing
c) from April 2013
onwards

Ongoing

2013 onwards

2013 onwards

Ongoing
2013 onwards

Ongoing

By 2020

Ongoing

2013 onwards
Ongoing

The project completed

Spring 2013, but NIAs
will be reporting
progress annually
using indicators, up
until 2015
Project completes April
2013

Until financial year

2013-14

2013 onwards
2013 and onwards.

2013 and onwards.

2013 - 2014
IS THE ACTION HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE DESCRIBE ANY EVIDENCE OF HOW THE
RISKS AS ANTICIPATED? ACTION IS HELPING TO ADDRESS CCRA
(Y/N) RISK(S)/OTHER CLIMATE RISKS

The action is aimed at raising the profile of the work councils are doing to build resilience and LAAP wishes to highlight a broader point that the ASC may
to inspire and support local action. wish to revisit the original NAP actions and consider
whether these are in need of updating in relation to
In October 2014, 93 authorities have signed up to Climate Local; this includes 26% of English addressing climate change risks. For example, they could
councils, 1 Welsh council and 1 National Park. 81 authorities have published their local be made more specific and link action with the CCRA.
actions and commitments and 27 authorities have now published their first year progress
reports. The topics with the highest number of actions relating to adaptation include: Overall the LAAP believes it has delivered its NAP actions
Mainstreaming such as developing resilience strategies, building awareness and but these now need to be revisited and made more
undertaking impact assessments. challenging going forward.
Flooding activities such as developing flood risk management strategies and working with
communities to build resilience. LAAP also wishes to reiterate points already highlighted to
Considering the natural environment. Examples include the provision of green and the Environment Audit Committee, in that a consistent
promotion of blue infrastructure, and activity on parks and green spaces to support message on adaptation across government departments,
adaptation. based on the latest science is required. This messaging is
Planning such as the provision of guidance to promote climate resilience in the built an essential component in helping local councils and other
environment. bodies embed adaptation at a time of significant financial
pressure.
Anecdotal feedback shows that the Health & Wellbeing toolkit is being used by health
practitioners and is being promoted across health networks. To date it has been viewed 1463
times online. Again regarding the planning tools, anecdotal evidence indicates that they are
proving a useful resource. For example feedback from the Birmingham workshop (attended
by 30 local council representatives) indicated that delegates found the introduction to the
training materials to be useful and relevant to their organisation. Feedback resulting from the
group discussions demonstrated that individuals were keen to build upon the training
materials for use within their own organisations within a variety of situations.

LAAP believes that resources referenced within G3 have provided local councils with a range
of useful resources. These are particularly helpful to those councils who have been able to
maintain a strong degree of political commitment to the adaptation agenda. However, it
should be noted that local authorities are facing increased pressure across a range of
services, within the context of reducing budgets. LAAP believes that within the current
economic climate of budget constraints across the local government sector, it is a significant
challenge to prioritise work on longer term adaptation work programmes.
LAAP is seeking to inform government policy and associated work programmes, highlighting LAAP played a key role in developing the local government
existing barriers and opportunities to integrate resilience measures. The action is aimed at NAP chapter. We now await the EAC report
raising the profile of the work councils are doing to build resilience and to inspire and support recommendations.
local action, along with building capacity

Yes Building capacity

Yes
Yes The LGA believes it has successfully delivered against this
NAP action and this is evidenced by the current and
ongoing council sign ups to Climate Local and the ongoing
interest of the programme within the sector. Evaluation of
the programme which is currently being undertaken as part
of a wider project due to be completed at he end of March
2015, will provide further evidence of the impact/success of
the initiative. It would be worth flagging, however that
Climate Local is not the only avenue by which local
authorities are delivering and reporting their climate
resilience work and that the programme is only one of
several vehicles by which this work is being undertaken.
Other initiatives such as Mayor's Adapt, Core Cities and
local strategic partnerships are all working to promote and
support councils to adapt to a changing climate.
Yes Through regular quarterly meetings the group looks to
advance the objectives of the working group by discussing
policy changes, exploring opportunities for closer working
with partners, and providing input into consultations. These
are both proactive and reactive, with the group highlighting
key issues for discussion. More recently, the group has also
begun visiting adaptation projects in the different cities to
provide more learning opportunities from real examples of
delivered projects.

Through these meetings, the members leverage their local

knowledge from local action to inform and influence the
national policy design and delivery. Similarly, the network
provides a mechanism for national work and evidence to
inform and further drive local activity influence and impact.

The network has achieved a number of specific outcomes

since the action was agreed, including:

Reviewing and providing information to Government on a

number of national policy areas which could better support
local adaptation. Members are now in the process of
identifying local financial resources to ask Defra to match
and take forward a project evaluating risks and
opportunities from adaptation in key economic
development areas in UK Cities.
Working with Defra to commission and implement tools
and frameworks that allow Cities to explore their
vulnerability to climate change, particularly their exposure,
sensitivity and adaptive capacity, through a 50,000 project
with Acclimatise, funded by Defra and led by Leeds on
behalf of the Core Cities group.
Inputting into a number of national level consultations and
reports. The group provided written and oral evidence to
the Adaptation Sub-Committee on emergency planning and
resilience as part of its 2014 report, as well inputting into
Yes the Building
Building Research Establishments consultation on
capacity
Yes In October 2014, 93 authorities have signed up to Climate
Local; this includes 26% of English councils, 1 Welsh
council and 1 National Park. 81 authorities have published
their local actions and commitments and 27 authorities
have now published their first year progress reports. The
topics with the highest number of actions relating to
adaptation include: Mainstreaming such as developing
resilience strategies, building awareness and undertaking
impact assessments.
Flooding activities such as developing flood risk
management strategies and working with communities to
build resilience.
Considering the natural environment. Examples include
the provision of green and promotion of blue infrastructure,
and activity on parks and green spaces to support
adaptation.
Planning such as the provision of guidance to promote
climate resilience in the built environment.
 WEBLINK(S) TO RELEVANT
DESCRIBE ANY FURTHER ACTION PLANNED,
DOCUMENTATION, BACKGROUND
INCLUDING BY WHOM AND TIMESCALES
INFORMATION, ETC

The LAAP in close collaboration with EA CR, will be overseeing the Climate Local information, please see: http://www.local.gov.uk/climate-local The CRSS/CUK tools for local authority planners are available on the CUK website: http://cl
development of a local authority business case for action. This
project relates to the delivery of National Adaptation Programme
objective 29 . The project seeks to provide council officers and
councillors with compelling evidence on the business case for
adaptation, incorporating high level messages, supported by a
variety of data highlighting the impacts of severe weather events to
council services. The product will be launched at the Climate Local
Annual Conference in March 2015 and widely distributed across
our local government networks. It will be hosted on the LGA
website and circulated via the regional climate change partnership
networks.

LAAP will be supporting the EA CR to develop service delivery

messages relating to the built environment and health. They will be
drafted in collaboration with local council representatives and
shared across the sector by the end of 2014/15.

LAAP is also seeking to raise awareness of its work programme

and related council support services at a variety of local
government conferences taking place within the remainder of
2014/15.

Other related LGA projects that LAAP is supporting include

Climate Local project (briefing packs and evaluation)- tools for
members to help embed climate change in their portfolios,
information and intelligence on Climate Local programme. The
LGA is also working in partnership with CR, CUK and others to
deliver webinars and local events (Sep 2014- Mar 2015), to
encourage peer to peer knowledge sharing on all things climate
change.

Ongoing quarterly newsletter.

For the LAAP SG, the advocacy role is at the heart of its work http://climateuk.net/resource/building-resilient-environment-%E2%80%93-sector-tools-and-resources
programme and we will continue to engage with a range of
government departments for the remainder of 2013/14. For
example at the LAAP SG meeting on 18th November, we
discussed the opportunities for LEPs to embed resilience
measures through local growth initiatives.

The finalised films will be hosted on the EA's You Tube Channel,
promoted by LAAP members and more widely across the
associated local government networks. They will also be promoted
via a range of social media. This promotional activity will take place
throughout the remainder of 2014/15.

CUK will continue to support councils using the tool throughout the http://www.local.gov.uk/climate-local
remainder of 2014/15.
The business case products will be launched at the CL conference
in March 2015.
The briefing packs will be produced by the end of 2014/15.
Continuing interaction between Defra and other government
departments in key areas.
The LGA, through Climate Local have identified the following work http://www.local.gov.uk/climate-local
priorities for the remainder of 2014/15 to support the identified
NAP action:
Climate Local project (briefing packs
and evaluation) - tools for members to help embed climate change
in their portfolios and will provide invaluable information and
intelligence on the programme.
Climate Local
conference (March 2015)- sharing best practice and information all
climate change.
Work in partnership with the LAAP, CR, CUK and others to deliver
webinars and local events (Dec 2014- Mar 2015), to encourage
peer to peer knowledge sharing on all things climate change.

Raise profile of climate change with the newly formed LGA
Environment, Economy, Housing and Transport Board.
Continue to share
best practice and information coming from action plans and
progress reports to support councils climate change
ambitions/activities.
The network will continue to meet quarterly, as part of ongoing
Core Cities arrangements, sharing best practice, and providing a
coherent voice for Cities policy. A key part of the work programme
will be exploring the strengths and weaknesses of the comparison
of approaches by devolved administrations, following the joining of
Glasgow and Cardiff into the group.

The group is also planning to meet with representatives from the

Carbon Disclosure Project following the signature of a
Memorandum of Understanding from Defra to explore the
opportunities associated with City disclosure in relation to
adaptation.

We are continuing to work with the Core Cities Chair and Defra in
defining the scope of these additional work areas.
Climate Local conference (March 2015)- sharing best practice and
launching the business case project highlighted above.